Upload
dinhdien
View
229
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Version 2.6 July 2013
Comprehensive Price List & Sales Guide
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
Watson | Table of Contents
Greetings
DesksMIROM2FUSION
Storage
MIROFUSION
Accessories
FRAMES
Terms and Conditions
04
09103350
193
298329
351
389
408
4 | www.watsonfurniture.com
The Watson Desking comprehensive price guide is designed for easy specification. Divided into Desks, Storage, Accessories, and FRAMES, the new format will take you step by step through specifying components for your space. You will find details about MIRO, M2, FUSION, and SEVEN desks; ZO, MIRO, FUSION, and ZONE storage; and universal accessories and tools including the Tak Screen and Jot Board. Also included is FRAMES, a power, voice, and data delivery system compatible with all Watson Desking lines.
You will also notice some new additions. ZO now offers the Team Denza and Team Stak. The economic design of the ZO Team components allows adjacent workstations to share open and closed storage. The M2 line has been enhanced and now includes ZO compatible surface depths and additional shapes to round out the offering. And, ZONE joins the Desking family, elevating the personal gear locker with refined design details.
Whether specifying for the private office, open plan, conference or training space, Watson Desking provides desks, tables, storage, and accessories to meet your team’s needs.
Watson | Greetings
MIROTM Desks
Viga Rectangle / Wedge
Extended Primary
M2TM Desks
Verve Extended Primary Extended Corner
Rectangle
MIRO Conference
AngleVerve
Square Round
Wedge Angle
FloatingZO Storage Top
www.watsonfurniture.com | 5
SEVENTM Desks
FUSIONTM Desks
Elliptic
Corner
Verve
IndependentExtension
Companion Training
Conference
VerveExtended PrimaryExtended CornerInset BowtieRectangle
Rectangle Trapezoid Hexagon Square Round
Tables
6 | www.watsonfurniture.com
ZOTM Storage
ZO Denza
www.watsonfurniture.com | 7
ZOTM Storage
ZO Stak
ZO Sto
ZO Side
ZO Robe
ZO Lat
ZO Over
ZO PedZO Team
8 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Display Tower
MIROTM Storage
FUSIONTM storage
Credenza
Wardrobe Combo
Underdesk
Series 1
Overhead
Moto Cab Overhead
www.watsonfurniture.com | 9
Desks | Table of Contents
MIRO
M2
FUSION
SEVEN
10
33
50
79
10 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Designed with the executive private office in mind, MIRO shapes and configurations support both classic and emerging work styles. The crisp lines and elevated design details complement both traditional and contemporary private office and adjacent administration settings. MIRO provides solutions for both fixed and plug-and-go technology.
By introducing 28/20 depth logic, MIRO helps increase spaciousness in condensed footprints by eliminating excess worksurface depth. MIRO components offer configuration flexibility with table lengths and depths designed for use with modular storage elements.
MIRO | Overview
17 Viga
18 Verve
19 Extended Primary
20 Extended Primary Conference End
21 Rectangle
21 Wedge
22 Angle
23 Worksurface
28 Impromptu Meeting
29 Conference
31 Standing Height
32 Console Table
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
MIRO | Statement of Line
Viga Rectangle / Wedge
Rectangle / Wedge
Extended Primary
Extended Primary
MIRO Conference
Angle
Angle
Center Post Leg
MCVREP
Verve
Verve
MDVER
MTVER
MCVREP
MDANG
MTANG
MDWEG
MTWEG
MDLPA
MTLPA
MDLPB
MTLPB
MDREC
MTREC
MDLSA
MTLSA
MCVREC MCVREC
MDVIG MDVMT
MCVSQR
MDVIG
Console Table
MS471
www.watsonfurniture.com | 11
MIRO | Basics
Base Components
MIRO Leg TubeThe triangular MIRO Leg tube is .083 inch thick, induction welded, cold rolled steel, mill-formed on a progressive die line from coiled 14 gauge sheet steel.
MIRO Bridge LegsMIRO Bridge legs are formed from tube that is CNC miter cut and TIG welded at twin 45o joints. Two identical brake-formed, 12 gauge, cold rolled sheet steel brackets use a channel structure for rigidity.
MIRO Single LegsMIRO single legs (used at the corners of Verve tables) are made from triangular MIRO tube. The mounting plate is formed from 12 gauge, cold rolled sheet steel that is perimeter MIG welded from the top, hiding the weld for cleaner appearance and a stronger seam.
MIRO FootThe cast aluminum MIRO foot is mechanically secured to the MIRO leg tube. A leveling glide is threaded into the foot for a maximum 1 inch height adjustment. A hexagonal head is molded into the glide to allow for in-position leveling.
Worksurfaces
MaterialsMIRO worksurfaces are approximately 11/4 inch thick and are composed of synthetic laminate and backing material bonded to a 11/8 inch MDF (medium density fiberboard) board. The MDF is double refined for strength and a uniform finish.
Worksurfaces that have open spans in excess of 48 inches include heavy gauge steel reinforcement to reduce deflection.
Metal-to-Metal ConnectionsLegs are fastened to desk surfaces with machine screws threaded into metal inserts at multiple locations.
Integrated Snap Clip SlotsAll MIRO worksurfaces feature embedded snap clip slots that accept proprietary Snap Clips (sold separately).
GrommetsFactory installed grommets are available for all shapes. Angles have one grommet toward the 28 inch end. Rectangles and Wedges, 60 inches and under in length, have one grommet located toward the middle of the length. All other shapes have two grommets.
EdgesThe MIRO edge is shaped by a custom profiled CNC cutting head that exposes the MDF substrate. The profile is hand finished with water-based clear coat or stain.
DimensioningActual MIRO worksurface dimensions (length & width) are 1/2 inch shorter than stated.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
12 | www.watsonfurniture.com
MIRO | Worksurface & Base Design
MIRO tables are shaped from double-refined, medium density fiberboard and finished with high pressure, commercial-grade laminates. The edges of the 11/4 inch surface are profiled with a sweeping chamfer into which bases are recessed. The thin, exposed profile and floating effect creates visual lightness atop the robust, steel foundation.
The angular geometric MIRO base is formed from 14 gauge, triangular steel tube elegantly mitred at the corners and fixed to the worksurface using concealed steel brackets.
MIRO | 28/20 Depth Logic
MIRO shapes were created as a result of extensive study into shifting work styles, technology support requirements, and personal tastes. Most tables in the MIRO offering are dimensioned at 28 inch and/or 20 inch depths, rather than traditional 30 inch and 24 inch depths. This 28/20 dimensional logic capitalizes on shrinking technology to provide more free space within the workstation footprint.
The standard steel leg base configuration for all MIRO tables is a bridge-style support positioned at the narrow ends (or end when combined with storage support) of the table.
Viga tables were designed to maximize the visibility of the MIRO base. The Viga configuration is always rectangular in shape and positions the rail along the longer, user and visitor sides of the table.
The bottom height of the rail is 261/4 inches and will accommodate 23 inch storage, with or without casters.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Flat ScreenMonitor
30” 24”28” 20”
Flat ScreenMonitor
www.watsonfurniture.com | 13
MIRO | Grommet Location
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
VigaAll Rectangles receive two grommets on the back edge.
All Squares and Meeting Tables receive one centered grommet.
Extended Primary & Extended Primary Conference End54 to 60 inch desks receive one grommet on the back edge.
Desks 66 inch and larger receive two grommets on the back edge.
Rectangle & Wedge45 to 60 inch desks receive one grommet on the back edge.
Desks 66 inch and larger receive two grommets on the back edge.
AngleOne grommet on straight edge.
MIRO | Grain Direction
The grain direction for Rectangles, Wedges, and Angles runs the length of the tables. For Extended Primary shapes, the grain runs the direction of the longer of two wings. Verve tables are comprised of two separate wings joined at a 45o diagonal; grains run along the length of both wings and are not matched at the joint.
Verve
Extended Primary
Angle
Rectangle
Wedge
14 | www.watsonfurniture.com
MIRO | Storage Support
MIRO tables can be supported using a base alone or may be combined with storage support. Fitted with risers to accentuate the ‘floating’ surface silhouette, storage support provides extra task support for the design rich environment. An expansive array of configuration options are available to accommodate a wide variety of functional requirements and aesthetic preferences.
In-Line Support Storage support cabinets can be arranged to fit directly below the desktop or they can be configured to extend 15, 18 or 21 inches beyond the end of the desk (30 inch wide units only). This extension provides additional worksurface space for piling and filing and adds architectural interest to the space.
Perpendicular Support The Single Door cabinet is configured to open at a perpendicular angle beneath the worksurface. These cabinets feature grommets and wire management cavities and provide excellent concealed storage for printers or other technology. A touch-latch replaces the cabinet handle providing better leg clearance. 28 and 36 inch deep surfaces overhang perpendicular storage support by 8 inches.
In-Line Support / OffsetIn-Line Support / Flush
Perpendicular Support
15”, 18” or 21”
8” gap
28” or 36” Deep
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
www.watsonfurniture.com | 15
Today’s office environments require access to power and commutation in a wide range of application spaces. Miro Conference and Meeting tables may be specified with a range of drop-in power and data modules to enhance functionality and support flexible work zones. Compact power modules provide quick access to power in lounges while larger units support conference and war rooms.
Specification Power is specified independently for each top. 24” to 96” deep have 1 centered power option. 108” to 192” deep have 2 evenly distributed power options. 216” to 288” deep have 3 evenly distributed power options.
MIRO | Conference Table Power
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Data Face PlatesAA Systimax/CommScope
AA Uniprise/CommScope
BB L-Com Keystone Modular
BB Tyco Sl, and 100 Connect Series Modular Jacks
BB Siemon Keystone Style
BB Allen Tel Versa Tap Series
BB Levitron Quick Port Series
BB Nordx Keystone Style
CC Tyco SL Coupler Series
CC Krone 6000 Series/ADC
CC Hubbell Xcelerator Keystone Series
DD Blank
EE Ortonics TracJack Series
FF Panduit Mini-Com Series
GG Microphone Jack/3-pin XLR, solder type
HH Video Monitor Jack/DB-15, panel mount solder
Grommet+$50Drop-in grommets are available on any Miro table.
Small Drop-in, Plug Option+$722Most tables have the option of a small drop-in (2 power receptacles and 1 data port). Available in Silver/Black or Silver/White.
Chicago Hardwire option available.
Large Drop-in, Plug Option+$1496Large tables have the option of a large drop-in (5 power receptacles and 3 data ports). Chicago Hardwire option available.
Large Drop-in, Hardwire Option+$1774Large tables have the option of a large drop-in (5 power receptacles and 3 data ports). Available in Silver/Black or Silver/White.
Extron Cable Cubby 300+$1650The Cable Cubby provides lidded access to power and data receptacles. Available in Black.
16 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Powdercoat(Legs)
BK Black
CH Charcoal
ZE Clear (see note below)
M2 Dark Champagne
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
WA White Aluminum
FQ Frosty White
HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATE (Standard) JN Asian Night
JS Asian Sand
IB Biltmore Cherry
EH Blond Echo
LQ Colombian Walnut
DZ Desert Zephyr
EB Ebony
FE Fine Sycamore
FJ Frosty White
TJ Gilded Mesh
EG Grey Mesh
KM Kensington Maple
KN Kona
ZD Madagascar
EZ Misted Zephyr
MM Monticello Maple
N2 Natural Cane
IJ Rio
RV River Cherry
ZA Shadow Zephyr
EE Sheer Mesh
EK Steel Mesh
DT Studio Teak
TU Tendu
TW Tuscan Walnut
IZ Twilight Zephyr
WM White Markerboard (see note below)
JL Williamsburg Cherry
D0 Xanadu
High Pressure Laminate(Smartgrain)
A1 Asian Night
A2 Asian Sand
B8 Blond Echo
C5 Colombian Walnut
DA Madagascar
QI Monticello Maple
RI Rio
TX Studio Teak
W1 Williamsburg Cherry
X1 Xanadu
MIRO Edge(11/4 inch finished MDF) CH Charcoal
ZE Natural
MIRO | Finishes
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Smartgrain LaminatesSmartgrain laminates feature the polish and luxe of wood veneer, with a subtle, narrow grain structure and higher gloss level.
White Markerboard Laminate OptionWhen white markerboard laminate is specified, an additional $250 will be added to the base price of each desk or worksurface; an additional $500 is added to each Verve.
Clear Powdercoat OptionWhen clear powdercoat is specified, an additional 10% will be added to the base price of each desk or accessory ordered.
Charcoal Edge OptionThere will be a $50 charge for N45 Charcoal and 90 Charcoal edges. The charge reflects the extra materials and labor costs associated with the application of Charcoal stain.
To view our complete finish offering, visit our website at www.watsondesking.com/finishes.
www.watsonfurniture.com | 17
MMMMM
MMM
MMM
MMM
28 6028 6628 7228 7828 84
36 7236 7836 84
36 3642 4248 48
48 7248 8448 96
MDVIG2860NMDVIG2866NMDVIG2872NMDVIG2878NMDVIG2884N
MDVIG3672NMDVIG3678NMDVIG3684N
MDVIG3636NMDVIG4242NMDVIG4848N
MDVMT48072MDVMT48084MDVMT48096
21152115211524492560
244927822894
161518372060
333936734007
EDGE POWDERSURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Viga Rectangle
Viga Square
Notes 28 inch high MIRO Underdesk storage will not fit under Viga table rails.
23 inch high MIRO Underdesk storage (with or without casters) is sized to fit under Viga table rails.
Product Finishes see page 16
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the “M” edge code above and add $100 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
StandardQS
Viga Meeting Table
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
B
A
B
A
B
A
Desk
Miro “M” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge OptionsSmartgrain + $125
A / B
18 | www.watsonfurniture.com
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84
60 5460 6060 6660 7260 7860 84
66 5466 6066 6666 7266 7866 84
72 5472 6072 6672 7272 7872 84
78 5478 6078 6678 7278 7878 84
84 5484 6084 6684 7284 7884 84
MDVER5454MDVER5460MDVER5466MDVER5472MDVER5478MDVER5484
MDVER6054MDVER6060MDVER6066MDVER6072MDVER6078MDVER6084
MDVER6654MDVER6660MDVER6666MDVER6672MDVER6678MDVER6684
MDVER7254MDVER7260MDVER7266MDVER7272MDVER7278MDVER7284
MDVER7854MDVER7860MDVER7866MDVER7872MDVER7878MDVER7884
MDVER8454MDVER8460MDVER8466MDVER8472MDVER8478MDVER8484
267126712671267130053116
267126712671267130053116
267126712671267130053116
267126712671267130053116
300530053005300531163450
311631163116311634503561
EDGE POWDERSURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Verve
Product Finishes see page 16
StandardQS
A
B
Desk
* Combination of 28” x 28” depth on
both ends is not available.
Notes Verve tables are delivered in two pieces and joined diagonally at the center.
Verve corners are not grain matched. Grain directions runs lengthwise.See page 13 for details.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the “M” edge code above and add $100 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
DepthSide C*20 = 20”28 = 28”
DepthSide D*20 = 20”28 = 28”
C
D
Miro “M” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge OptionsSmartgrain + $125
A / B
www.watsonfurniture.com | 19
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84
45 5445 6045 6645 7245 7845 84
48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
MDLSA4254MDLSA4260MDLSA4266MDLSA4272MDLSA4278MDLSA4284
MDLSA4554MDLSA4560MDLSA4566MDLSA4572MDLSA4578MDLSA4584
MDLSA4854MDLSA4860MDLSA4866MDLSA4872MDLSA4878MDLSA4884
183718371837183721712282
189218921892189222262337
194819481948194822822394
EDGE POWDERSURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Extended Primary
Product Finishes see page 16
StandardQS
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
Desk
Notes 20 inch end of an Extended Primary docks with an Extended Primary Conference End to create a pocket.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the “M” edge code above and add $100 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Miro “M” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge Options
A
B
20
20
Right Hand Shown
Smartgrain + $125
A / B
20 | www.watsonfurniture.com
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84
45 5445 6045 6645 7245 7845 84
48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84
45 5445 6045 6645 7245 7845 84
48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
MDLPA4254MDLPA4260MDLPA4266MDLPA4272MDLPA4278MDLPA4284
MDLPA4554MDLPA4560MDLPA4566MDLPA4572MDLPA4578MDLPA4584
MDLPA4854MDLPA4860MDLPA4866MDLPA4872MDLPA4878MDLPA4884
MDLPB4254MDLPB4260MDLPB4266MDLPB4272MDLPB4278MDLPB4284
MDLPB4554MDLPB4560MDLPB4566MDLPB4572MDLPB4578MDLPB4584
MDLPB4854MDLPB4860MDLPB4866MDLPB4872MDLPB4878MDLPB4884
183718371837183721712282
189218921892189222262337
194819481948194822822394
200420042004200423372449
206020602060206023942505
211521152115211524492560
EDGE POWDERSURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Extended PrimaryConference End
Product Finishes see page 16
StandardQS
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
B
A
20
36
Desk
Right Hand Shown
Notes 20 inch end of an Extended Primary Conference End docks with an Extended Primary to create a pocket.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the “M” edge code above and add $100 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Miro “M” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge Options
Right Hand Shown
B
A
20
28
Smartgrain + $125
A / B
www.watsonfurniture.com | 21
MMMMMMMMM
MMMMMMM M
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
20 4520 4820 5420 6020 6620 7220 7520 7820 84
28 4828 5428 6028 6628 7228 7528 7828 84
36 6036 6636 7236 7536 7836 84
20 54 2820 60 2820 66 2820 72 2820 78 2820 84 28
28 54 3628 60 3628 66 3628 72 3628 78 3628 84 36
MDREC2045NMDREC2048NMDREC2054NMDREC2060NMDREC2066NMDREC2072NMDREC2075NMDREC2078NMDREC2084N
MDREC2848NMDREC2854NMDREC2860NMDREC2866NMDREC2872NMDREC2875NMDREC2878NMDREC2884N
MDREC3660NMDREC3666NMDREC3672NMDREC3675NMDREC3678NMDREC3684N
MDWEG2054MDWEG2060MDWEG2066MDWEG2072MDWEG2078MDWEG2084
MDWEG2854MDWEG2860MDWEG2866MDWEG2872MDWEG2878MDWEG2884
111311131336133613361336167016701781
11691392139213921392172617261837
172617261726206020602171
139213921392139217261837
172617261726172620602171
EDGE POWDERSURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Rectangle
Product Finishes see page 16
StandardQS
Wedge
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
---------
--------
------
A / B / C
B
AC
B
A
Desk
Right Hand Shown
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the “M” edge code above and add $100 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Miro “M” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge OptionsSmartgrain + $125
A / B
22 | www.watsonfurniture.com
M 28 90 MDANG2890 2560
EDGE POWDERSURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Angle
Product Finishes see page 16
StandardQS
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
36
B
A
Desk
Right Hand Shown
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the “M” edge code above and add $100 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
40
64
37
30
Miro “M” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge OptionsSmartgrain + $125
A / B
www.watsonfurniture.com | 23
MMMMM
MMMMM
MMMMM
MMMMM
MMMMM
60 6060 6660 7260 7860 84
66 6066 6666 7266 7866 84
72 6072 6672 7272 7872 84
78 6078 6678 7278 7878 84
84 6084 6684 7284 7884 84
MTVER6060MTVER6066MTVER6072MTVER6078MTVER6084
MTVER6660MTVER6666MTVER6672MTVER6678MTVER6684
MTVER7260MTVER7266MTVER7272MTVER7278MTVER7284
MTVER7860MTVER7866MTVER7872MTVER7878MTVER7884
MTVER8460MTVER8466MTVER8472MTVER8478MTVER8484
19761976197623102422
19761976197623102422
19761976197623102422
23102310231024222755
24222422242227552867
EDGE POWDERSURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Verve
Product Finishes see page 16
No Leg / Standard
NS
Worksurface
A
B
Notes Verve tables are delivered in two pieces and joined diagonally at the center.
Verve corners are not grain matched. Grain directions runs lengthwise. See page 13 for details.
Worksurface ships with one corner leg.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the “M” edge code above and add $100 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
DepthSide C
20 = 20”28 = 28”
DepthSide D
20 = 20”28 = 28”
Miro “M” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge Options
C
D
* Combination of 28” x 28” depth on
both ends is not available.
Smartgrain + $250
A / B
24 | www.watsonfurniture.com
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84
45 5445 6045 6645 7245 7845 84
48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
MTLSA4254MTLSA4260MTLSA4266MTLSA4272MTLSA4278MTLSA4284
MTLSA4554MTLSA4560MTLSA4566MTLSA4572MTLSA4578MTLSA4584
MTLSA4854MTLSA4860MTLSA4866MTLSA4872MTLSA4878MTLSA4884
150315031503150318371948
155815581558155818922004
161516151615161519482060
EDGE POWDERSURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Extended Primary
Product Finishes see page 16
StandardQS
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
Worksurface
Notes 20 inch end of an Extended Primary docks with an Extended Primary Conference End to create a pocket.
Worksurface ships with one bridge leg located at the “A” dimension.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the “M” edge code above and add $100 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
Miro “M” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge Options
A
B
20
20
Right Hand Shown
Smartgrain + $125
A / B
www.watsonfurniture.com | 25
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84
45 5445 6045 6645 7245 7845 84
48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84
45 5445 6045 6645 7245 7845 84
48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
MTLPA4254MTLPA4260MTLPA4266MTLPA4272MTLPA4278MTLPA4284
MTLPA4554MTLPA4560MTLPA4566MTLPA4572MTLPA4578MTLPA4584
MTLPA4854MTLPA4860MTLPA4866MTLPA4872MTLPA4878MTLPA4884
MTLPB4254MTLPB4260MTLPB4266MTLPB4272MTLPB4278MTLPB4284
MTLPB4554MTLPB4560MTLPB4566MTLPB4572MTLPB4578MTLPB4584
MTLPB4854MTLPB4860MTLPB4866MTLPB4872MTLPB4878MTLPB4884
147514751475147518091920
153115311531153118651976
158615861586158619202032
161516151615161519482060
167016701670167020042115
172617261726172620602171
EDGE POWDERSURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Extended PrimaryConference End
Product Finishes see page 16
StandardQS
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
B
A
20
36
Worksurface
Right Hand Shown
Notes 20 inch end of an Extended Primary Conference End docks with an Extended Primary to create a pocket.
Worksurface ships with one bridge leg located at the “A” dimension.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the “M” edge code above and add $100 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
Miro “M” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge Options
Right Hand Shown
B
A
20
28
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Smartgrain + $125
A / B
26 | www.watsonfurniture.com
MMMMMMMMM
MMMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
MMMMMM
M
20 4520 4820 5420 6020 6620 7220 7520 7820 84
28 4828 5428 6028 6628 7228 7828 84
36 6036 6636 7236 7536 7836 84
20 54 2820 60 2820 66 2820 72 2820 78 2820 84 28
28 54 3628 60 3628 66 3628 72 3628 78 3628 84 36
28 90
MTREC2045NMTREC2048NMTREC2054NMTREC2060NMTREC2066NMTREC2072NMTREC2075NMTREC2078NMTREC2084N
MTREC2848NMTREC2854NMTREC2860NMTREC2866NMTREC2872NMTREC2878NMTREC2884N
MTREC3660NMTREC3666NMTREC3672NMTREC3675NMTREC3678NMTREC3684N
MTWEG2054MTWEG2060MTWEG2066MTWEG2072MTWEG2078MTWEG2084
MTWEG2854MTWEG2860MTWEG2866MTWEG2872 MTWEG2878MTWEG2884
MTANG2890
446446668668668668
100210021113
446668668668668
10021113
946946946
128012801391
696696696696
10301141
975975975975
13091420
2199
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Rectangle
Product Finishes see page 16
No Leg / Standard
NS
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
---------
-------
------
Wedge A / B / C
Worksurface
B
AC
B
A
Right Hand Shown
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the “M” edge code above and add $100 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Miro “M” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge OptionsSmartgrain + $125
A / B
A / BStandard
QSAngle
36
B
A
40
64
37
30
www.watsonfurniture.com | 27
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Finishes see page 16
MCCREC2424-17 1602 48
MCCREC2430-17 1644 58
MCCREC2436-17 1644 58
MCCREC2442-17 1687 68
MCCREC2448-17 1687 68
MCCREC2460-17 1860 79
MCCREC2472-17 1902 89
EDGE POWDERSURFACELAMINATEMODEL NUMBER PRICE WEIGHT
17” highone piece top
Product
Occasional Tables
S = StandardA = Smartgrain (A = + $125)
EDGE
B
A
A / B
24 24
24 30
24 36
24 42
24 48
24 60
24 72
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Miro “M” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge Options
Notes When selecting a table, approximately 36 to 48 inches of space between the edge of the table and the wall or other furniture is recommended.
Power is specified per segment. For details, see page 15.
Type PriceNo Power - -Grommet - + $50
2/1 Bryne MHO + $7225/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,4965/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,7745/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,496
Extron Cable Cubby 300
+ $1,650
Power Options
Infeed Length Plug 120” Hardwire 180” Chicago 15” w/ JBox
28 | www.watsonfurniture.com
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
29” highone piece top
B
A
Notes When selecting a table, approximately 36 to 48 inches of space between the edge of the table and the wall or other furniture is recommended.
Power is specified per segment. For details, see page 15.
Miro “M” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge Options
Type PriceNo Power - -Grommet - + $50
2/1 Bryne MHO + $7225/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,4965/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,7745/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,496
Extron Cable Cubby 300
+ $1,650
Power Options
Finishes see page 16
MCCREC2424-29 1602 48
MCCREC2430-29 1623 53
MCCREC2436-29 1644 58
MCCREC2442-29 1665 63
MCCREC2448-29 1687 68
MCCREC2460-29 1860 79
MCCREC2472-29 1902 89
MCCREC3030-29 1664 63
MCCREC3036-29 1665 69
MCCREC3042-29 1707 76
MCCREC3048-29 1708 82
MCCREC3060-29 1665 69
MCCREC3072-29 1977 107
MCCREC3084-29 2325 120
MCCREC3636-29 1808 76
MCCREC3642-29 1849 84
MCCREC3648-29 1850 91
MCCREC3660-29 2148 106
MCCREC3672-29 2244 121
MCCREC3684-29 2751 136
MCCREC3696-29 2847 150
MCCREC4242-29 1926 113
MCCREC4248-29 1926 113
MCCREC4260-29 2224 133
MCCREC4272-29 2320 152
MCCREC4284-29 2827 172
MCCREC4296-29 2869 191
MCCREC4848-29 1926 113
MCCREC4860-29 2224 133
MCCREC4872-29 2320 152
MCCREC4884-29 2827 172
MCCREC4896-29 2869 191
MCCREC5460-29 2300 160
MCCREC5472-29 2343 184
MCCREC5484-29 2903 208
MCCREC5496-29 2946 232
MCCREC6060-29 2300 160
MCCREC6072-29 2343 184
MCCREC6084-29 2903 208
MCCREC6096-29 2946 232
EDGE POWDERSURFACELAMINATEMODEL NUMBER PRICE WEIGHT
Product
Conference
S = StandardA = Smartgrain (A = + $125)
EDGE
A / B
24 24
24 30
24 36
24 42
24 48
24 60
24 72
30 30
30 36
30 42
30 48
30 60
30 72
30 84
36 36
36 42
36 48
36 60
36 72
36 84
36 96
42 42
42 48
42 60
42 72
42 84
42 96
48 48
48 60
48 72
48 84
48 96
54 60
54 72
54 84
54 96
60 60
60 72
60 84
60 96
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Infeed Length Plug 120” Hardwire 180” Chicago 15” w/ JBox
www.watsonfurniture.com | 29
Finishes see page 16
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
EDGE POWDERSURFACELAMINATEMODEL NUMBER PRICE WEIGHT
S = StandardA = Smartgrain (A = + $125)
EDGE
48 108
48 120
48 132
48 144
48 156
48 168
48 180
48 192
54 108
54 120
54 132
54 144
54 156
54 168
54 180
54 192
60 108
60 120
60 132
60 144
60 156
60 168
60 180
60 192
48 216
48 240
48 264
48 288
54 216
54 240
54 264
54 288
60 216
60 240
60 264
60 288
29” hightwo piece top
ProductConference
29” highthree piece top
B
B
A
A
Miro “M” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge Options
A / B
MCCREC48108-29 6141 300
MCCREC48120-29 6453 336
MCCREC48132-29 6713 363
MCCREC48144-29 6875 391
MCCREC48156-29 7877 418
MCCREC48168-29 8669 447
MCCREC48180-29 8821 474
MCCREC48192-29 8983 501
MCCREC54108-29 6288 347
MCCREC54120-29 6600 388
MCCREC54132-29 6750 397
MCCREC54144-29 6916 452
MCCREC54156-29 8026 506
MCCREC54168-29 8816 517
MCCREC54180-29 8970 549
MCCREC54192-29 9132 581
MCCREC60108-29 6288 347
MCCREC60120-29 6600 388
MCCREC60132-29 6750 397
MCCREC60144-29 6916 452
MCCREC60156-29 8026 506
MCCREC60168-29 8816 517
MCCREC60180-29 8970 549
MCCREC60192-29 9132 581
MCCREC48216-29 9415 560
MCCREC48240-29 10986 633
MCCREC48264-29 11829 680
MCCREC48288-29 12677 750
MCCREC54216-29 9459 648
MCCREC54240-29 11189 735
MCCREC54264-29 12035 789
MCCREC54288-29 12898 868
MCCREC60216-29 9459 648
MCCREC60240-29 11189 735
MCCREC60264-29 12035 789
MCCREC60288-29 12898 868
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Notes When selecting a table, approximately 36 to 48 inches of space between the edge of the table and the wall or other furniture is recommended.
Power is specified per segment. For details, see page 15.
Type PriceNo Power - -Grommet - + $50
2/1 Bryne MHO + $7225/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,4965/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,7745/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,496
Extron Cable Cubby 300
+ $1,650
Power Options
Infeed Length Plug 120” Hardwire 180” Chicago 15” w/ JBox
30 | www.watsonfurniture.com
42” highone piece top
Product Finishes see page 16Conference
Miro “M” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge Options
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
A / B
MCCREC3030-42 1664 63
MCCREC3036-42 1665 69
MCCREC3042-42 1707 76
MCCREC3048-42 1708 82
MCCREC3060-42 1935 94
MCCREC3072-42 1977 107
MCCREC3084-42 2325 120
MCCREC3636-42 1808 76
MCCREC3642-42 1849 84
MCCREC3648-42 1850 91
MCCREC3660-42 2148 106
MCCREC3672-42 2244 121
MCCREC3684-42 2751 136
MCCREC3696-42 2847 150
MCCREC4242-42 1926 113
MCCREC4248-42 1926 113
MCCREC4260-42 2224 133
MCCREC4272-42 2320 152
MCCREC4284-42 2827 172
MCCREC4296-42 2869 191
MCCREC4848-42 1926 113
MCCREC4860-42 2224 133
MCCREC4872-42 2320 152
MCCREC4884-42 2827 172
MCCREC4896-42 2869 191
MCCREC5460-42 2300 160
MCCREC5472-42 2343 184
MCCREC5484-42 2903 208
MCCREC5496-42 2946 232
MCCREC6060-42 2300 160
MCCREC6072-42 2343 184
MCCREC6084-42 2903 208
MCCREC6096-42 2946 232
EDGE POWDERSURFACELAMINATEMODEL NUMBER PRICE WEIGHT
EDGE
30 30
30 36
30 42
30 48
30 60
30 72
30 84
36 36
36 42
36 48
36 60
36 72
36 84
36 96
42 42
42 48
42 60
42 72
42 84
42 96
48 48
48 60
48 72
48 84
48 96
54 60
54 72
54 84
54 96
60 60
60 72
60 84
60 96
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
B
A
Notes When selecting a table, approximately 36 to 48 inches of space between the edge of the table and the wall or other furniture is recommended.
Power is specified per segment. For details, see page 15.
Type PriceNo Power - -Grommet - + $50
2/1 Bryne MHO + $7225/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,4965/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,7745/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,496
Extron Cable Cubby 300
+ $1,650
Power Options
Infeed Length Plug 120” Hardwire 180” Chicago 15” w/ JBox
www.watsonfurniture.com | 31
42” hightwo piece top
Product Finishes see page 16Standing Height
42” highthree piece top
Miro “M” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge Options
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
A / B
EDGE POWDERSURFACELAMINATEMODEL NUMBER PRICE WEIGHT
S = StandardA = Smartgrain (A = + $125)
EDGE
48 168
48 180
48 192
54 168
54 180
54 192
60 168
60 180
60 192
48 216
48 240
48 264
48 288
54 216
54 240
54 264
54 288
60 216
60 240
60 264
60 288
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
MCCREC48168-42 8669 447
MCCREC48180-42 8821 474
MCCREC48192-42 8983 501
MCCREC54168-42 8816 517
MCCREC54180-42 8970 549
MCCREC54192-42 9132 581
MCCREC60168-42 8816 517
MCCREC60180-42 8970 549
MCCREC60192-42 9132 581
MCCREC48216-42 9415 560
MCCREC48240-42 10986 633
MCCREC48264-42 11829 680
MCCREC48288-42 12677 750
MCCREC54216-42 9459 648
MCCREC54240-42 11189 735
MCCREC54264-42 12035 789
MCCREC54288-42 12898 868
MCCREC60216-42 9459 648
MCCREC60240-42 11189 735
MCCREC60264-42 12035 789
MCCREC60288-42 12898 868
B
B
A
A
Notes When selecting a table, approximately 36 to 48 inches of space between the edge of the table and the wall or other furniture is recommended.
Power is specified per segment. For details, see page 15.
Type PriceNo Power - -Grommet - + $50
2/1 Bryne MHO + $7225/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,4965/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,7745/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,496
Extron Cable Cubby 300
+ $1,650
Power Options
Infeed Length Plug 120” Hardwire 180” Chicago 15” w/ JBox
32 | www.watsonfurniture.com
SPSP
20 45 2920 45 34
MS4714529NMS4714534N
22362257
D / W / H
FACE / LAMINATE
CASE / POWDER
PULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Console Table
Product Finishes see page 16
StandardS
SmartgrainA
23402361
BASE / POWDER
Console Table
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Notes Interior drawer dimensions for Console Tables are 21/4 inches high by 12 inches wide by 16 3/8 inches deep.
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Base (Powder)
www.watsonfurniture.com | 33
M2 rectilinear worksurfaces are designed primarily for open-office applications and for use within compact footprints. Storage supported worksurfaces and a unique shape logic make the most of space as workforce demands change and workspace footprints expand and contract.
M2’s crisp, rectilinear design mirrors the MIRO aesthetic. The line’s space efficient configurations and economic price points are well suited for facilities seeking in-fill that is compatible with MIRO furnished executive spaces. M2 also blends well with components from Watson’s FUSION and ZO lines. Compatible sizing and structural logic extends the capabilities and functional value of all three lines.
M2 | Overview
38 Verve
39 Extended Primary
40 Extended Primary Conference End
41 Extended Corner
41 Wedge
42 Angle
42 Rectangle
43 Square
43 Round
44 Worksurface
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
M2 | Statement of Line
Verve Extended Primary Extended Corner
Rectangle Square RoundWedge Angle
M2DANG M2TANG
M2DWEG M2TWEG
M2DXRE M2TXRE M2TRFT
M2DLPA M2TLPA
M2DLPB M2TLPB
M2DVER M2TVER
M2DVER M2TVER
M2DXROM2DSQR
M2DXCA M2TXCA
34 | www.watsonfurniture.com
M2 | Basics
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Base Components
Triangle Leg TubeM2 legs are induction welded, cold rolled steel, mill-formed on a progressive die line from coiled sheet steel; roughly 12 gauge material at .083 inch thick. The mounting plate is formed from 12 gauge, cold rolled sheet steel that is perimeter MIG welded from the top, hiding the weld for a cleaner appearance and stronger seam. M2’s triangular leg tube matches the MIRO vertical leg profile.
FootThe cast aluminum M2 foot is mechanically secured to the leg tube. A leveling glide is threaded into the foot for a maximum 1 inch height adjustment. A hexagonal head is molded into the glide to allow for in-position leveling.
Worksurfaces
MaterialsWorksurfaces that are edged with a synthetic material (Xylo, Bounce and Duet edges) are 11/4 inch thick and are composed of horizontal grades of plastic laminate and backing material bonded to a 11/8 inch industrial grade particleboard.
Worksurfaces that have spans in excess of 48 inches include steel reinforcement to reduce deflection.
Metal-to-Metal ConnectionsLegs are fastened to the desk surfaces with machine screws threaded into metal inserts.
Built-in Cable ManagementAll M2 worksurfaces feature embedded snap clip slots that accept proprietary Snap Clips (sold separately).
Edges
XyloA synthetic edge made of an extruded PVC polymer, with a durometer chosen for its flexibility, durability and self healing properties, Xylo is 3mm thick with a softly radiused top and bottom edge profile that provides comfort, protection and economy.
N45N45 edges are shaped by a custom profiled CNC cutting head which exposes MDF substrate in a 45o chamfer for increased edge line visibility. The N45 edge may be specified with a Clear topcoat or Charcoal stain.
90Available in three variations, the 90 profile highlights the perpendicular geometry of our most traditional silhouette. The 90 Natural edge is the greenest choice featuring an exposed MDF core, clear-coated with a waterborne finish. 90 Trim is a 1.5mm synthetic edge with a nominal reveal for the most compact edge profile. The 3mm synthetic 90 Plus edge provides added depth to the reveal for visual weight and a more substantial ergonomic buffer.
StrettaThe Stretta edge now matches the MIRO edge silhouette. Shaped by a custom profiled CNC cutting head that exposes the MDF substrate, the resulting chamfer creates a sweeping reveal. The Stretta edge may be specified with a Clear topcoat or Charcoal stain.
DimensioningActual worksurface dimensions (length & width) are 1/2 inch shorter than stated.
GrommetsFactory installed grommets are available for all shapes.
www.watsonfurniture.com | 35
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
M2 | Grommet Location
Square & RoundAll sizes receive one centered grommet.
VerveAll sizes receive one grommet on each Verve half.
Extended Primary & Extended Primary Conference EndAll sizes receive two grommets.
Rectangle & Wedge30 to 60 inch desks receive one grommet on the back edge.
Desks 66 inches and larger receive two grommets on the back edge.
AngleOne grommet on straight edge.
M2 | Grain Direction
Extended CornerAll sizes receive two grommets.
The grain direction runs horizontally along the length of worksurfaces. On Extended Primary and Extended Corner shapes, the grain runs horizontally in the direction of the two longer ends. Verve tables are comprised of two separate wings joined together diagonally at a 45o angle. The grain runs horizontally along the length of each wing; the Verve shape is not grain matched at the seam where the two wings adjoin.
Verve
Extended Primary & Corner
Angle
Rectangle
Wedge
36 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Storage and Leg Support
Full Storage Support
20, 24 or 30 inches
M2 | Storage Support
ZO storage components can be placed on either one or both ends of an M2 worksurface and paired with sets of legs as required. Storage depths must be specified to match worksurface depths.
Storage support utilizes unique riser kits to affix the storage to the worksurface, ensuring a secure and level connection.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Perpendicular Support
20, 24 or 30 inches
www.watsonfurniture.com | 37
Powdercoat(Legs)
BK Black
CH Charcoal
ZE Clear (see note below)
M2 Dark Champagne
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
WA White Aluminum
FQ Frosty White
Xylo Edge(11/2 mm Polymer) BK Black
CH Charcoal
M2 Dark Champagne
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
FQ Frosty White
Wood Edge(Stretta, N45, 90) CH Charcoal
ZE Natural
M2 | Finishes
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
To view our complete finish offering, visit our website at www.watsondesking.com/finishes.
N-45 StrettaXylo 90
M2 | Edges
High Pressure Laminate(Standard) JN Asian Night
JS Asian Sand
IB Biltmore Cherry
EH Blond Echo
LQ Colombian Walnut
DZ Desert Zephyr
EB Ebony
FE Fine Sycamore
FJ Frosty White
TJ Gilded Mesh
EG Grey Mesh
KM Kensington Maple
KN Kona
ZD Madagascar
EZ Misted Zephyr
MM Monticello Maple
N2 Natural Cane
IJ Rio
RV River Cherry
ZA Shadow Zephyr
EE Sheer Mesh
EK Steel Mesh
DT Studio Teak
TU Tendu
TW Tuscan Walnut
IZ Twilight Zephyr
WM White Markerboard (see note below)
JL Williamsburg Cherry
D0 Xanadu
High Pressure Laminate(Smartgrain)
A1 Asian Night
A2 Asian Sand
B8 Blond Echo
C5 Colombian Walnut
DA Madagascar
QI Monticello Maple
RI Rio
TX Studio Teak
W1 Williamsburg Cherry
X1 Xanadu
Smartgrain LaminatesSmartgrain laminates feature the polish and luxe of wood veneer, with a subtle, narrow grain structure and a higher gloss level.
White Markerboard Laminate OptionWhen white markerboard laminate is specified, an additional $250 will be added to the base price of each desk or worksurface; an additional $500 will be added to each Verve. The whiteboard surface is only available with a N45 Natural, Stretta Natural, or 90 Natural edge option.
Clear Powdercoat OptionWhen clear powdercoat is specified, an additional 10% will be added to the base price of each desk or accessory ordered.
Charcoal Edge OptionThere will be a $50 charge for N45 Charcoal and 90 Charcoal edges. The charge reflects the extra materials and labor costs associated with the application of Charcoal stain.
38 | www.watsonfurniture.com
60 6060 6660 7260 7860 84
66 6066 6666 7266 7866 84
72 6072 6672 7272 7872 84
78 6078 6678 7278 7878 84
84 6084 6684 7284 7884 84
M2DVER6060M2DVER6066M2DVER6072M2DVER6078M2DVER6084
M2DVER6660M2DVER6666M2DVER6672M2DVER6678M2DVER6684
M2DVER7260M2DVER7266M2DVER7272M2DVER7278M2DVER7284
M2DVER7860M2DVER7866M2DVER7872M2DVER7878M2DVER7884
M2DVER8460M2DVER8466M2DVER8472M2DVER8478M2DVER8484
20262032209322992304
20322038209823042310
20932098216023652372
22992304236525712578
23042310237225782583
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Verve
Product Finishes see page 37
StandardMS
BASE
See OptionsBelow
B
A
Desk
Notes Verve tables are delivered in two pieces then joined diagonally at the center.
Worksurface ships with support tube, seam hardware, and five legs.
Verve corners are not grain matched. Grain direction runs lengthwise.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Stretta “S” Natural + $400 Charcoal + $450
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $100 Charcoal + $150
90 “U” Natural + $100 Charcoal + $150
DepthSide C
24 = 24”30 = 30”
DepthSide D
24 = 24”30 = 30”
D
C
Smartgrain + $250
A / B
90 “U” Natural + $100 Charcoal + $150
www.watsonfurniture.com | 39
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84
48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84
60 5460 6060 6660 7260 7860 84
M2DLPB4254M2DLPB4260M2DLPB4266M2DLPB4272M2DLPB4278M2DLPB4284
M2DLPB4854M2DLPB4860M2DLPB4866M2DLPB4872M2DLPB4878M2DLPB4884
M2DLPB5454M2DLPB5460M2DLPB5466M2DLPB5472M2DLPB5478M2DLPB5484
M2DLPB6054M2DLPB6060M2DLPB6066M2DLPB6072M2DLPB6078M2DLPB6084
129713031309130917811787
129713031309130917811787
153115311593159820152021
153115311593159820152021
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Extended Primary
Product Finishes see page 37
StandardMS
BASE
See OptionsBelow
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
B
A
Desk
Notes Extended Secondary surfaces pair with Extended Primary surfaces to form a pocket.
Worksurfaces that are 54 inches or longer require 5 legs instead of 4.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
54” W Right Hand Shown
D
C
DepthSide C
20 = 20”24 = 24”
DepthSide D
20 = 20”24 = 24”
42 and 48 inch worksurfaces have 4 legs.
54 and 60 inch worksurfaces have 5 legs.
Smartgrain + $125
A / B
40 | www.watsonfurniture.com
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84
48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84
60 5460 6060 6660 7260 7860 84
M2DLPA4254M2DLPA4260M2DLPA4266M2DLPA4272M2DLPA4278M2DLPA4284
M2DLPA4854M2DLPA4860M2DLPA4866M2DLPA4872M2DLPA4878M2DLPA4884
M2DLPA5454M2DLPA5460M2DLPA5466M2DLPA5472M2DLPA5478M2DLPA5484
M2DLPA6054M2DLPA6060M2DLPA6066M2DLPA6072M2DLPA6078M2DLPA6084
129713031309130917811787
129713031309130917811787
153115311593159820152021
153115311593159820152021
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Extended Primary Conference End
Product Finishes see page 37
StandardMS
BASE
See OptionsBelow
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
B
A
Desk
Notes Extended Primary surfaces pair with Extended Secondary surfaces to form a pocket.
Worksurfaces that are 54 inches or longer require 5 legs instead of 4.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
54” W Right Hand Shown
DepthSide C
30 = 30”36 = 36”
DepthSide D
20 = 20”24 = 24”
303030303030
303030303030
303030303030
3030
C
D
42 and 48 inch worksurfaces have 4 legs.
54 and 60 inch worksurfaces have 5 legs.
Smartgrain + $125
A / B
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
www.watsonfurniture.com | 41
Notes Worksurfaces that are 54 inches or longer require 5 legs instead of 4.
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84
30 54 2430 60 2430 66 2430 72 2430 78 2430 84 24
36 54 3036 60 3036 66 3036 72 3036 78 3036 84 30
M2DXCA4854M2DXCA4860M2DXCA4866M2DXCA4872M2DXCA4878M2DXCA4884
M2DXCA5454M2DXCA5460M2DXCA5466M2DXCA5472M2DXCA5478M2DXCA5484
M2DWEG3054M2DWEG3060M2DWEG3066M2DWEG3072M2DWEG3078M2DWEG3084
M2DWEG3654M2DWEG3660M2DWEG3666M2DWEG3672M2DWEG3678M2DWEG3684
129713031309130917811787
153115311593159820152021
100810131020108012861292
123112361242130317141721
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Extended Corner
Product Finishes see page 37
StandardMS
BASE
See OptionsBelow
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
Wedge
B
A
24
24
Desk
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X”+ $0
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
54” W Right Hand Shown
Left Hand Shown
B
AC
A / B / C
42 and 48 inch worksurfaces have 4 legs.
54 and 60 inch worksurfaces have 5 legs.
Smartgrain + $125
A / B
42 | www.watsonfurniture.com
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
33
30 90
24 3024 3624 4224 4824 5424 6024 6624 7224 7824 84
30 3030 3630 4230 4830 5430 6030 6630 7230 7830 84
36 3636 4236 4836 5436 6036 6636 7236 7836 84
M2DANG3090
M2DXRE2430NM2DXRE2436NM2DXRE2442NM2DXRE2448NM2DXRE2454NM2DXRE2460NM2DXRE2466NM2DXRE2472NM2DXRE2478NM2DXRE2484N
M2DXRE3030NM2DXRE3036NM2DXRE3042NM2DXRE3048NM2DXRE3054NM2DXRE3060NM2DXRE3066NM2DXRE3072NM2DXRE3078NM2DXRE3084N
M2DXRE3636NM2DXRE3642NM2DXRE3648NM2DXRE3654NM2DXRE3660NM2DXRE3666NM2DXRE3672NM2DXRE3678NM2DXRE3684N
1839
746752791797
100810131020108012861292
746752791797
100810131020108012861292
864936943
123112361242130317141721
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Angle
Product Finishes see page 37
StandardMS
BASE
See OptionsBelow
Rectangle
B
A
Desk
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
----------
----------
---------
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
36
B
A
6330
44
Smartgrain + $125
A / B
www.watsonfurniture.com | 43
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
48 4860 60
36 Diameter42 Diameter48 Diameter60 Diameter
M2DSQR4848M2DSQR6060
M2DXRO3636M2DXRO4242M2DXRO4848M2DXRO6060
10911319
725889
10911319
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Square
Product Finishes see page 37
StandardMS
BASE
See OptionsBelow
Round
Desk
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
B
A
42 Diameter Shown
Notes 36 and 42 inch Round receives 3 legs.
48 and 60 inch Round receives 4 legs.
Smartgrain + $125
A / B
44 | www.watsonfurniture.com
N45 “N” Natural + $100 Charcoal + $150
M2TVER6060M2TVER6066M2TVER6072M2TVER6078M2TVER6084
M2TVER6660M2TVER6666M2TVER6672M2TVER6678M2TVER6684
M2TVER7260M2TVER7266M2TVER7272M2TVER7278M2TVER7284
M2TVER7860M2TVER7866M2TVER7872M2TVER7878M2TVER7884
M2TVER8460M2TVER8466M2TVER8472M2TVER8478M2TVER8484
14701475153717421748
14751481154217481754
15371542160318091815
17421748180920152021
17481754181520212026
Notes Verve tables are delivered in two pieces then joined diagonally at the center.
Verve corners are not grain matched. Grain direction runs lengthwise.
Worksurface ships with support tube, seam hardware, and corner leg.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
60 6060 6660 7260 7860 84
66 6066 6666 7266 7866 84
72 6072 6672 7272 7872 84
78 6078 6678 7278 7878 84
84 6084 6684 7284 7884 84
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Verve
Product Finishes see page 37
StandardNS
BASE
See OptionsBelow
B
A
Worksurface
Stretta “S” Natural + $400 Charcoal + $450
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
90 “U” Natural + $100 Charcoal + $150
DepthSide C
24 = 24”30 = 30”
DepthSide D
24 = 24”30 = 30”
D
C
Smartgrain + $250
A / B
90 “U” Natural + $100 Charcoal + $150
www.watsonfurniture.com | 45
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
M2TLPB4254M2TLPB4260M2TLPB4266M2TLPB4272M2TLPB4278M2TLPB4284
M2TLPB4854M2TLPB4860M2TLPB4866M2TLPB4872M2TLPB4878M2TLPB4884
M2TLPB5454M2TLPB5460M2TLPB5466M2TLPB5472M2TLPB5478M2TLPB5484
M2TLPB6054M2TLPB6060M2TLPB6066M2TLPB6072M2TLPB6078M2TLPB6084
880886891891
13641370
880886891891
13641370
975975
1036104214591465
975975
1036104214591465
Notes 66 inch and longer surfaces can accept pedestal support.
All surface lengths can accept ZO side support using a ZO side support bracket.
42 and 48 inch surfaces require three additional legs or equivalent storage support.
54 and 60 inch surfaces require four additional legs or equivalent storage support.
Worksurface ships with support tube and corner leg.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84
48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84
60 5460 6060 6660 7260 7860 84
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Extended Primary
Product Finishes see page 37
StandardNS
BASE
See OptionsBelow
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
B
A
Worksurface
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
Right Hand Shown
D
C
DepthSide C
20 = 20”24 = 24”
DepthSide D
20 = 20”24 = 24”
Smartgrain + $125
A / B
46 | www.watsonfurniture.com
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
M2TLPA4254M2TLPA4260M2TLPA4266M2TLPA4272M2TLPA4278M2TLPA4284
M2TLPA4854M2TLPA4860M2TLPA4866M2TLPA4872M2TLPA4878M2TLPA4884
M2TLPA5454M2TLPA5460M2TLPA5466M2TLPA5472M2TLPA5478M2TLPA5484
M2TLPA6054M2TLPA6060M2TLPA6066M2TLPA6072M2TLPA6078M2TLPA6084
880886891891
13641370
880886891891
13641370
975975
1036104214591465
975975
1036104214591465
Notes 66 inch and longer surfaces can accept pedestal support.
All surface lengths can accept ZO side support using a ZO side support bracket.
Worksurface ships with support tube and corner leg.
42 and 48 inch surfaces require three additional legs or equivalent stor-age support.
54 and 60 inch surfaces require four additional legs or equivalent stor-age support.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84
48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84
60 5460 6060 6660 7260 7860 84
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Extended Primary Conference End
Product Finishes see page 37
StandardNS
BASE
See OptionsBelow
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
Worksurface
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
DepthSide C
30 = 30”36 = 36”
DepthSide D
20 = 20”24 = 24”
303030303030
303030303030
303030303030
3030
B
A
Right Hand Shown
C
D
Smartgrain + $125
A / B
www.watsonfurniture.com | 47
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
Notes 66 inch and longer surfaces can accept pedestal support.
All surface lengths can accept ZO side support using a ZO side support bracket.
Extended Corner worksurface ships with support tube and corner leg.
42 and 48 inch Extended Corner surfaces require three additional legs or equivalent storage support.
54 and 60 inch Extended Corner surfaces require four additional legs or equivalent storage support.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84
30 54 2430 60 2430 66 2430 72 2430 78 2430 84 24
36 54 3036 60 3036 66 3036 72 3036 78 3036 84 30
M2TXCA4854M2TXCA4860M2TXCA4866M2TXCA4872M2TXCA4878M2TXCA4884
M2TXCA5454M2TXCA5460M2TXCA5466M2TXCA5472M2TXCA5478M2TXCA5484
M2TWEG3054M2TWEG3060M2TWEG3066M2TWEG3072M2TWEG3078M2TWEG3084
M2TWEG3654M2TWEG3660M2TWEG3666M2TWEG3672M2TWEG3678M2TWEG3684
880886892892
13641370
975975
1036104214591465
452457463524730736
674680686746
11581164
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Extended Corner
Product Finishes see page 37
StandardNS
------
------
BASE
See OptionsBelow
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
Wedge
B
A
24
24
Worksurface
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
Right Hand Shown
B
AC
A / B / C
Smartgrain + $125
A / B
48 | www.watsonfurniture.com
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
30 90 M2TANG3090 1283
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Angle
Product Finishes see page 37
StandardMS
BASE
See OptionsBelow
Worksurface
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
3336
B
A
6330
44
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Notes Angle surface ships with legs on 36 inch wide end.
Smartgrain + $125
A / B
www.watsonfurniture.com | 49
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
Rectangle
B
A
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
24 3024 3624 4224 4824 5424 6024 6624 7224 7824 84
30 3030 3630 4230 4830 5430 6030 6630 7230 7830 84
36 3636 4236 4836 5436 6036 6636 7236 7836 84
20 3020 3620 4520 6020 7220 7520 7820 8420 90
M2TXRE2430NM2TXRE2436NM2TXRE2442NM2TXRE2448NM2TXRE2454NM2TXRE2460NM2TXRE2466NM2TXRE2472NM2TXRE2478NM2TXRE2484N
M2TXRE3030NM2TXRE3036NM2TXRE3042NM2TXRE3048NM2TXRE3054NM2TXRE3060NM2TXRE3066NM2TXRE3072NM2TXRE3078NM2TXRE3084N
M2TXRE3636NM2TXRE3642NM2TXRE3648NM2TXRE3654NM2TXRE3660NM2TXRE3666NM2TXRE3672NM2TXRE3678NM2TXRE3684N
M2TRFT2030M2TRFT2036M2TRFT2045M2TRFT2060M2TRFT2072M2TRFT2075M2TRFT2078M2TRFT2084M2TRFT2090
190196234241452457463524730736
190196234241452457463524730736
301374435663719724730
11481208
190196241457524730730736736746
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Floating M2 Storage Top
Product Finishes see page 37
StandardNS
See OptionsBelow
B
A
Worksurface
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Notes Sizes listed for Floating ZO Storage Top are exact dimensions of work-surface.
Floating ZO Storage top is sized to compliment ZO storage units.
Smartgrain + $125
A / B
50 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Success in any enterprise depends on the interaction of talented, energetic people. Office furniture should encourage this interaction by enabling the easy exchange of ideas and information. FUSION furniture inspires employees and energizes the office with organic-shaped, freestanding, user-adjustable desks and mobile storage and accessories.
Reconfigurable shapes and convergent surfaces make FUSION the ideal choice for organizations seeking a comprehensive solution for open-plan in-fill, private offices, conferencing and training.
FUSION | Overview
60 Verve
62 Elliptic Group
64 Corner
69 Extension
71 Independent
73 Companion
75 Learning/Training
76 Conference
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
FUSION | Statement of Line
Elliptic
Verve
Extension Companion Training
Conference
VER
VEC VRC VCR
XPO
Corner
XCA YCA ZCA
XCS YCS
XCC YCC
XCR YCR
XPC
XCO XIN
XPB XAA
XCE XRE
XAC XAB
XELXFI
XKT XKE
XWIXOR XMO XRO
XEF XEE XEC
XNWXTN XNI
XKN
Independent
XFL XAR XMP XTRXSA XPN
www.watsonfurniture.com | 51
FUSION | Basics
Base Components
Parabolic and Impulse Leg TubeThe tube is induction welded, cold rolled steel, mill-formed on a progressive die line from coiled sheet steel; roughly 12 gauge material at .084 inch thick.
Extension AssemblyThe adjustable assembly is made of two primary components called the Collar (sleeve that is mounted in the tube) and the Column (shaft with the adjustment hole pattern). The Column is held rigidly in place within the Collar using set-screws to obtain a solid mechanical interlock. Glide pads and casters fasten to the bottom of the Column.
Column and Collar are made of recyclable 10% glass-filled Nylon thermoplastic. The Column is a solid shaft, reinforced with a 1/2 inch diameter structural steel core for maximum rigidity.
A 1/2 inch center-to-center height adjustment hole spacing is held by two Allen drive 1/4-20 set-screws for a stout grip into the 1/8 inch deep holes. The holes are chamfered to better lead the set-screws into alignment.
The two set-screws require only four revolutions each to release the column for adjustment. The set-screws are properly installed when they protrude just slightly above the surface.
The two set-screws are set in the Collar’s steel, dual threaded insert plate and carry the load of the leg, preventing insert pull-out and stripping of the inserts within the Collar.
3 inch diameter pads have 3/4 inch maximum height adjustment and 25o orbital pivot capability.
Desk casters are load rated at 75 pounds each.
Stride LegsA mounting bracket of dual channel, 12 gauge, cold rolled sheet steel is used for 24, 27 and 30 inch leg widths. The box structured bracket provides added rigidity.
Vibe LegsVibe legs have an 86 inch exterior bend radius. The mounting plate is stamped from 12 gauge, cold rolled sheet steel that is perimeter MIG welded from the top, hiding the weld for a cleaner appearance and stronger seam.
Bridge LegsThe parabolic tube is CNC miter cut and TIG welded at twin 45o joints. Two identical brake formed, 12 gauge, cold rolled sheet steel brackets provide added rigidity.
Impulse LegsTop support brackets are 13 gauge, cold rolled sheet steel. Crank handles are die cast, powdercoated zinc alloy. Toecaps are injection molded, 10% glass-filled Nylon. Glides are screwed into metal inserts welded into the horizontal parabolic tube to assure the glide connections are not damaged when the furniture is moved. The adjustment mechanism utilizes beveled gear lift assemblies in each leg connected by extruded aluminum shafts.
Decorative shrouds, formed of 16 gauge sheet metal, are magnetically attached to the 2 inch by 2 inch Impulse leg. An injection-molded, polyethelene cap snaps into the shroud cover once in place.
Worksurfaces Worksurface dimensions are nominally adjusted by 1/2 inch to allow for movement.
MaterialsWorksurfaces that are edged with a synthetic material (Xylo, Bounce and Duet) are 11/4 inch thick and are composed of horizontal grades of plastic laminate and backing material bonded to a 11/8 inch industrial grade particleboard.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
52 | www.watsonfurniture.com
FUSION | Basics (continued)
Worksurfaces that feature a Stretta or N45 edge are 11/4 inch thick and are composed of horizontal grades of plastic laminate and backing material bonded to a 11/8 inch MDF. The MDF is double refined for strength and uniformity.
Worksurfaces that have spans in excess of 48 inches include additional steel reinforcement to reduce deflection.
Metal-to-Metal ConnectionsLegs are fastened to the desk surfaces with machine screws threaded into metal inserts.
Built-in Cable ManagementCable management is provided with all tops. Routered Snap Points accept proprietary Snap Clips; five Snaps are included with each desk.
Edges
Xylo and BounceThese are synthetic edges made of an extruded PVC polymer, with a durometer chosen for its flexibility, durability and self healing properties. Xylo is 3mm thick with a softly radiused top and bottom edge profile that provides comfort, protection and economy. Bounce is 11mm thick and softly profiled for comfort and appearance. Duet is a combination of a 3mm thermofused edgeband, applied to the non-user edges for seamless desk alignment, and Bounce applied to the user edge for comfort.
N45N45 edges are shaped by a custom profiled CNC cutting head which exposes MDF substrate in a 45o chamfer for increased edge line visibility. The N45 edge may be specified with a Clear topcoat or Charcoal stain.
90Available in three variations, the 90 profile highlights the perpendicular geometry of our most traditional silhouette. The 90 Natural edge is the greenest choice featuring an exposed MDF core, clear-coated with a waterborne finish. 90 Trim is a 1.5mm synthetic edge with a nominal reveal for our most compact edge profile. The 3mm synthetic 90 Plus edge provides added depth to the reveal for visual weight and a more substantial ergonomic buffer.
StrettaThe Stretta edge now matches the MIRO edge silhouette. Shaped by a custom profiled CNC cutting head that exposes the MDF substrate, the resulting chamfer creates a sweeping reveal. The Stretta edge may be specified with a Clear topcoat or Charcoal stain.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
www.watsonfurniture.com | 53
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
FUSION | Base Options
Stride26 to 32 inch range of adjustment.
Vibe26 to 32 inch range of adjustment.
Bridge26 to 32 inch range of adjustment.
Impulse26 to 39 inch range of adjustment.
Fixed, Notch, and Crank.
The Leg Extension Assembly brings an unprecedented level of user control to the Fusion product line, providing a six inch range of height adjustability to parabolic leg tube bases. Standard delivery height for Watson desks with Leg Extension Assemblies is 291/2 inches.
FUSION | Extension Assembly
Glide Pads / Casters (Mobile Desks) 3 inch diameter swivel glide pads or 21/4 inch diameter casters are interchangeable
on site. Glides have 1/2 inch maximum height
adjustment, and a 25o orbital pivot capability.
For mobile desks, two casters are included
for the rear leg assemblies. See below for
the adjustability differences between casters
and glide pads.
Collar
Column
Glide Pad
Setscrews
Parabolic Tube
Assembly Components The two hex-drive, set-screws require only
four revolutions each to release the column
for adjustment. Set-screws are held within
the collar’s dual threaded insert plate,
carrying the load of the leg and preventing
insert pull-out or stripping.
Adjustment Increments Column has 1/2 inch center-to-center height
adjustment hole spacing for the set-screws.
The column has 1 inch height indicator
dots, and upper and lower extension limit
indicator lines.
.5”
.5”
54 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Modular DesksDesks with only glide pads have a height
range of 261/2 to 321/2 inches. Adjustment of desks with the Stride base differs at
the highest and lowest points by 1/8 inch. Glide pads adjust to compensate for this difference.
Mobile DesksDesks with glide pads and casters have a
height range of 281/2 to 321/2 inches because casters are taller than the glide.
Caster DesksDesks with casters only have a height range of 281/2 to 341/2 inches.
FUSION | Glide & Caster Adjustment
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Bi-LevelThe unique bi-level mechanism provides 6 inches of articulation, allowing maximum knee space and under-desk maneuverability. A separate tilt adjustment (±15°) maintains the selected tilt angle throughout the travel range. The Innovative design provides smooth, quiet, and immediate counterbalanced adjustment. A 360° rear swivel allows for optimum positioning and easy stowage. The rugged steel construction ensures stability and durability.
Sit-to-StandThe unique Sit-to-Stand mechanism provides 121/2 inches of articulation (51/4 inches up, 51/2 inches down and infinite adjustment within the range) and a separate tilt adjustment (+10° / -20°) for maximum knee space and room to maneuver. A 360° rear swivel allows for optimum positioning and easy stowage. The rugged steel construction ensures stability and durability.
The Verve Keyboard has the same characteristics as Sit-to-Stand mechanism, but is not retractable.
FUSION | Keyboard Adjustment
Bi-Level Sit-to-Stand
6” 15o negative tilt
15o positive tilt
20o negative tilt
20o positive tilt
45”
20”
11” retractable
www.watsonfurniture.com | 55
FUSION | Grommet Location
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Elliptic GroupAll Elliptic Group surfaces receive two grommets.
VerveAll Verves receive one grommet in each half (two total).
CornerAll Corners receive two grommets except for the XCR and YCR.
All sizes of the XCR and YCR receive one centered grommet.
Extensions30 to 60 inch desks receive one grommet. 66 inch and larger desks receive two grommets.
All sizes of XCE receive one grommet.
IndependentsAll sizes and shapes receive one grommet except the XTR.
XTR receives two grommets.
XMP and XPN do not receive grommets.
TrainingAll sizes and shapes receive one grommet.
FUSION | Grain Direction
Grain direction for desks and conference room surfaces run the length of the tables. For Extended Corners, grain runs in the direction of the two longer ends. Verve tables are comprised of two separate wings joined at a 45o diagonal; grain runs along the length of both wings and is not grain matched at the joint.
Verve Extended CornerFlair Conference
EndNovak
Extended Corner
56 | www.watsonfurniture.com
FUSION | Keystone Conference Table
The Keystone conference series provides solutions for the changing dynamics of modern conference rooms. Designed to support the use of multiple presentation formats and technologies, the Keystone accommodates individual presentations and group discussions.
Articulating wings shift seating postures to optimize interaction with a meeting leader, other participants, or a presentation screen. Convergent extensions accommodate up to six additional seating positions. Keystone provides AC power and supports the direct installation of voice and data wiring.
Primary Surface
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Keystone Surface
Centered AdjustmentA proprietary gear mechanism maintains a symmetrical configuration as the articulating wings open or close. This mechanism also maintains the table’s orientation in the room as the wings are shifted in or out.
Surface ColorsSeparate laminate color selections may be made for the Primary Surface, the Keystone Surface, and the Extension.
www.watsonfurniture.com | 57
FUSION | Elektra Conference Table
The segmented scalability of Elektra Conference Tables are an ideal fit for the transitional learning environment. Create small breakout groups or combine tables to form long and lean work and collaboration zones.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
FUSION | Knife Conference Table
Knife conference tables seat up to 3 individuals per table and support a wide range of applications. Knife tables can be arranged separately for small gatherings, in pairs to form semi-circles, or in quadrants to form ovals. Quadrants can seat up to 14 individuals.
58 | www.watsonfurniture.com
FUSION | Novak Training Table
For both small and large groups and spaces, the unique shape of FUSION training tables supports learning environments with compelling configurations. Designed specifically for technology-oriented learning environments, the Novak Wave facilitates superior line of sight to the instructor and increased row density by rotating the seating angle of the user.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Novak Wave
Novak Instructional
43”
41”32”
www.watsonfurniture.com | 59
Powdercoat(Legs)
BK Black
CH Charcoal
ZE Clear (see note below)
M2 Dark Champagne
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
WA White Aluminum
FQ Frosty White
FUSION | Finishes
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Xylo Edge(Polymer T-Mold) BK Black
CH Charcoal
M2 Dark Champagne
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
FQ Frosty White
Wood Edge(Stretta, N45, 90) CH Charcoal
ZE Natural
To view our complete finish offering, visit our website at www.watsondesking.com/finishes.
N45 StrettaXylo 90
FUSION | Edges
High Pressure Laminate(Standard JN Asian Night
JS Asian Sand
IB Biltmore Cherry
EH Blond Echo
LQ Colombian Walnut
DZ Desert Zephyr
EB Ebony
FE Fine Sycamore
FJ Frosty White
TJ Gilded Mesh
EG Grey Mesh
KM Kensington Maple
KN Kona
ZD Madagascar
EZ Misted Zephyr
MM Monticello Maple
N2 Natural Cane
IJ Rio
RV River Cherry
ZA Shadow Zephyr
EE Sheer Mesh
EK Steel Mesh
DT Studio Teak
TU Tendu
TW Tuscan Walnut
IZ Twilight Zephyr
WM White Markerboard (see note below)
JL Williamsburg Cherry
D0 Xanadu
High Pressure Laminate(Smartgrain) A1 Asian Night
A2 Asian Sand
B8 Blond Echo
C5 Colombian Walnut
DA Madagascar
QI Monticello Maple
RI Rio
TX Studio Teak
W1 Williamsburg Cherry
X1 Xanadu
Smartgrain LaminatesSmartgrain Laminates feature the polish and luxe of wood veneer, with a subtle, narrow grain structure and a higher gloss level.
White Markerboard Laminate OptionWhen white markerboard laminate is specified, an additional $250 will be added to the base price of each desk or worksurface; an additional $500 will be added to each Verve. The markerboard surface is only available with a N45 Natural, Stretta Natural, or 90 Natural edge option.
Clear Powdercoat OptionWhen clear powdercoat is specified, an additional 10% will be added to the base price of each desk or accessory ordered.
Charcoal Edge OptionThere will be a $50 charge for N45 Charcoal and 90 Charcoal edges. The charge reflects the extra materials and labor costs associated with the application of Charcoal stain.
60 | www.watsonfurniture.com
60 6060 6660 7260 78
66 6066 6666 7266 78
72 6072 6672 7272 78
78 6078 6678 7278 78
66 6666 7266 78
72 6672 7272 78
78 6678 7278 78
VER6060 VER6066 VER6072 VER6078
VER6660 VER6666 VER6672 VER6678
VER7260VER7266VER7272VER7278
VER7860VER7866VER7872VER7878
VEC6666VEC6672VEC6678
VEC7266VEC7272VEC7278
VEC7866VEC7872VEC7878
2037204321042309
2043204821102316
2104211021712377
2309231623772583
204821102316
211021712377
231623772583
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER
Verve
Product Finishes see page 59
2766277228333038
2772277728393045
2833283929003106
3038304531063312
277728393045
283929003106
304531063312
BASE
See OptionsBelow
303030
303030
303030
DepthSide C
24 = 24”30 = 30”
Verve Conference End
303030
303030
303030
1937194320042209
1943194820102216
2004201020712277
2209221622772483
194820102216
201020712277
221622772483
BASE
2026203220932298
2032203720992305
2093209921602366
2298230523662572
203720992305
209921602366
230523662572
2193219922602465
2199220422662472
2260226623272533
2465247225332739
220422662472
226623272533
247225332739
2861286729283133
2867287229343140
2928293429953201
3133314032013407
287229343140
293429953201
314032013407
2277228323442549
2283228823502556
2344235024112617
2549255626172823
228823502556
235024112617
255626172823
SMART-GRAIN
(+250)
A = Yes- = No
DepthSide D
24 = 24”30 = 30”
B
A
D
C
Verve
B
A
30
30
Notes Verve Conference Ends share a docking radius with Companion Tables.
Verve desks are delivered in two pieces joined diagonally at the center using tabs and tight-joint fasteners.
Verve desks with Duet edges do not have a chamfered corner for cable management.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
Keyboard Option An extended range keyboard may be added; it adjusts from 5 inches below the worksurface to 8 inches above - $402 list. See page 379 to order.
Decorative Shrouds Decorative shrouds for exposed Impulse base applications are available at $100 each. See page 275 to order.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Impulse Fixed
D
Impulse Top
CrankF
Stride
A
Vibe
B
Bridge
C
Impulse Front Crank
G
Impulse Notch
E
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $400 Charcoal + $450
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $100 Charcoal + $150
90 “U” Natural + $100 Charcoal + $150
www.watsonfurniture.com | 61
60 6660 7260 78
66 6666 7266 78
72 6672 7272 78
78 6678 7278 78
66 6066 6666 7266 78
72 6072 6672 7272 78
78 6078 6678 7278 78
VRC6066 VRC6072 VRC6078
VRC6666VRC6672VRC6678
VRC7266VRC7272VRC7278
VRC7866VRC7872VRC7878
VCR6660 VCR6666VCR6672VCR6678
VCR7260VCR7266VCR7272VCR7278
VCR7860VCR7866VCR7872VCR7878
204321042309
204821102316
211021712377
231623772583
2043204821102316
2104211021712377
2309231623772583
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER
Verve Right HandConference End
Product Finishes see page 59
Impulse Fixed
D
Impulse Top
CrankF
277228333038
277728393045
283929003106
304531063312
2772277728393045
2833283929003106
3038304531063312
BASE
See OptionsBelow
30303030
30303030
30303030
DepthSide C
24 = 24”30 = 30”
Verve Left HandConference End
303030
303030
303030
303030
194320042209
194820102216
201020712277
221622772483
1943194820102216
2004201020712277
2209221622772483
BASE
203220932298
203720992305
209921602366
230523662572
2032203720992305
2093209921602366
2298230523662572
219922602465
220422662472
226623272533
247225332739
2199220422662472
2260226623272533
2465247225332739
Stride
A
Vibe
B
Bridge
C
286729283133
287229343140
293429953201
314032013407
2867287229343140
2928293429953201
3133314032013407
Impulse Front Crank
G
228323442549
228823502556
235024112617
255626172823
2283228823502556
2344235024112617
2549255626172823
Impulse Notch
E
SMART-GRAIN
(+250)
A = Yes- = No
DepthSide D
24 = 24”30 = 30”
Verve
B
A
C
30
B
A
30
D
Notes Verve Conference Ends share a docking radius with Companion Tables.
Verve desks are delivered in two pieces then joined diagonally at the center using tabs and tight-joint fasteners.
Verve desks with Duet edges do not have a chamfered corner for cable management.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
Keyboard Option An extended range keyboard may be added; it adjusts from 5 inches below the worksurface to 8 inches above - $402 list. See page 275 to order.
Decorative Shrouds Decorative shrouds for exposed Impulse base applications are available at $100 each. See page 379 to order.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $400 Charcoal + $450
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $100 Charcoal + $150
90 “U” Natural + $100 Charcoal + $150
62 | www.watsonfurniture.com
48 4848 6048 7248 84
48 6648 7248 78 48 84
48 6648 7248 78 48 84
XPO4848XPO4860XPO4872XPO4884
XPC4866 XPC4872 XPC4878XPC4884
XPB4866 XPB4872 XPB4878 XPB4884
1176140414711894
1465147118881894
1465147118881894
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER
Elliptic Pocket
Product Finishes see page 59
1904213221992622
2193219926162622
2193219926162622
BASE
See OptionsBelow
Elliptic Pocket Conference End
1214144215091932
1503150919261932
1553155919761982
BASE
1164139214591882
1453145918761882
1453145918761882
1331155916262049
1620162620432049
1620162620432049
1999222722942717
2288229427112717
2288229427112717
1415164317102133
1704171021272133
1704171021272133
SMART-GRAIN
(+125)
A = Yes- = No
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
Elliptic Pocket Bowed Front
B
A
B
A
B
A
Elliptic Group
Notes Elliptic Pocket Conference Ends share a docking radius with Companion Tables.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
Decorative Shrouds Decorative shrouds for exposed Impulse base applications are available at $100 each. See page 379 to order.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Right Hand Shown
Right Hand Shown
Right Hand Shown
Impulse Fixed
D
Impulse Top
CrankF
Stride
A
Vibe
B
Bridge
C
Impulse Front Crank
G
Impulse Notch
E
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
www.watsonfurniture.com | 63
48 4848 6048 7248 84
48 6648 7248 7848 84
48 6648 7248 7848 84
XAA4848XAA4860XAA4872 XAA4884
XAC4866XAC4872XAC4878XAC4884
XAB4866XAB4872XAB4878XAB4884
1176140414711894
1465147118881894
1465147118881894
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER
Elliptic Arc
Product Finishes see page 59
1904213221992622
2193219926162622
2193219926162622
BASE
See OptionsBelow
Elliptic ArcConference End
1214144215091932
1503150919261932
1553155919761982
BASE
1331155916262049
1620162620432049
1620162620432049
1999222722942717
2288229427112717
2288229427112717
1415164317102133
1704171021272133
1704171021272133
SMART-GRAIN
(+125)
A = Yes- = No
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
Elliptic ArcBowed Front
B
A
B
A
B
A
Elliptic Group
Notes Elliptic Pocket Conference Ends share a docking radius with Companion Tables.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
Decorative Shrouds Decorative shrouds for exposed Impulse base applications are available at $100 each. See page 379 to order.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Right Hand Shown
Right Hand Shown
Right Hand Shown
Impulse Fixed
D
Impulse Top
CrankF
Stride
A
Vibe
B
Bridge
C
Impulse Front Crank
G
Impulse Notch
E
1164139214591882
1453145918761882
1453145918761882
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
64 | www.watsonfurniture.com
48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84
48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84
XCA4854XCA4860XCA4866XCA4872XCA4878XCA4884
XCA5454XCA5460XCA5466XCA5472XCA5478XCA5484
YCA4854YCA4860YCA4866YCA4872YCA4878YCA4884
YCA5454YCA5460YCA5466YCA5472YCA5478YCA5484
140414041465147118881894
140414041465147118881894
174317431804181122282233
174317431804181122282233
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER
Extended Corner Arc
Product Finishes see page 59
213221322193219926162622
213221322193219926162622
247124712532253929562961
247124712532253929562961
BASE
See OptionsBelow
Extended Corner ArcBi-Level
144214421503150919261932
144214421503150919261932
178117811842184922662271
178117811842184922662271
BASE
139213921453145918761882
139213921453145918761882
173117311792179922162221
173117311792179922162221
155915591620162620432049
155915591620162620432049
189818981959196623832388
189818981959196623832388
164316431704171021272133
164316431704171021272133
198219822043205024672472
198219822043205024672472
SMART-GRAIN
(+125)
A = Yes- = No
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
B
A
Corner
B
A
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376..
Decorative Shrouds Decorative shrouds for exposed Impulse base applications are available at $100 each. See page 379 to order.
24
24
24
24
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Right Hand Shown
Right Hand Shown
Impulse Fixed
D
Impulse Top
CrankF
Stride
A
Vibe
B
Bridge
C
Impulse Front Crank
G
Impulse Notch
E
222722272288229427112717
222722272288229427112717
256625662627263430513056
256625662627263430513056
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
www.watsonfurniture.com | 65
48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84
ZCA4854ZCA4860ZCA4866ZCA4872ZCA4878ZCA4884
ZCA5454ZCA5460ZCA5466ZCA5472ZCA5478ZCA5484
187118711932193923562361
187118711932193923562361
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER
Extended Corner ArcSit-to-Stand
Product Finishes see page 59
259925992660266730843089
259925992660266730843089
BASE
See OptionsBelow
190919091970197723942399
190919091970197723942399
BASE
185918591920192723442349
185918591920192723442349
202620262087209425112516
202620262087209425112516
269426942755276231793184
269426942755276231793184
211021102171217825952600
211021102171217825952600
SMART-GRAIN
(+125)
A = Yes- = No
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
Corner
B
A
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
Decorative Shrouds Decorative shrouds for exposed Impulse base applications are available at $100 each. See page 379 to order.
24
24
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Right Hand Shown
Impulse Fixed
D
Impulse Top
CrankF
Stride
A
Vibe
B
Bridge
C
Impulse Front Crank
G
Impulse Notch
E
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
66 | www.watsonfurniture.com
48 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
54 6054 6654 7254 7854 84
48 6048 6648 7248 7848 84
54 6054 6654 7254 7854 84
XCS4860XCS4866XCS4872XCS4878XCS4884
XCS5460XCS5466XCS5472XCS5478XCS5484
YCS4860YCS4866YCS4872YCS4878YCS4884
YCS5460YCS5466YCS5472YCS5478YCS5484
14041465147118881894
14041465147118881894
17431804181122282233
17431804181122282233
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER
Extended Corner Serpentine
Product Finishes see page 59
21322193219926162622
21322193219926162622
24712532253929562961
24712532253929562961
BASE
See OptionsBelow
Extended Corner Serpentine Bi-Level
14421503150919261932
14421503150919261932
17811842184922662271
17811842184922662271
BASE
13921453145918761882
13921453145918761882
17311792179922162221
17311792179922162221
15591620162620432049
15591620162620432049
18981959196623832388
18981959196623832388
22272288229427112717
22272288229427112717
25662627263430513056
25662627263430513056
16431704171021272133
16431704171021272133
19822043205024672472
19822043205024672472
SMART-GRAIN
(+125)
A = Yes- = No
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
B
A
Corner
B
A
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
Decorative Shrouds Decorative shrouds for exposed Impulse base applications are available at $100 each. See page 379 to order.
30
30
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Right Hand Shown
Right Hand Shown
Impulse Fixed
D
Impulse Top
CrankF
Stride
A
Vibe
B
Bridge
C
Impulse Front Crank
G
Impulse Notch
E
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
www.watsonfurniture.com | 67
Finishes see page 59
48 6648 7248 7848 84
54 6654 7254 7854 84
48 6648 7248 7848 84
54 6654 7254 7854 84
XCC4866XCC4872XCC4878XCC4884
XCC5466XCC5472XCC5478XCC5484
YCC4866YCC4872YCC4878YCC4884
YCC5466YCC5472YCC5478YCC5484
1465147118881894
1465147118881894
1804181122282233
1804181122282233
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER
Extended CornerConference End
Product Finishes see page 59
2193219926162622
2193219926162622
2532253929562961
2532253929562961
BASE
See OptionsBelow
1503150919261932
1503150919261932
1842184922662271
1842184922662271
BASE
1453145918761882
1453145918761882
1792179922162221
1792179922162221
1620162620432049
1620162620432049
1959196623832388
1959196623832388
2288229427112717
2288229427112717
2627263430513056
2627263430513056
1704171021272133
1704171021272133
2043205024672472
2043205024672472
SMART-GRAIN
(+125)
A = Yes- = No
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
Extended Corner Conference End Bi-Level
B
A
Corner
B
A
Notes Extended Corner Conference ends share a docking radius with Companion Tables.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
Decorative Shrouds Decorative shrouds for exposed Impulse base applications are available at $100 each. See page 379 to order.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Right Hand Shown
Right Hand Shown
Impulse Fixed
D
Impulse Top
CrankF
Stride
A
Vibe
B
Bridge
C
Impulse Front Crank
G
Impulse Notch
E
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
68 | www.watsonfurniture.com
42 24
48 24
48 30
30 48
XCR2442
XCR2448
XCR3048
YCR3048
832
860
886
1224
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER BASE
Corner Radius
Product Finishes see page 59
995
1023
1049
1387
BASE
See OptionsBelow
Corner RadiusBi-Level
1348
1376
1402
1740
SMART-GRAIN
(+125)
A = Yes- = No
A
B
Corner
B
A
Notes Corner Radius desks accommodate 24 and 30 inch Extensions.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
Decorative Shrouds Decorative shrouds for exposed Impulse base applications are available at $100 each. See page 379 to order.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Impulse Fixed
D
Impulse Top
CrankF
Impulse Notch
E
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
www.watsonfurniture.com | 69www.watsonfurniture.com | 69
30 3030 3630 4230 4830 5430 6030 6630 72
30 3030 3630 4230 4830 5430 6030 6630 72
30 4230 4830 5430 60
XCO3030XCO3036XCO3042XCO3048XCO3054XCO3060XCO3066XCO3072
XIN3030XIN3036XIN3042XIN3048XIN3054XIN3060XIN3066XIN3072
XCE3042XCE3048XCE3054XCE3060
669674714719930937942
1003
669674714719930937942
1003
714719930937
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER
Contour
Product Finishes see page 59
11801185122512301441144814531514
11801185122512301441144814531514
1225123014411448
BASE
See OptionsBelow
657662702707918925930991
657662702707918925930991
702707918925
BASE
746751791796
1007101410191080
746751791796
1007101410191080
791796
10071014
913918958963
1174118111861247
913918958963
1174118111861247
958963
11741181
13091314135413591570157715821643
13091314135413591570157715821643
1354135915701577
829834874879
1090109711021163
829834874879
1090109711021163
874879
10901097
SMART-GRAIN
(+125)
A = Yes- = No
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
Inset
Conference End
B
A
B
A
B
A
Extension
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
Decorative Shrouds Decorative shrouds for exposed Impulse base applications are available at $100 each. See page 379 to order.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Left Hand Shown
Left Hand Shown
Left Hand Shown
Impulse Fixed
D
Impulse Top
CrankF
Stride
A
Vibe
B
Bridge
C
Impulse Front Crank
G
Impulse Notch
E
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
70 | www.watsonfurniture.com
24 3024 3624 4224 4824 5424 6024 6624 7224 7824 84
30 3030 3630 4230 4830 5430 6030 6630 7230 7830 84
XRE2430XRE2436XRE2442XRE2448XRE2454XRE2460XRE2466XRE2472XRE2478XRE2484
XRE3030XRE3036XRE3042XRE3048XRE3054XRE3060XRE3066XRE3072XRE3078XRE3084
670675714720931937942
100412101215
670675714616931937942
100412101215
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER
Rectangle
Product Finishes see page 59
1181118612251231144214481453151517211726
1181118612251127144214481453151517211726
BASE
See OptionsBelow
658663702708919925930992
11981203
658663702604919925930992
11981203
BASE
747752791797
100810141019108112871292
747752791693
100810141019108112871292
914919958964
117511811186124814541459
914919958860
117511811186124814541459
1310131513541360157115771582164418501855
1310131513541256157115771582164418501855
830835874880
109110971102116413701375
830835874776
109110971102116413701375
SMART-GRAIN
(+125)
A = Yes- = No
B
A
Extension
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376..
Decorative Shrouds Decorative shrouds for exposed Impulse base applications are available at $100 each. See page 379 to order.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Impulse Fixed
D
Impulse Top
CrankF
Stride
A
Vibe
B
Bridge
C
Impulse Front Crank
G
Impulse Notch
E
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
www.watsonfurniture.com | 71
34 6636 7243 7845 84
36 7239 7842 84
30 6036 6636 72
30 72
XFL3466XFL3672XFL4378XFL4584
XAR3672XAR3978XAR4284
XMP3060XMP3666XMP3672
XSA3072
12031210
--
---
---
-
A / B
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER
Flair
Product Finishes see page 59
17141721
--
---
---
-
BASE
See OptionsBelow
1191119816811687
119816811687
92511911198
992
BASE
1280128717701776
128717701776
101412801287
1081
1447145419371943
145419371943
118114471454
1248
18431850
--
---
---
-
13631370
--
---
---
-
SMART-GRAIN
(+125)
A = Yes- = No
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
---
Arc
Improv
Satellite
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
Independent
Notes Improv desks come standard with two fixed and two mobile bases.
Satellite desks come standard with mobile bases.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
Decorative Shrouds Decorative shrouds for exposed Impulse base applications are available at $100 each. See page 379 to order.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Left Hand Shown
Left Hand Shown
Left Hand Shown
Impulse Fixed
D
Impulse Top
CrankF
Stride
A
Vibe
B
Bridge
C
Impulse Front Crank
G
Impulse Notch
E
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
72 | www.watsonfurniture.com
24 4824 5424 6024 6624 72
30 4830 5430 6030 6630 72
48 4860 60
XPN2448XPN2454XPN2460XPN2466XPN2472
XPN3048XPN3054XPN3060XPN3066XPN3072
XTR4848XTR6060
-----
-----
16151943
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER BASE
Peninsula
Product Finishes see page 59
797925930
10201080
797925930
10201080
17042033
BASE
See OptionsBelow
Trio
-----
-----
19602289
SMART-GRAIN
(+125)
A = Yes- = No
B
A
B
A
Independent
Notes Peninsula desk is not docking radius compatible.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Stride
A
Vibe
B
Bridge
C
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
www.watsonfurniture.com | 73
42 42
28 36
34 26
36 30
24 4825 5030 6031 62
XOR4242
XWI2836
XFI3426
XEL3630
XMO2448XMO2550XMO3060XMO3162
857
613
713
713
658786791
1058
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER BASE
Orbital
Product Finishes see page 59
BASE
See OptionsBelow
Wing
SMART-GRAIN
(+125)
A = Yes- = No
Companion
Eclipse
Demi
Fin
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
Notes Companion tables have casters on two of their legs.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Vibe
B
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
74 | www.watsonfurniture.com
36 3642 4248 4860 60
24 4830 54
XRO3636XRO4242XRO4848XRO6060
XTN2448XTN3054
892103611011494
797925
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER BASE
Round
Product Finishes see page 59
BASE
See OptionsBelow
Trainer
SMART-GRAIN
(+125)
A = Yes- = No
Companion
B
A
B
A
Notes Companion tables have casters on two of their legs.
36 inch Round tables have three legs.42-60 inch Round tables have four legs.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Vibe
B
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
www.watsonfurniture.com | 75
22 42
32 41
XNI2242
XNW3241
736
817
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER BASE
Novak Instructional
Product Finishes see page 59
BASE
See OptionsBelow
Novak Wave
SMART-GRAIN
(+125)
A = Yes- = No
846
927
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
B
A
B
A
Learning/Training
Notes Novak desks are sized to accommodate laptops and flat screen monitors.
Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Left Hand Shown
Left Hand Shown
Stride
A
Vibe
B
A / B
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
76 | www.watsonfurniture.com
60 8460 11460 144
60 4260 7260 102
XKT084XKT114XKT144
XKE042XKE072XKE102
---
460249425275
120815032071
KEYSTONESURFACE
PRIMARY SURFACE
EDGEMODEL NUMBER BASE
Keystone
Product Finishes see page 59
EDGE
See OptionsBelow
Keystone Extension
SMART-GRAIN
XKT +250XKE +125
A = Yes- = No
BASE
Conference
B
A
B
A
Notes Basic Keystone tables can seat from 6 to 10; an additional 2 to 6 may be seated with extensions.
Keystones are delivered with a 30 inch Vertebrae for cable routing and a power, voice, and data interconnect provides two grounded AC outlets and installer-selectable phone/data network ports.
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
Vibe
B
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $400 Charcoal + $450
Edge Options+$ Keystone/+$ Exension
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $100 Charcoal + $150
90 “U” Natural + $100 Charcoal + $150
www.watsonfurniture.com | 77
36 6636 9648 6648 96
48 6660 66
48 3648 6648 9660 36 60 6660 96
XEF3666XEF3696XEF4866XEF4896
XEE4866XEE6066
XEC4836XEC4866XEC4896XEC6036XEC6066XEC6096
1281191513471976
13471437
105813471976120815032071
A / B
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER BASE
Elektra Full
Product Finishes see page 59
1448208215142143
15141604
122515142143137516702238
BASE
See OptionsBelow
Elektra End
SMART-GRAIN
(+125)
A = Yes- = No
Elektra Center
Conference
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
B
A
B
A
B
A
Vibe
B
Bridge
C
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
Edge Options
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
90 “U” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
78 | www.watsonfurniture.com
30 6030 7236 8436 96
XKN3060XKN3072XKN3684XKN3696
1013108017641915
EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER BASE
Knife
Product Finishes see page 59
BASE
See OptionsBelow
SMART-GRAIN
(+125)
A = Yes- = No
HAND
L = LeftR = Right
Conference
MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks
B
A
Right Hand Shown
Vibe
B
A / B
Edge Options
Stretta “S” Natural + $400 Charcoal + $450
Xylo “X” + $0
N45 “N” Natural + $100 Charcoal + $150
90 “U” Natural + $100 Charcoal + $150
www.watsonfurniture.com | 79
For open plan applications Seven is the most comprehensive collection of freestanding tables and height adjustable desks on the market. The Seven desk line features Watson’s most popular worksurface shapes paired with the functionality of fixed, notch, manual and electric height adjustable bases. For reduced inventory of handed worksurface shapes the patented Surface Interlock Assembly™ allows the majority of surfaces to be flipped using a single tool. The contemporary design language and low profile Seven foot are carried through the freestanding table line.
SEVEN | Overview
SEVEN | Statement of Line
SDSVERSDDLPB SDSLPB
SDDLPA SDSLPA
SDDXCA SDSXCA
SDDXBT SDSXBT
SDDXIN SDSXIN
SDDXRE SDSXRE
Tables
VerveExtended PrimaryExtended CornerInset BowtieRectangle
SDTXROSDTSQRSDTXRE SDWRE
SDTTRP SDWTRPSDTHEX
SEVEN | Table of Contents
Specification GuideDeskTablesAccessories
Price ListReversible DesksSingle Sided DesksIndividual TablesCombination TablesAccessories
81828994
9798
102110114116
SEVEN Desks
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
80 | www.watsonfurniture.com
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 81
Specification Guide
SEVEN | Specification Guide
DesksStatement Of LineCable ManagementBase OptionsGrommet LocationsReversibleSingle SidedBase OnlyHow to Specify
TablesStatement of LineSizing LogicBasesPower and Data
AccessoriesScreensPC Holder
Finishess
828283848586878788
8989929191
949595
96PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
82 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Desks
Statement Of Line
SEVEN Desk | Specification Guide
SEVEN Desk | Statement of Line
Single Sided without Interlocks
Reversible with Surface Interlock Assembly™
BaseTop support brackets are 12-gauge cold-rolled sheet steel. Crank handles are die cast zinc alloy. Vertical tube assembly is 2 x 2 inch and 11/2 x 11/2 inch (.083 inches) thick steel welded to the top support and foot. Glides are screwed into metal inserts that are welded into the foot. The adjustment mechanism utilizes beveled gear lift assemblies in each leg connected by extruded aluminum shafts. A 12-gauge steel utility beam connects all legs. All metal components are powder coated.
9 Gauge Steel Bright Wire cable management clips are included with each base and attach without tools to the Seven Utility Rail. Optional 16-gauge formed sheet metal vertical raceways are magnetically attached to the 2 x 2 inch vertical leg.
WorksurfaceWorksurfaces that are edged with a synthetic material are 11/4 inches thick and composed of horizontal grades of laminate and are bonded to a 11/8 inch industrial grade particleboard core. Reversible desks are finished with High Pressure Laminate on both sides while Single Sided desks are finished with High Pressure Laminate on the topside and sheet of horizontal grade backing material on the bottom. Worksurface dimensions are net sized by 1/2 inch overall to allow for vertical movement without interference of plugs, wires, brackets and panels.
Desk surfaces are fastened to the legs with steel machine screws threaded into metal inserts on the leg assembly. Cast zinc bezels with vacuum plated finish provide compression between the leg and surface.
EdgeReversible desks are available in three variations, the 90 profile highlights the perpendicular geometry of our principal silhouette. The 90 Natural edge is the greenest choice featuring an exposed MDF core, clear-coated with a waterborne finish. 90 Trim is a 1.5mm thick synthetic edge for the most compact profile. The 3mm thick synthetic 90 Plus edge provides softer visual weight and a more substantial ergonomic buffer.
In addition to the edges available on Reversible Desks, Single Sided desks can also be specified with the N45 or Stretta Profiles which are both exposed MDF core clear-coated with a waterborne finish.
SEVEN Desk | Basics
Verve
Extended Primary
Extended Primary
Extended Corner
Extended Corner
Inset
Inset
Bowtie
Bowtie
Rectangle
Rectangle
The Seven Desk is an industry leading product that boasts the most extensive range worksurface shapes available with fixed, notch, crank or electric bases. The reversible desks are finished on both sides and feature the patented Surface Interlock Assembly™ that allows the entire surface to be flipped using only a single tool. Single sided desks are also available with a wider range of edge types and for those seeking a ‘clean surface’ appearance.
Desk SEVEN Accessories Tables
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 83
Cable Management
Seven was designed with the user in mind. The compressive strength of the top bracket assembly is so robust, the need for a knee-height cross rail was eliminated. This maximizes for knee space and optional storage accompaniment. Seven’s unique foot is the lowest profile in the industry and allows external side access to glide leveling.
Seven’s base design contains no decorative plastic parts and pieces to break or fall off. That means fewer headaches for inventory management and fewer problems for installers.
SEVEN Desk | Solid Construction
Maximum Height ClearanceWith the elimination of the knee-height cross rail, user leg clearance is assured and storage units dock easily without interference
Surface Interlock Assembly™
Easy Access GlidesGlides can be adjusted without moving or tipping the base
Low Profile FootProvides ease of movement for portable storage and chairs
SEVEN’s utility beam provides lateral stability to the desk and prevents deflection of the surface. The utility beam also serves as simple support for Seven’s integrated cable management brackets. Each bracket is installed separately without the use of tools. Brackets are designed to accomodate most power strips and small surge protectors.
SEVEN Desk | Integrated Cable Management
1. Pinch 2. Insert 3. Release
1. Pinch 2. Insert 3. Release
1. Pinch 2. Insert 3. Release
Desk SEVEN Accessories Tables
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
84 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Base Options
48
22
SEVEN Desk | Base Options
Fixed HeightFixed height tables are set at a standard height of 29 1/2 inches and have a 500 lb capacity.
Clearance
Minimum ClearanceMinimum Clearance
Minimum ClearanceMinimum Clearance
Minimum Clearance
Facility Adjustable
Utilizing a dual-notch telescoping mechanism, the notch adjustable bases provide an 11 or 13 inch range of height adjustability in 1 inch incre-
ments and have a 500 lb capacity.
User Adjustable The front crank lift mechanism provides a continuous 11 or 13 inch range of height adjustability and supports 150 lbs of dynamic lifting
capacity atop the worksurface and 250 lbs of static load capacity.
Electric The electric lift mechanism provides a 22-48 inch full BIFMA sit-to-stand range of height adjustability and supports 250 lbs of lifting capacity
atop the worksurface and 400 lbs of static load capacity.
NOTE Electric bases are available in Black or White Aluminum powdercoat only
29 1/2
28
2521
2521
21
33
22
26
39
Embedded SwitchFlush surface mount keeps workspace and undercarriage free from mechanical interference. Recommended for Reversible Desks
Undermount SwitchRetractable undermount switch works with single sided desks and keeps the worksurface free from visual clutter
33
22
26
39
Desk SEVEN Accessories Tables
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 85
Grommet Locations
All grommets are black plastic with cover and sized at 2 1/2 inches in diameter. For alternate grommet locations order DAGR grommets separately and field drill or contact your regional sales representative for more information.
All two leg desks can be specified with 1 centered grommet.
All three leg desks can be specified with 1 grommet 18 1/2 inches from the adjacent back edge.
SEVEN Desk | Optional Grommet Locations
SEVEN Desk | Base Dimensions
4 1/2
4 1/2
30 26
6
6
6
6
12
1515
21
3
3
3
3
3
30 22
24 22
2224
24
18 1/2 18 1/2 18 1/2
VerveExtended Primary
24 inch Rectangle
All Three-Leg Shapes Inset
30 inch Rectangle and Bowtie
Rectangle Inset Bowtie
Extended Corner
Desk SEVEN Accessories Tables
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
86 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Reversible
Leg Assembly
Surface Interlock Assembly™
90 Natural or CharcoalExposed MDF Core
90 Plus3 mm plastic
90 Trim1.5 mm plastic
Our patented (patent number US008104410B2) Surface Interlock Assembly™ provides a mechanical connection between the worksurface and the base. Right handed or left handed, your surface will bear no markings from its previous assembly.
Reversible Seven Desks are designed to reduce inventory of handed worksurface shapes by allowing a single base and worksurface assembly to be flipped using one tool. Seven Fixed, Notch, Crank and Electric adjustable bases are all available with the patented Surface Interlock Assembly.
Edge Options
Worksurface Options
SEVEN Desk | Reversible with Surface Interlock Assembly™
Extended PrimaryExtended CornerInset BowtieRectangle
Laminate Finish on both sides
Surface Interlock Assembly™
90 Natural, Trim and Plus Edge options
$ For pricing see page 98
Desk SEVEN Accessories Tables
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 87
Single Sided
Base Only
90 Natural or CharcoalSealed MDF Core
90 Plus3 mm plastic
StrettaSealed MDF Core
90 Trim1.5 mm plastic
N45 TrimSealed MDF Core
Seven Desks are also available with single-sided surfaces that allows for an expanded selection of worksurface shapes and edge profiles. Single Sided Seven Desks are available with Fixed, Notch, Crank and Electric adjustable bases. Surfaces are secured to the base with Watson’s metal insert and machine screw connections for ease of assembly.
Seven Base assemblies are available in either two or three leg configurations with Fixed, Notch, Crank and Electric adjustment mechanisms. All base only desks include necessary hardware for worksurface attachment.
Edge Options
Worksurface Options
SEVEN Desk | Single Sided
SEVEN Desk | Base Only
VerveExtended PrimaryExtended CornerInset BowtieRectangle
Clean Surface
90 Natural, 90 Trim, 90 Plus and N45 and Stretta Edge Options Surface secured from bottom
$ For pricing see page 109
$ For pricing see page 102
Desk SEVEN Accessories Tables
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
88 | www.watsonfurniture.com
How to Specify
The following guide outlines the steps necessary for correctly specifying a Seven Desk:
SEVEN Desk | How to Specify
Reversible
Fixed-D29 1/2
Notch-J22-33
Notch-E26-39
Crank-U22-33
Crank-G26-39
Electric-Y22-48
Single Sided
A and B dimensions for 2-leg shapes A and B dimensions for Extended Corner and Primary Shapes
A. B, C and D dimensions for all Verve Shapes
Powdercoat for BaseLaminate for WorksurfaceEdge Type for WorksurfaceGrommet Option
STEP 1 | Reversible or Single Sided
STEP 4 | Base Type and Range
STEP 2 | Surface Shape
STEP 3 | Desk Dimensions
STEP 5 | Finishes
Verve (Single Sided only)Extended PrimaryExtended CornerInset BowtieRectangle
B
A
B
A
B
A
D
D
C
C
Desk SEVEN Accessories Tables
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 89
Tables
Statement of Line
SEVEN Tables | Specification Guide
SEVEN Tables | Statement of Line
SEVEN Tables | Basics
Rectangle
Rectangle
Trapezoid
Trapezoid T Base
Hex Square Round
The Seven Table is an industry leading product that boasts the most extensive range of surface sizes available supported by the signature Seven steel base assembly. Order as Individual Tables or Combination Tables for extended lengths of rectangles of trapezoids and shared bases. All of Watson standard laminates and edge finishes are available with Seven Tables.
BaseTop support brackets are 12-gauge cold-rolled sheet steel. Vertical tube assembly is 2 x 2 inch (.125 inches thick) steel welded to the top support and foot. Glides are screwed into metal inserts that are welded into the foot. 1 1/2 Square steel support tubes are mounted to the underside of surfaces over 72 inches wide to ensure surfaces remain flat.
SurfaceTable surfaces are either composed of 11/8 inches thick particle board finished with horizontal grades of laminate and synthetic edge banding or 11/8 inches thick medium density fiberboard finished with horizontal grades of laminate and exposed edges finished with waterborne sealant. Surfaces are fastened to the legs with steel machine screws threaded into metal inserts on the leg assembly.
EdgeThe 90 Natural, N45 and Stretta edges are the greenest choices featuring an exposed MDF core, clear-coated with a waterborne finish. 90 Trim is a 1.5mm thick synthetic edge for the most compact profile. The 3mm thick synthetic 90 Plus edge provides softer visual weight and a more substantial ergonomic buffer.
Individual Tables
Combination Tables
Desk SEVEN Accessories Tables
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
90 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Shape Logic
SEVEN Tables | Shape Logic
RectangleAll Rectangle Tables are supported by 2 discreet T-Base legs and all lengths over 66 inches have support tube reinforced tops.
NOTE Overall dimensions refer to the center depth dimension, the ends are always
6 inches less than the depth at the center.
NOTE Overall size refers to the larger of the end dimensions, the shorter end is
always 6 inches less than the depth at the opposite end.
TrapezoidAll Trapezoid Tables are supported by 2 discreet T-Base legs all lengths over 66 inches have support tube reinforced tops.
HexagonSizes range from 42 x 48 to 48 x 96, supported by 2 discreet T-Base legs all lengths over 66 inches have support tube reinforced tops.
RoundSizes range from 36 to 48 inches square supported by 1 X-Base.
SquareSizes range from 36 to 48 inches diameter supported by 1 X-Base.
Min.
Min.
Min.
Min.
Min.
Max.
Max.
Max.
Max.
Max.
48
42
4242
48
48
36
36
3636
42
42
96
48
48
96
96
48
36
36
48
48
$ For pricing see page 110
$ For pricing see page 112
$ For pricing see page 111
$ For pricing see page 113
$ For pricing see page 113
Desk SEVEN Accessories Tables
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 91
Note: Seven tables specified with power will include a vertical cable channel.Power tap has a 10’ cord.
Bases
Power and Data
For pricing see page 110
For pricing see page 112
For pricing see page 111
For pricing see page 113
For pricing see page 113
SEVEN Tables | Power and DataSeven Rectangle, Trapezoid and Hexagon Tables can be specified with a center mounted drop-in 4 or 6 receptacle power tap and data tap. Power Tap is UL certified for horizontal applications and tested against spills. Power Tap is available in white finish only.
2 Power2 Data
4 Power0 Data
4 Power2 Data
6 Power0 Data
SEVEN Tables | T and X BasesSeven T and X legs feature the same low profile foot as the Seven Desk with a cleverly concealed top bracket that attaches directly to the table surface:
T-BaseEach Seven Rectangle, Trapezoid and Hexagon Table is supported by 2 fixed steel T-Legs. T-Legs are always 12 inches less than the
surface depth to maintain optimized foot clearance and stability.
X-BaseEach Seven Square and Round Table is supported by 1 fixed steel X-Base available in 2 heights
12
24, 30, 36
Base is 8 inches less than Surface Dimension/Diameter
12
1 1/2
1 1/2
2
2
29 1/2 or 42
29 1/2
Desk SEVEN Accessories Tables
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
92 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Sizing Logic
SEVEN Tables | SizingThe following diagram indicates suggested maximum seating:
36 42 48
48 4 4 4
54 4 4 4
60 4 4 4
66 6 6 6
72 6 6 6
78 6 6 6
84 8 8 8
90 8 8 8
4 4 4
4 4 4
96 8 8 8
Desk SEVEN Accessories Tables
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 93
Combination Tables
SEVEN Combination Tables | How to SpecifyFor larger sizes and the efficiency of shared bases Seven Rectangle and Trapezoid surfaces may be combined to create custom tables with a reduced leg count. The following steps outline the process for specifying a Combination Table
Rectangle and Trapezoid surfaces of the same depth can be combined in several ways. The following diagram shows several examples
Each separate surface shape is specified separately and therefore requires individual dimensioning to achieve desired overall size.
Each separate surface shape can be specified with a drop-in power module. Surfaces over 84 inches in width may only be specified with one or two off-center power modules
T Bases are specified separate from the surfaces. One End Base is required for each end table and one Seam Base is required for each surface to surface connection. Surfaces over 84 inches in width include a center mounted T Base. T-Base sizes correspond to the closest edge depth.
Laminate for WorksurfaceEdge Type for Worksurface
STEP 1 | Surface Shapes and Arrangement
STEP 3 | Power
STEP 2 | Surface Dimensions
STEP 5 | Specify Bases
STEP 4 | Finishes
Depth
End Base
End Base
End Base
36 or 42 or 48
42 or 48
Seam Base
Seam Base
Seam Base
Depth
Width Width Width Width Width
Desk SEVEN Accessories Tables
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
94 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Accessories
Statement of Line
SEVEN Accessories | Specification Guide
Seven Accessories | Statement of Line
Seven accessories are designed to work exclusively with all Watson Seven Desks.
Above Above Below Desktop
Modesty
PC Holder Vertical Wire Manager
Screens
Modesty
Technology Accessories
Desk SEVEN Accessories Tables
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 95
Screens
PC Holder
AboveAt 20 inches in height, the Tak Screen and Jot Board Above are designed to provide fixed desktop privacy. The top of Screen or Board finishes 12 inches above worksurface.
Above BelowThe 20 inch Tak Screen and Jot Board Above Below both provide privacy above the desk surface and screening below the beltline. The top of Screen or Board finishes 12 inches above worksurface.
DesktopAt 103/4 inches high, the freestanding Tak Screen and Jot Board Desktop is ideal for subdividing larger surfaces or movable space division.
SEVEN | Tak Screen & Jot Board
SEVEN | Personal Computer Holder
The Jot Board and Tak Screen provide a simple solutions for privacy and space division. Jot Boards are finished on both sides with marker board laminate and Tak Screens are constructed of fabric wrapped tack-able structure.
Both screen types are available in two heights, and three styles and lengths to accommodate Seven’s full breadth of desk choices. The clamp-on assembly makes Jot and Tak easy to install and reconfigure. Both products are also available as a stand-alone, tabletop version.
The Seven PC Holder mounts directly to the Seven Utility Rail to keep computers off of the floor and facilitate the routing of cables and cords to the desk top. Three standard size options accommodate most PC’s. Max weight limit of 30 lbs.
NOTE Not all sizes of PC holders are compatible with the Seven Modesty. Please verify fit prior to order submission. PC holder is not compat-ible with the Seven Electric Base.
Direct mount to utility rail allows PC holder to move with a height adjustable surface
Simple steel design is durable and finished in any Watson Powdercoat
$ For pricing see page 116
Desk SEVEN Accessories Tables
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
96 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Finishes
SEVEN | Finishes
White Markerboard Laminate OptionWhen white markerboard laminate is specified, an additional $125 will be added to the base price of each desk or worksurface; an additional $250 is added to each Verve. Markerboard surfaces are only available with a 90 Natural edge.
Clear Powdercoat OptionWhen clear powdercoat is specified, an additional 10% will be added to the base price of each desk or accessory ordered.
Charcoal Edge OptionThere will be a $50 charge for N45 Charcoal and 90 Charcoal edges. The charge reflects the extra materials and labor costs associated with the application of Charcoal stain.
Powdercoat
BK Black
CH Charcoal
ZE Clear (see note below)
M2 Dark Champagne
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
WA White Aluminum
FJ Frosty White
FQ Fashion Grey
90 Edge(11/4 inch finished MDF)
CH Charcoal
ZE Natural
90 Trim Edge(1-1/2 mm thick Polymer) EH Blond Echo
FE Fine Sycamore
KM Kensington Maple
RV River Cherry
DT Studio Teak
TW Tuscan Walnut
BK Black
CH Charcoal
M2 Dark Champagne
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
WA White Aluminum
FJ Frosty White
FQ Fashion Grey
High Pressure Laminate(Standard) JN Asian Night
JS Asian Sand
IB Biltmore Cherry
EH Blond Echo
LQ Colombian Walnut
DZ Desert Zephyr
EB Ebony
FE Fine Sycamore
FJ Frosty White
TJ Gilded Mesh
EG Grey Mesh
KM Kensington Maple
KN Kona
ZD Madagascar
EZ Misted Zephyr
MM Monticello Maple
N2 Natural Cane
IJ Rio
RV River Cherry
ZA Shadow Zephyr
EE Sheer Mesh
EK Steel Mesh
DT Studio Teak
TU Tendu
TW Tuscan Walnut
IZ Twilight Zephyr
WM White Markerboard
JL Williamsburg Cherry
D0 Xanadu
High Pressure Laminate(Smartgrain)
A1 Asian Night
A2 Asian Sand
B8 Blond Echo
C5 Colombian Walnut
DA Madagascar
QI Monticello Maple
RI Rio
TX Studio Teak
W1 Williamsburg Cherry
X1 Xanadu
Stretta “S”
Edge Options
N45 “N” 90 “U” 90 “Q” 90 Plus “Z”
Textiles PET COLLECTION
2V Ash
7K Smoke
2I Charcoal
ANCHORAGE COLLECTION
9B Amber
9A Angora
6D Asteroid
9H Birch
9U Cumin
6X Fossil
9E Goose
9R Graphite
1G Green Apple
6H Henna
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 97
Price List
SEVEN | Price List
DesksReversible DesksSingle Sided Desks
TablesIndividual TablesCombination Tables
Accessories
98102
110114
116
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
98 | www.watsonfurniture.com
SEVEN Desk Tables
Reversible Desks
30 24 SDDXIN3024 778 940 1396 -30 30 SDDXIN3030 828 990 1446 -30 36 SDDXIN3036 834 996 1452 -30 42 SDDXIN3042 883 1045 1501 246330 48 SDDXIN3048 895 1057 1513 247530 54 SDDXIN3054 984 1146 1602 256430 60 SDDXIN3060 1051 1213 1669 263130 66 SDDXIN3066 1056 1218 1674 263630 72 SDDXIN3072 1068 1230 1686 264830 78 SDDXIN3078 1072 1234 1690 2652
30 84 SDDXIN3084 1092 1254 1710 2672
24 24 SDDXRE2424 745 907 1363 -24 30 SDDXRE2430 789 951 1407 -24 36 SDDXRE2436 800 962 1418 -24 42 SDDXRE2442 850 1012 1468 243024 48 SDDXRE2448 862 1024 1480 244224 54 SDDXRE2454 950 1112 1568 253024 60 SDDXRE2460 956 1118 1574 253624 66 SDDXRE2466 1023 1185 1641 260324 72 SDDXRE2472 1034 1196 1652 261424 78 SDDXRE2478 1053 1215 1671 263324 84 SDDXRE2484 1082 1244 1700 2662
30 24 SDDXRE3024 778 940 1396 -30 30 SDDXRE3030 828 990 1446 -30 36 SDDXRE3036 834 996 1452 -30 42 SDDXRE3042 883 1045 1501 246330 48 SDDXRE3048 895 1057 1513 247530 54 SDDXRE3054 984 1146 1602 256430 60 SDDXRE3060 1051 1213 1669 263130 66 SDDXRE3066 1056 1218 1674 263630 72 SDDXRE3072 1068 1230 1686 264830 78 SDDXRE3078 1072 1234 1690 265230 84 SDDXRE3084 1092 1254 1710 2672
90 “U” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $150
2 Leg option only+$50
Edge Options
Rectangle
Inset
Reversible
FRONT CRANK 22-33" 26-39" U G
Product
NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E
FIXED291/2"
D
ELECTRIC22-48"
Y
MODEL NUMBER BASE
B
A
B
A 24
Left Hand Shown
Notes
Desks may be specified for right or left-handed installation.
Rectangle desks receive laminate on one face only as a standard.
The electric adjustable base is available in White Aluminum or Black.
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
Roller Option
? For specifying information see page 86
SEVEN Accessories
A / B
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 99
SEVEN Desk Tables
30 24 SDDXBT3024 778 940 1396 -30 30 SDDXBT3030 828 990 1446 -30 36 SDDXBT3036 834 996 1452 -30 42 SDDXBT3042 883 1045 1501 246330 48 SDDXBT3048 895 1057 1513 247530 54 SDDXBT3054 984 1146 1602 256430 60 SDDXBT3060 1051 1213 1669 263130 66 SDDXBT3066 1056 1218 1674 263630 72 SDDXBT3072 1068 1230 1686 264830 78 SDDXBT3078 1072 1234 1690 265230 84 SDDXBT3084 1092 1254 1710 2672
42 54 24 24 SDDXCA4254 1679 1919 2570 396642 60 24 24 SDDXCA4260 1690 1930 2581 397742 66 24 24 SDDXCA4266 1696 1936 2587 398342 72 24 24 SDDXCA4272 1707 1947 2598 399442 78 24 24 SDDXCA4278 1885 2125 2776 417242 84 24 24 SDDXCA4284 1952 2192 2843 4239
48 54 24 24 SDDXCA4854 1679 1919 2570 396648 60 24 24 SDDXCA4860 1690 1930 2581 397748 66 24 24 SDDXCA4866 1696 1936 2587 398348 72 24 24 SDDXCA4872 1707 1947 2598 399448 78 24 24 SDDXCA4878 1885 2125 2776 417248 84 24 24 SDDXCA4884 1952 2192 2843 4239
54 54 24 24 SDDXCA5454 1679 1919 2570 396654 60 24 24 SDDXCA5460 1690 1930 2581 397754 66 24 24 SDDXCA5466 1696 1936 2587 398354 72 24 24 SDDXCA5472 1707 1947 2598 399454 78 24 24 SDDXCA5478 1885 2125 2776 417254 84 24 24 SDDXCA5484 1952 2192 2843 4239
60 54 24 24 SDDXCA6054 1679 1919 2570 396660 60 24 24 SDDXCA6060 1690 1930 2581 397760 66 24 24 SDDXCA6066 1696 1936 2587 398360 72 24 24 SDDXCA6072 1707 1947 2598 399460 78 24 24 SDDXCA6078 1885 2125 2776 417260 84 24 24 SDDXCA6084 1952 2192 2843 4239
2 Leg option only+$50 90 “U”
Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $150
Edge Options
Notes
Desks may be specified for right or left-handed installation.
The electric adjustable base is available in White Aluminum or Black.
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
Roller Option
Bowtie
Extended Corner
Reversible
FRONT CRANK 22-33" 26-39" U G
Product
NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E
FIXED291/2"
D
ELECTRIC22-48"
Y
MODEL NUMBER
MODEL NUMBER
BASE
A / B C / D
B
A
B
A
24
24
Right Hand Shown
? For specifying information see page 86
SEVEN Accessories
A / B
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
100 | www.watsonfurniture.com
SEVEN Desk Tables
42 54 30 24 SDDLPA4254 1679 1919 2570 396642 60 30 24 SDDLPA4260 1690 1930 2581 397742 66 30 24 SDDLPA4266 1696 1936 2587 398342 72 30 24 SDDLPA4272 1707 1947 2598 399442 78 30 24 SDDLPA4278 1885 2125 2776 417242 84 30 24 SDDLPA4284 1952 2192 2843 4239
48 54 30 24 SDDLPA4854 1679 1919 2570 396648 60 30 24 SDDLPA4860 1690 1930 2581 397748 66 30 24 SDDLPA4866 1696 1936 2587 398348 72 30 24 SDDLPA4872 1707 1947 2598 399448 78 30 24 SDDLPA4878 1885 2125 2776 417248 84 30 24 SDDLPA4884 1952 2192 2843 4239
54 54 30 24 SDDLPA5454 1679 1919 2570 396654 60 30 24 SDDLPA5460 1690 1930 2581 397754 66 30 24 SDDLPA5466 1696 1936 2587 398354 72 30 24 SDDLPA5472 1707 1947 2598 399454 78 30 24 SDDLPA5478 1885 2125 2776 417254 84 30 24 SDDLPA5484 1952 2192 2843 4239
60 54 30 24 SDDLPA6054 1679 1919 2570 396660 60 30 24 SDDLPA6060 1690 1930 2581 397760 66 30 24 SDDLPA6066 1696 1936 2587 398360 72 30 24 SDDLPA6072 1707 1947 2598 399460 78 30 24 SDDLPA6078 1885 2125 2776 417260 84 30 24 SDDLPA6084 1952 2192 2843 4239
Extended Primary Conference
Reversible
FRONT CRANK 22-33" 26-39" U G
Product
NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E
FIXED291/2"
D
ELECTRIC22-48"
Y
MODEL NUMBER BASE
B
A
54” W Right Hand Shown
C
D
Notes
Desks may be specified for right or left-handed installation.
The electric adjustable base is available in White Aluminum or Black.
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
? For specifying information see page 86
SEVEN Accessories
C / DA / B
90 “U” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $150
Edge Options
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 101
SEVEN Desk Tables
42 54 24 24 SDDLPB4254 1679 1919 2570 396642 60 24 24 SDDLPB4260 1690 1930 2581 397742 66 24 24 SDDLPB4266 1696 1936 2587 398342 72 24 24 SDDLPB4272 1707 1947 2598 399442 78 24 24 SDDLPB4278 1885 2125 2776 417242 84 24 24 SDDLPB4284 1952 2192 2843 4239
48 54 24 24 SDDLPB4854 1679 1919 2570 396648 60 24 24 SDDLPB4860 1690 1930 2581 397748 66 24 24 SDDLPB4866 1696 1936 2587 398348 72 24 24 SDDLPB4872 1707 1947 2598 399448 78 24 24 SDDLPB4878 1885 2125 2776 417248 84 24 24 SDDLPB4884 1952 2192 2843 4239
54 54 24 24 SDDLPB5454 1679 1919 2570 396654 60 24 24 SDDLPB5460 1690 1930 2581 397754 66 24 24 SDDLPB5466 1696 1936 2587 398354 72 24 24 SDDLPB5472 1707 1947 2598 399454 78 24 24 SDDLPB5478 1885 2125 2776 417254 84 24 24 SDDLPB5484 1952 2192 2843 4239
60 54 24 24 SDDLPB6054 1679 1919 2570 396660 60 24 24 SDDLPB6060 1690 1930 2581 397760 66 24 24 SDDLPB6066 1696 1936 2587 398360 72 24 24 SDDLPB6072 1707 1947 2598 399460 78 24 24 SDDLPB6078 1885 2125 2776 417260 84 24 24 SDDLPB6084 1952 2192 2843 4239
FRONT CRANK 22-33" 26-39" U G
Product
NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E
FIXED291/2"
D
ELECTRIC22-48"
Y
MODEL NUMBER BASE
Extended Primary
Reversible
B
A
54” W Right Hand Shown
D
C
Notes
Desks may be specified for right or left-handed installation.
The electric adjustable base is available in White Aluminum or Black.
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
? For specifying information see page 86
SEVEN Accessories
C / DA / B
90 “U” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $150
Edge Options
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
102 | www.watsonfurniture.com
SEVEN Desk Tables
Single Sided Desks
24 24 SDSXRE2424 745 907 1363 -24 30 SDSXRE2430 789 951 1407 -24 36 SDSXRE2436 800 962 1418 -24 42 SDSXRE2442 850 1012 1468 243024 48 SDSXRE2448 862 1024 1480 244224 54 SDSXRE2454 950 1112 1568 253024 60 SDSXRE2460 956 1118 1574 253624 66 SDSXRE2466 1023 1185 1641 260324 72 SDSXRE2472 1034 1196 1652 2614
24 78 SDSXRE2478 1053 1215 1671 263324 84 SDSXRE2484 1082 1244 1700 2662
30 24 SDSXRE3024 778 940 1396 -30 30 SDSXRE3030 828 990 1446 -30 36 SDSXRE3036 834 996 1452 -30 42 SDSXRE3042 883 1045 1501 246330 48 SDSXRE3048 895 1057 1513 247530 54 SDSXRE3054 984 1146 1602 256430 60 SDSXRE3060 1051 1213 1669 263130 66 SDSXRE3066 1056 1218 1674 263630 72 SDSXRE3072 1068 1230 1686 264830 78 SDSXRE3078 1072 1234 1690 265230 84 SDSXRE3084 1092 1254 1710 2672
30 24 SDSXIN3024 778 940 1396 -30 30 SDSXIN3030 828 990 1446 -30 36 SDSXIN3036 834 996 1452 -30 42 SDSXIN3042 883 1045 1501 246330 48 SDSXIN3048 895 1057 1513 247530 54 SDSXIN3054 984 1146 1602 256430 60 SDSXIN3060 1051 1213 1669 263130 66 SDSXIN3066 1056 1218 1674 263630 72 SDSXIN3072 1068 1230 1686 264830 78 SDSXIN3078 1072 1234 1690 265230 84 SDSXIN3084 1092 1254 1710 2672
Rectangle
Inset
Single Sided
FRONT CRANK 22-33" 26-39" U G
Product
NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E
FIXED291/2"
D
ELECTRIC22-48"
Y
MODEL NUMBER BASE
B
A
B
24
Left Hand Shown
A
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
Notes
Desks may be specified for right or left-handed installation.
The electric adjustable base is available in White Aluminum or Black.
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
? For specifying information see page 87
SEVEN Accessories
2 Leg option only+$50
Not available on Electric Base
Roller Option
A / B
90 “U” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $150
Edge Options
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 103
SEVEN Desk Tables
30 24 SDSXBT3024 778 940 1396 -30 30 SDSXBT3030 828 990 1446 -30 36 SDSXBT3036 834 996 1452 -30 42 SDSXBT3042 883 1045 1501 246330 48 SDSXBT3048 895 1057 1513 247530 54 SDSXBT3054 984 1146 1602 256430 60 SDSXBT3060 1051 1213 1669 263130 66 SDSXBT3066 1056 1218 1674 263630 72 SDSXBT3072 1068 1230 1686 264830 78 SDSXBT3078 1072 1234 1690 265230 84 SDSXBT3084 1092 1254 1710 2672
42 54 24 24 SDSXCA4254 1679 1919 2570 396642 60 24 24 SDSXCA4260 1690 1930 2581 397742 66 24 24 SDSXCA4266 1696 1936 2587 398342 72 24 24 SDSXCA4272 1707 1947 2598 399442 78 24 24 SDSXCA4278 1885 2125 2776 417242 84 24 24 SDSXCA4284 1952 2192 2843 4239
48 54 24 24 SDSXCA4854 1679 1919 2570 396648 60 24 24 SDSXCA4860 1690 1930 2581 397748 66 24 24 SDSXCA4866 1696 1936 2587 398348 72 24 24 SDSXCA4872 1707 1947 2598 399448 78 24 24 SDSXCA4878 1885 2125 2776 417248 84 24 24 SDSXCA4884 1952 2192 2843 4239
54 54 24 24 SDSXCA5454 1679 1919 2570 396654 60 24 24 SDSXCA5460 1690 1930 2581 397754 66 24 24 SDSXCA5466 1696 1936 2587 398354 72 24 24 SDSXCA5472 1707 1947 2598 399454 78 24 24 SDSXCA5478 1885 2125 2776 417254 84 24 24 SDSXCA5484 1952 2192 2843 4239
60 54 24 24 SDSXCA6054 1679 1919 2570 396660 60 24 24 SDSXCA6060 1690 1930 2581 397760 66 24 24 SDSXCA6066 1696 1936 2587 398360 72 24 24 SDSXCA6072 1707 1947 2598 399460 78 24 24 SDSXCA6078 1885 2125 2776 417260 84 24 24 SDSXCA6084 1952 2192 2843 4239
Bowtie
Extended Corner
Single Sided
B
A
B
A
24
24
Right Hand Shown
Notes
Desks may be specified for right or left-handed installation.
The electric adjustable base is available in White Aluminum or Black.
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
? For specifying information see page 87
SEVEN Accessories
FRONT CRANK 22-33" 26-39" U G
Product
NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E
FIXED291/2"
D
ELECTRIC22-48"
Y
MODEL NUMBER
MODEL NUMBER
BASE
C / D
Roller Option
A / B
A / B
90 “U” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $150
Edge Options
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
2 Leg option only+$50
Not available on Electric Base
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
104 | www.watsonfurniture.com
SEVEN Desk Tables
42 54 30 24 SDSLPA4254 1679 1919 2570 396642 60 30 24 SDSLPA4260 1690 1930 2581 397742 66 30 24 SDSLPA4266 1696 1936 2587 398342 72 30 24 SDSLPA4272 1707 1947 2598 399442 78 30 24 SDSLPA4278 1885 2125 2776 417242 84 30 24 SDSLPA4284 1952 2192 2843 4239
48 54 30 24 SDSLPA4854 1679 1919 2570 396648 60 30 24 SDSLPA4860 1690 1930 2581 397748 66 30 24 SDSLPA4866 1696 1936 2587 398348 72 30 24 SDSLPA4872 1707 1947 2598 399448 78 30 24 SDSLPA4878 1885 2125 2776 417248 84 30 24 SDSLPA4884 1952 2192 2843 4239
54 54 30 24 SDSLPA5454 1679 1919 2570 396654 60 30 24 SDSLPA5460 1690 1930 2581 397754 66 30 24 SDSLPA5466 1696 1936 2587 398354 72 30 24 SDSLPA5472 1707 1947 2598 399454 78 30 24 SDSLPA5478 1885 2125 2776 417254 84 30 24 SDSLPA5484 1952 2192 2843 4239
60 54 30 24 SDSLPA6054 1679 1919 2570 396660 60 30 24 SDSLPA6060 1690 1930 2581 397760 66 30 24 SDSLPA6066 1696 1936 2587 398360 72 30 24 SDSLPA6072 1707 1947 2598 399460 78 30 24 SDSLPA6078 1885 2125 2776 417260 84 30 24 SDSLPA6084 1952 2192 2843 4239
Extended Primary Conference
Single Sided Product
A / B
B
Right Hand Shown
C
D
A
Notes
Desks may be specified for right or left-handed installation.
The electric adjustable base is available in White Aluminum or Black.
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
? For specifying information see page 87
SEVEN Accessories
FRONT CRANK 22-33" 26-39" U G
NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E
FIXED291/2"
D
ELECTRIC22-48"
Y
MODEL NUMBER BASE
C / D
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
90 “U” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $150
Edge Options
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 105
SEVEN Desk Tables
42 54 24 24 SDSLPB4254 1679 1919 2570 396642 60 24 24 SDSLPB4260 1690 1930 2581 397742 66 24 24 SDSLPB4266 1696 1936 2587 398342 72 24 24 SDSLPB4272 1707 1947 2598 399442 78 24 24 SDSLPB4278 1885 2125 2776 417242 84 24 24 SDSLPB4284 1952 2192 2843 4239
48 54 24 24 SDSLPB4854 1679 1919 2570 396648 60 24 24 SDSLPB4860 1690 1930 2581 397748 66 24 24 SDSLPB4866 1696 1936 2587 398348 72 24 24 SDSLPB4872 1707 1947 2598 399448 78 24 24 SDSLPB4878 1885 2125 2776 417248 84 24 24 SDSLPB4884 1952 2192 2843 4239
54 54 24 24 SDSLPB5454 1679 1919 2570 396654 60 24 24 SDSLPB5460 1690 1930 2581 397754 66 24 24 SDSLPB5466 1696 1936 2587 398354 72 24 24 SDSLPB5472 1707 1947 2598 399454 78 24 24 SDSLPB5478 1885 2125 2776 417254 84 24 24 SDSLPB5484 1952 2192 2843 4239
60 54 24 24 SDSLPB6054 1679 1919 2570 396660 60 24 24 SDSLPB6060 1690 1930 2581 397760 66 24 24 SDSLPB6066 1696 1936 2587 398360 72 24 24 SDSLPB6072 1707 1947 2598 399460 78 24 24 SDSLPB6078 1885 2125 2776 417260 84 24 24 SDSLPB6084 1952 2192 2843 4239
Extended Primary
Single Sided Product
B
A
Right Hand Shown
D
C
Notes
Desks may be specified for right or left-handed installation.
The electric adjustable base is available in White Aluminum or Black.
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
? For specifying information see page 87
SEVEN Accessories
FRONT CRANK 22-33" 26-39" U G
NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E
FIXED291/2"
D
ELECTRIC22-48"
Y
MODEL NUMBER BASE
C / DA / B
90 “U” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $150
Edge Options
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
N45 “N” Natural + $50 Charcoal + $100
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
106 | www.watsonfurniture.com
SEVEN Desk Tables
60 60 SDSVER60602430 1940 2180 2831 422760 66 SDSVER60662430 2013 2253 2904 430060 72 SDSVER60722430 2044 2284 2935 433160 78 SDSVER60782430 2218 2458 3109 450560 84 SDSVER60842430 2226 2466 3117 4513
66 60 SDSVER66602430 1972 2212 2863 425966 66 SDSVER66662430 2045 2285 2936 433266 72 SDSVER66722430 2076 2316 2967 436366 78 SDSVER66782430 2250 2490 3141 453766 84 SDSVER66842430 2258 2498 3149 4545
72 60 SDSVER72602430 2004 2244 2895 429172 66 SDSVER72662430 2076 2316 2967 436372 72 SDSVER72722430 2108 2348 2999 439572 78 SDSVER72782430 2281 2521 3172 456872 84 SDSVER72842430 2290 2530 3181 4577
78 60 SDSVER78602430 2177 2417 3068 446478 66 SDSVER78662430 2250 2490 3141 453778 72 SDSVER78722430 2281 2521 3172 456878 78 SDSVER78782430 2455 2695 3346 474278 84 SDSVER78842430 2463 2703 3354 4750
84 60 SDSVER84602430 2186 2426 3077 447384 66 SDSVER84662430 2258 2498 3149 454584 72 SDSVER84722430 2290 2530 3181 457784 78 SDSVER84782430 2463 2703 3354 475084 84 SDSVER84842430 2472 2712 3363 4759
Verve - 24 x 30
Single Sided
FRONT CRANK 22-33" 26-39" U G
Product
NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E
FIXED291/2"
D
ELECTRIC22-48"
Y
MODEL NUMBER BASE
B
A
30
24
Notes
Desks may be specified for right or left-handed installation.
The electric adjustable base is available in White Aluminum or Black.
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
? For specifying information see page 87
SEVEN Accessories
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $400 Charcoal + $450
N45 “N” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “U” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $150
Edge Options
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 107
SEVEN Desk Tables
60 60 SDSVER60603024 1940 2180 2831 422760 66 SDSVER60663024 2013 2253 2904 430060 72 SDSVER60723024 2044 2284 2935 433160 78 SDSVER60783024 2218 2458 3109 450560 84 SDSVER60843024 2226 2466 3117 4513
66 60 SDSVER66603024 1972 2212 2863 425966 66 SDSVER66663024 2045 2285 2936 433266 72 SDSVER66723024 2076 2316 2967 436366 78 SDSVER66783024 2250 2490 3141 453766 84 SDSVER66843024 2258 2498 3149 4545
72 60 SDSVER72603024 2004 2244 2895 429172 66 SDSVER72663024 2076 2316 2967 436372 72 SDSVER72723024 2108 2348 2999 439572 78 SDSVER72783024 2281 2521 3172 456872 84 SDSVER72843024 2290 2530 3181 4577
78 60 SDSVER78603024 2177 2417 3068 446478 66 SDSVER78663024 2250 2490 3141 453778 72 SDSVER78723024 2281 2521 3172 456878 78 SDSVER78783024 2455 2695 3346 474278 84 SDSVER78843024 2463 2703 3354 4750
84 60 SDSVER84603024 2186 2426 3077 447384 66 SDSVER84663024 2258 2498 3149 454584 72 SDSVER84723024 2290 2530 3181 457784 78 SDSVER84783024 2463 2703 3354 475084 84 SDSVER84843024 2472 2712 3363 4759
Verve - 30 x 24
Single Sided
FRONT CRANK 22-33" 26-39" U G
Product
NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E
FIXED291/2"
D
ELECTRIC22-48"
Y
MODEL NUMBER BASE
B
A
24
30
Notes
Desks may be specified for right or left-handed installation.
The electric adjustable base is available in White Aluminum or Black.
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
? For specifying information see page 87
SEVEN Accessories
A / B
90 “U” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $150
Edge Options
Stretta “S” Natural + $400 Charcoal + $450
N45 “N” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
108 | www.watsonfurniture.com
SEVEN Desk Tables
60 60 SDSVER60602424 1940 2180 2831 422760 66 SDSVER60662424 2013 2253 2904 430060 72 SDSVER60722424 2044 2284 2935 433160 78 SDSVER60782424 2218 2458 3109 450560 84 SDSVER60842424 2226 2466 3117 4513
66 60 SDSVER66602424 1972 2212 2863 425966 66 SDSVER66662424 2045 2285 2936 433266 72 SDSVER66722424 2076 2316 2967 436366 78 SDSVER66782424 2250 2490 3141 453766 84 SDSVER66842424 2258 2498 3149 4545
72 60 SDSVER72602424 2004 2244 2895 429172 66 SDSVER72662424 2076 2316 2967 436372 72 SDSVER72722424 2108 2348 2999 439572 78 SDSVER72782424 2281 2521 3172 456872 84 SDSVER72842424 2290 2530 3181 4577
78 60 SDSVER78602424 2177 2417 3068 446478 66 SDSVER78662424 2250 2490 3141 453778 72 SDSVER78722424 2281 2521 3172 456878 78 SDSVER78782424 2455 2695 3346 474278 84 SDSVER78842424 2463 2703 3354 4750
84 60 SDSVER84602424 2186 2426 3077 447384 66 SDSVER84662424 2258 2498 3149 454584 72 SDSVER84722424 2290 2530 3181 457784 78 SDSVER84782424 2463 2703 3354 475084 84 SDSVER84842424 2472 2712 3363 4759
Verve - 24 x 24
Single Sided
FRONT CRANK 22-33" 26-39" U G
Product
NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E
FIXED291/2"
D
ELECTRIC22-48"
Y
MODEL NUMBER BASE
A / B
B
A
24
24
Notes
Desks may be specified for right or left-handed installation.
The electric adjustable base is available in White Aluminum or Black.
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
? For specifying information see page 87
SEVEN Accessories
Stretta “S” Natural + $400 Charcoal + $450
N45 “N” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “U” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $150
Edge Options
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 109
SEVEN Desk Tables
Base Only
24 24 SDBXRE2424 533 695 1151 -24 30 SDBXRE2430 544 706 1162 -24 36 SDBXRE2436 550 712 1168 -24 42 SDBXRE2442 566 728 1184 214624 48 SDBXRE2448 572 734 1190 215224 54 SDBXRE2454 589 751 1207 216924 60 SDBXRE2460 594 756 1212 217424 66 SDBXRE2466 600 762 1218 218024 72 SDBXRE2472 611 773 1229 219124 78 SDBXRE2478 618 780 1236 219824 84 SDBXRE2484 626 788 1244 2206
30 24 SDBXRE3024 564 726 1182 -30 30 SDBXRE3030 576 738 1194 -30 36 SDBXRE3036 581 743 1199 -30 42 SDBXRE3042 597 759 1215 217730 48 SDBXRE3048 604 766 1222 218430 54 SDBXRE3054 620 782 1238 220030 60 SDBXRE3060 626 788 1244 220630 66 SDBXRE3066 631 793 1249 221130 72 SDBXRE3072 638 800 1256 221830 78 SDBXRE3078 645 807 1263 222530 84 SDBXRE3084 642 804 1260 2222
48 54 SDBXCA4854 1078 1318 1969 336548 60 SDBXCA4860 1085 1325 1976 3372 48 66 SDBXCA4866 1094 1334 1985 338148 72 SDBXCA4872 1100 1340 1991 338748 78 SDBXCA4878 1107 1347 1998 339448 84 SDBXCA4884 1114 1354 2005 3401
54 54 SDBXCA5454 1085 1325 1976 337254 60 SDBXCA5460 1092 1332 1983 337954 66 SDBXCA5466 1101 1341 1992 338854 72 SDBXCA5472 1107 1347 1998 339454 78 SDBXCA5478 1114 1354 2005 340154 84 SDBXCA5484 1122 1362 2013 3409
60 54 SDBXCA6054 1092 1332 1983 337960 60 SDBXCA6060 1100 1340 1991 338760 66 SDBXCA6066 1108 1348 1999 339560 72 SDBXCA6072 1114 1354 2005 340160 78 SDBXCA6078 1122 1362 2013 340960 84 SDBXCA6084 1129 1369 2020 3416
Two-Leg
Three-Leg
Base Only
FRONT CRANK 22-33" 26-39" U G
Product
NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E
FIXED291/2"
D
ELECTRIC22-48"
Y
MODEL NUMBER BASE
A / B
? For specifying information see page 87
SEVEN Accessories
Notes
Desks may be specified for right or left-handed installation.
The electric adjustable base is available in White Aluminum or Black.
Bases ship with #10 x 3/4 inch wood screws for third party surface installation
2 Leg option only+$50
Roller Option
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
110 | www.watsonfurniture.com
SEVEN Desk Tables
Individual Tables
Rectangle
36 48 SDTXRE3648 117436 54 SDTXRE3654 120236 60 SDTXRE3660 122936 66 SDTXRE3666 131336 72 SDTXRE3672 141236 78 SDTXRE3678 194736 84 SDTXRE3684 200736 90 SDTXRE3690 201136 96 SDTXRE3696 2015
42 48 SDTXRE4248 121042 54 SDTXRE4254 129842 60 SDTXRE4260 133142 66 SDTXRE4266 136342 72 SDTXRE4272 152242 78 SDTXRE4278 200542 84 SDTXRE4284 200842 90 SDTXRE4290 201242 96 SDTXRE4296 2072
48 54 SDTXRE4854 134048 60 SDTXRE4860 137648 66 SDTXRE4866 146948 72 SDTXRE4872 157648 78 SDTXRE4878 2006
48 84 SDTXRE4884 206548 90 SDTXRE4890 2069
Rectangle
Individual Tables
B
A
MODEL NUMBER
Notes
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
Power Options00 - 0 power+0 data +$0022 - 2 power+2 data +$36740 - 4 power+0 data +$47242 - 4 power+2 data +$53060 - 6 power+0 data +$587
? For specifying information see page 90
SEVEN Accessories
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
N45 “N” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “U” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $50
Edge Options
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 111
SEVEN Desk Tables
Hexagon
42 48 36 SDTHEX4248 121042 54 36 SDTHEX4254 129842 60 36 SDTHEX4260 133142 66 36 SDTHEX4266 136342 72 36 SDTHEX4272 152242 78 36 SDTHEX4278 200542 84 36 SDTHEX4284 2008
42 90 36 SDTHEX4290 201242 96 36 SDTHEX4296 2072
48 54 42 SDTHEX4854 134048 60 42 SDTHEX4860 137648 66 42 SDTHEX4866 146948 72 42 SDTHEX4872 157648 78 42 SDTHEX4878 200648 84 42 SDTHEX4884 206548 90 42 SDTHEX4890 206948 96 42 SDTHEX4896 2073
Hexagon
Individual Tables
B
A C
MODEL NUMBER
C
Notes
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
Power Options00 - 0 power+0 data +$0022 - 2 power+2 data +$36740 - 4 power+0 data +$47242 - 4 power+2 data +$53060 - 6 power+0 data +$587
? For specifying information see page 90
SEVEN Accessories
A / B
90 “U” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $50
Edge Options
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
N45 “N” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
112 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Trapezoid
42 48 36 SDTTRP4248 121042 54 36 SDTTRP4254 129842 60 36 SDTTRP4260 133142 66 36 SDTTRP4266 136342 72 36 SDTTRP4272 152242 78 36 SDTTRP4278 200542 84 36 SDTTRP4284 200842 90 36 SDTTRP4290 2012
42 96 36 SDTTRP4296 2072
48 48 42 SDTTRP4848 130348 54 42 SDTTRP4854 134048 60 42 SDTTRP4860 137648 66 42 SDTTRP4866 146948 72 42 SDTTRP4872 157648 78 42 SDTTRP4878 200648 84 42 SDTTRP4884 2065
48 90 42 SDTTRP4890 206948 96 42 SDTTRP4896 2073
SEVEN Desk Tables Accessories
Trapezoid
Individual Tables
B
A C
MODEL NUMBER
C
Power Options00 - 0 power+0 data +$0022 - 2 power+2 data +$36740 - 4 power+0 data +$47242 - 4 power+2 data +$53060 - 6 power+0 data +$587
? For specifying information see page 90
Notes
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
N45 “N” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “U” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $50
Edge Options
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 113
Square
Round
36 29 SDTSQR3636Y 127442 29 SDTSQR4242Y 133448 29 SDTSQR4848Y 1459
36 42 SDTSQR3636Z 127442 42 SDTSQR4242Z 133448 42 SDTSQR4848Z 1459
36 29 SDTXRO3636Y 127442 29 SDTXRO4242Y 133448 29 SDTXRO4848Y 1459
36 42 SDTXRO3636Z 127442 42 SDTXRO4242Z 133448 42 SDTXRO4848Z 1459
SEVEN Desk Tables Accessories
Square
Round
Individual TablesMODEL NUMBER
HEIGHT
A
? For specifying information see page 90
Notes
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
A
90 “U” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $50
Edge Options
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
N45 “N” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
114 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Combination Tables
42 48 SDWXRE4248 33042 54 SDWXRE4254 41942 60 SDWXRE4260 45142 66 SDWXRE4266 48342 72 SDWXRE4272 57142 78 SDWXRE4278 105142 84 SDWXRE4284 105242 90 SDWXRE4290 105342 96 SDWXRE4296 1110
48 48 SDWXRE4848 42348 54 SDWXRE4854 46048 60 SDWXRE4860 49748 66 SDWXRE4866 58948 72 SDWXRE4872 62648 78 SDWXRE4878 105248 84 SDWXRE4884 110948 90 SDWXRE4890 111048 96 SDWXRE4896 1111
SEVEN Desk Tables Accessories
Rectangle Surface
Combination Tables
B
MODEL NUMBER
A
Power Options00 - 0 power+0 data +$0022 - 2 power+2 data +$36740 - 4 power+0 data +$47242 - 4 power+2 data +$53060 - 6 power+0 data +$587
? For specifying information see page 88
Notes
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
A / B
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
N45 “N” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “U” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $50
Edge Options
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 115
42 48 36 SDWTRP4248 33042 54 36 SDWTRP4254 41942 60 36 SDWTRP4260 45142 66 36 SDWTRP4266 48342 72 36 SDWTRP4272 57142 78 36 SDWTRP4278 105142 84 36 SDWTRP4284 105242 90 36 SDWTRP4290 105342 96 36 SDWTRP4296 1110
48 48 42 SDWTRP4848 42348 54 42 SDWTRP4854 46048 60 42 SDWTRP4860 49748 66 42 SDWTRP4866 58948 72 42 SDWTRP4872 62648 78 42 SDWTRP4878 105248 84 42 SDWTRP4884 110948 90 42 SDWTRP4890 111048 96 42 SDWTRP4896 1111
24 SDTTLG2924 Leg Only 44030 SDTTLG2930 Leg Only 44036 SDTTLG2936 Leg Only 440
30 SDTTSP2930 Leg w/ Splice Kit 46236 SDTTSP2936 Leg w/ Splice Kit 462
SEVEN Desk Tables Accessories
Combination Tables
Trapezoid Surface
Bases
B
A C
MODEL NUMBER
C
Power Options00 - 0 power+0 data +$0022 - 2 power+2 data +$36740 - 4 power+0 data +$47242 - 4 power+2 data +$53060 - 6 power+0 data +$587
? For specifying information see page 88
Notes
The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.
SEVEN
A / B
90 “U” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
90 “Q” $0
90 Plus “Z” + $50
Edge Options
Stretta “S” Natural + $200 Charcoal + $250
N45 “N” Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
116 | www.watsonfurniture.com
355372402407412419424429435440446452457468584589
372388424429440446457463468480485497502507628639
190201213246251257263268279296307318329346357369379
Accessories
15 2315 2915 3215 3515 3815 4115 4415 4715 5015 5315 5615 5915 6215 6515 6815 71
20 2320 2920 3220 3520 3820 4120 4420 4720 5020 5320 5620 5920 6220 6520 6820 71
WTSA1523WTSA1529WTSA1532WTSA1535WTSA1538WTSA1541WTSA1544WTSA1547WTSA1550WTSA1553WTSA1556WTSA1559WTSA1562WTSA1565WTSA1568WTSA1571
WTSA2023WTSA2029WTSA2032WTSA2035WTSA2038WTSA2041WTSA2044WTSA2047WTSA2050WTSA2053WTSA2056WTSA2059WTSA2062WTSA2065WTSA2068WTSA2071
SEVEN Desk Tables Accessories
H / W
MODEL NUMBER PRICE
Above
Modesty
Tak Screen Product
? For specifying information see page 94
Notes
Tak Screen clamps fit 11/8 to 11/4 inch thick surfaces.
13 2413 3013 3613 4213 4513 4813 5113 5413 5713 6013 6313 6613 6913 7213 7513 7813 81
SVMOD1324SVMOD1330SVMOD1336SVMOD1342SVMOD1345SVMOD1348SVMOD1351SVMOD1354SVMOD1357SVMOD1360SVMOD1363SVMOD1366SVMOD1369SVMOD1372SVMOD1375SVMOD1378SVMOD1381
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 117
372388424429440446457463468480485497502507628639
156168179185196
104104104104
20 2320 2920 3220 3520 3820 4120 4420 4720 5020 5320 5620 5920 6220 6520 6820 71
12 2312 2912 3512 4112 47
- 21- 30- 39- 57
WTSAB2023WTSAB2029WTSAB2032WTSAB2035WTSAB2038WTSAB2041WTSAB2044WTSAB2047WTSAB2050WTSAB2053WTSAB2056WTSAB2059WTSAB2062WTSAB2065WTSAB2068WTSAB2071
WTSD1223WTSD1229WTSD1235WTSD1241WTSD1247
WJTAT21WJTAT30WJTAT39WJTAT57
SEVEN Desk Tables Accessories
H / W
MODEL NUMBER PRICE
Above/Below
Tak Screen Product
Desktop
Accessory Tray
? For specifying information see page 94
Notes
Tak Screen clamps fit 11/8 to 11/4 inch thick surfaces.
Accessory Tray includes non-skid pads for placement on Tak Screen and Jot Board surface brackets.
Accessory tray is designed to organize light duty objects such as files, pens and pencils. Tray is not intended for use with binders or as heavy object storage.
Accessory Tray ships with two Watson Seiri Bins.
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
118 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
16 SVCCH18 8517 SVCCH17 8521 SVCCH21 8524 SVCCH24 85
9 x 20 x 20 SVACH092020 1468 x 18 x 19 SVACH081819 1465 x 16 x 18 SVACH051618 146
Vertical Wire Manager
PC Holder
Accessories
MODEL NUMBERSIZE
W X D X H
? For specifying information see page 94
Desk SEVEN Accessories Tables
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
www.watsonfurniture.com | 119
TONIC | Welcome
Overview
Specification GuideBenchSimple TablesStorageAccessoriesFinishes
QuickSpecGuide45607590
Price ListBench SegmentsSimple TablesStorageAccessories
Technical Specifications
120
124125134138144151
154154158162166170
175176182184187
190
The Tonic Specification Guide and Price List will provide you with simple and clear explanations of how the Tonic Bench is specified as well as any and all pricing and technical information required to order a Tonic Bench. The Overview spread is intended to give you a contextual explanation of the relationship between the Bench Components, Storage and Accessories. The Specification Guide pages provide a comprehensive explanation of each of the individual components. QuickSpec is a six step process designed to help you specify and price a bench as rapidly as possible. In the Price List section you will find detailed pricing information on each and every bench, table, storage and accessory component. For any remaining questions and for electrical specifications please visit our Technical Specification pages.
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
120 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Tonic is a collection of benches, storage and tables designed for clients who seek the simplicity and quality Watson is known for. Tonic works in many applications from meeting rooms to open plan benching. The reconfigurable center deck makes it easy to meet specific client demands within a single bench system. Tonic was designed in collaboration with San Francisco based design firm Mike & Maaike.
Tonic | Overview
Bench Segments
Surfaces come in two depths (53 and 65 inch) and four widths (45, 60, 75 or 90 inch)
See page 126 for more info
Power + DataEasy to specify power with either 4 or 8 receptacles per user
See page 128 for more infoPLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 121
Tonic is a collection of benches, storage and tables designed for clients who seek the simplicity and quality Watson is known for. Tonic works in many applications from meeting rooms to open plan benching. The reconfigurable center deck makes it easy to meet specific client demands within a single bench system. Tonic was designed in collaboration with San Francisco based design firm Mike & Maaike.
Infill ComponentsDesign a landscape to meet client needs for collaboration, storage, privacy and access to power See page 130 for more info
End Segments
Choose from three end types: Conference End, Wall End, Truss Storage End See page 127 for more info
StorageTonic Storage is sized to fit in benching environments
See pages 138-142 for more info
AccessoriesInclude organizing bins and personal screens to complete the Tonic specification
See pages 144-148 for more info
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
122 | www.watsonfurniture.com
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 123
BENCH | Specification Guide
Statement of Line
Basics
Bench Segments
End Segments
Power and Data
Infill Components
Assembly Logic
124
125
126
127
128
130
131PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
124 | www.watsonfurniture.com
TBEWE
TCIPR TCIPR TCIPR TCIPR TCIPR
TBECE TBEL TBEHTBTUY TBTU
TCIFD
TCIFD
TCIFD
TCITL
TCIFD
TCIFD
TCIFD
TCIVC
TCIFD
TCIFD
TCIFD
TCIWB TCIWB
There are four basic components required to complete a Tonic Bench: Bench Segments, End Segments, Power and Data Raceways and Infill Components. Bench Segments are available in four widths and two depths; in order for two segments to be joined they must match in each dimension. There are four types of end segments for different applications and their width must match the depth of any adjoining bench segment. Power and Data Raceways are either Standard (4 receptacles per segment per side) or Heavy (8 receptacles per segment per side) and must always match the width of the Bench Segments. Infill Components are installed at the center of each Bench Segment and may provide the user with access to power, storage, privacy and technology. Infill Components must always be specified to match the width of the Bench Segments.
BENCH | Specification Guide
BENCH | Statement of Line
Bench Segments End Segments
Heavy Power Raceway Standard Power Raceway
Blank Infills
Single Access Infills
Dual Access Infills
Accessory Infills
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 125
BENCH | Basics
BaseThe design begins with a robustly constructed 12 gauge steel Yoke and A-frame leg. These legs are connected with 7-inch high spanning rails to form the heart of the agile center deck and power-data raceway. 2 inch box tubing is cradled in the outboard locations of the yoke to provide a solid foundation for adding the cantilevered work surfaces. The structural design integrity enables a single segment Tonic Bench to support in excess of 4000 pounds of weight.
LevelingThe Tonic base features a top-down leveling system. Each individual leg extends up to 2 inches from the yoke eliminating unsightly floor glides.
Bench WorksurfaceSurfaces are composed of high-pressure plastic laminate and backing sheets bonded to either a 27mm double refined MDF edged with a
waterbased sealer or 11/8 inch industrial grade particleboard edged with thermally fused polymer edge banding.
Power RacewayThe Tonic Power Raceway is factory assembled and cETLus listed to the appropriate industry standards in accordance with the US and Canadian
Electrical code. The Power components conform specifically to UL STD 1286 and certified for electrical saftey to CSA STD C22.2 NO. 203.
Infill ComponentsFlat and PalletAll Flat and Pallet infill components are constructed of 3/4 inch thermally fused laminate panels with 1.5 mm polymer edge banding. Pallets feature a top-over, concealed fastener construction.
9 and 14 inch ScreensScreens are constructed of a fiberboard core covered with 100% recycled and recyclable textiles. Screens are vertically mounted using a concealed thru-bolt connection to a flat infill for placement on the bench.
Power Access and Technology SlotsOpenings in the Infill Components are finished with an ABS plastic liner.
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
126 | www.watsonfurniture.com
19 15 19
38
25 15 25
38
66
28 1/2 28 1/2
45 60 75 90
BENCH | Segments
YOKE + BENCH SEGMENT TOP DOWN LEVELING
SIZING
45
53 depth 65 depth
60 75 90
Tonic Benches are specified starting with two basic components:
Yoke Bench Segment
A linear guide mechanism allows Tonic legs to extend a full 2 inches without the use of long stem furniture glides
Bench Segments of the same width and depth can be combined to create total segment lengths up to 300 inches.
NOTE With the Infill Components in place each user will have a net surface depth of 24 or 30 inches on the 53 and 65 depth segments respectively.
$ For pricing see page 176
270 270300 300
All Bench Segments are two sided and available in 45, 60, 75, and 90 inch modular units:
NoteOnce a width has been selected all Infill Components must be selected from the same width category
Infill KitWidth
Bench Segment
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 127
111/4111/4
111/4 111/4
$ For pricing see page 177
CONFERENCE
TRUSS LOW
TRUSS TALL
WALL
Conference Ends extend the bench surface in 3 nominal depths: 15 Conference
All Conference Ends feature 6 inch radius corners
19 Conference 25 Conference
An end segment must be selected for each end of a bench run. All end segments are compatible with 53 or 65 depth bench segments.
The Truss Low End is 15 inches deep and extends storage below the worksurface:
The Truss Tall End is 15 inches deep and extends storage above and below the surface:
Wall Ends are 4 inch spacers for benches that terminate at architectural features:
BENCH | End Segments
15
6
15
19
1925
25
18
18
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
4 Wall Ends provide clearance for the power infeed
NOTE Support rails project into the space of the outer compartments
NOTE Support rails project into the space of the outer compartments
24
24
24
24
53
53
53
65
65
53 65
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
128 | www.watsonfurniture.com
1
1
2
2
3g
3g
4
4
1 2 3g 4
BENCH | Power and DataThe Tonic Bench delivers power through a factory assembled Power and Data Raceway. Power and Data Raceways are always two sided.
STANDARD POWER
DATA
HEAVY POWER
SINGLE CIRCUIT PLUG IN
Standard Power is an eight wire, four circuit (3+1) system that provides 4 power receptacles per segment per side. The power infeed is modular hardwire and can be attached at any raceway junction.
Every Power and Data Raceway includes 8 data knockout locations per side and 8 snap-in bezels. Data cables and plugs not included.
NOTE Heavy Power Shown
Starter (only 1)
Starter
Starter (only 1)
Starter
Adder (up to 5)
Adder
Starter (only 1) Adder (up to 4) Ender (up to 1)
Use an Ender Standard Power Raceway when a terminating bench segment requires an Accessory Infill that blocks user access to power.
NOTE Ender Raceways have shorter jumpers and cannot be reversed
Heavy Power is an eight wire, four circuit (3+1) system that provides 8 power receptacles per segment per side.
Also available as Plug in Power, a single circuit that provides 8 power receptacles per side on a single segment bench. The Power Infeed is a standard 15 amp, 3 prong plug with a 72” cord.
+
ModularJumper Data
Knockouts Wire AccessPort
ReceptacleAssembly
ReceptacleAssembly
Steel Top Cover
$ For pricing see page 178
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 129
BENCH | Power and Data continuedThe installed Power and Data Raceway creates a trough for excess cords and power adapters. The underside of the Raceway is reserved for routing data cables.
Data cables are held to the underside of the Power and Data Raceway using plastic retainer discs that attach by rotating a quarter turn without tools.
Users have direct access to power and data receptacles plus a trough to store excess cords and power bricks.
Facilities/IT have ports for power cords and capacity for 50+ data cables.
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
130 | www.watsonfurniture.com
BENCH | Infill ComponentsModular Infill Components fit without hardware into the center deck of the bench segments. Infill Components provide user access to power as well as add storage, privacy and mounts for monitor arms.
NOTE Infill Components can be fixed to the underside of the bench segments using wood screws. Infills must be fixed when using monitor arms mounted to technology slots.
NOTE When specifying the Infill Components the combined width of the Infills must match the width of the chosen bench segment. All Infill Components are 15 inch deep to fit the center deck of the bench segments.
All power access grommets are aligned with the power receptacles on the Power and Data Raceway. Technology slots are compatible with most standard clamp-on monitor arms. Please note that clamp must be compatible with 3/4 inch thick surfaces.
PRIMARY INFILLS
ACCESSORY INFILLS
Flat
Dimensions
Blank Single Power Access Dual Power Access
Pallet
Screen9 or 14 inch
Neighborhood Light Media Display Cube and Window Box
One primary infill is required for each bench segment:
Accessory Infills may be combined with primary single access or blank Infills for added functionality. Accessory Infills must be specified with a Primary Infill that is 15 inches (or 30 inches for Window Box) smaller than the width of the bench segment
10
151
1515
29 20
471/2
15 1515
30
15
8 8 61/261/2
41/2
45 / 60 / 75 / 90
$ For pricing see page 180
$ For pricing see page 181
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 131
Bench depthBench
width
Racewaywidth
Benchwidth
Infillwidth
Endwidth
Starter Yoke See page 176 for pricing
BENCH | Assembly LogicThe following diagram illustrates the dimensional relationships between Tonic Bench Components
Bench SegmentChoose widthChoose depth
See page 176 for pricing
Power + Data Raceway Match width of segment
See page 178 for pricing
Infill ComponentsMatch total width to segment width
See page 180 for pricing
End SegmentsMatch width to depth of segments
See page 177 for pricing
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
132 | www.watsonfurniture.com
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 133
SIMPLE TABLES | Specification Guide
Statement of Line
Sizing Logic
134
135
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
134 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Simple Tables are the perfect freestanding, multipurpose companion to the Tonic Bench. The unique design language of the bench is carried through the tables with rounded corners and canted legs. Each table may be specified to meet specific workplace requirements based on capacity, space planning and power.
The Rotating Round table features a free-spinning center surface that is finished with markerboard laminate to inspire interaction between
SIMPLE TABLES | Specification Guide
SIMPLE TABLES | Statement of Line
SIMPLE TABLES | Basics
Rectangle Round Rotating Round
LegsSimple Tables are supported by 4- 1 x 21/2 inch steel tube legs that are mounted directly to the underside of the worksurface. Each leg is equipped with a 2 inch leveling glide.
WorksurfaceSurfaces are composed of high-pressure plastic laminate and backing sheets bonded to either a 27mm double refined MDF edged with a
waterbased sealer or 11/8 inch industrial grade particleboard edged with thermally fused polymer edge banding. Where necessary, surfaces are reinforced with a 1 inch steel tube.
Rotating CenterRotating Center surface is supported with a smooth running 12 inch diameter machined aluminum lazy susan with steel ball bearings.
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 135
Note: Power tap has a 10’ cord.
SIMPLE TABLES | Sizing
SIMPLE TABLES | Power and Data
SIMPLE TABLES | Rotating Rounds
48
36
48
60
60 72 96
Rectangle and Round Simple Tables may be specified with a drop-in 4 or 6 receptacle power and data module. The power module is UL certified for horizontal applications, tested against spills and available in white finish only.
The following diagram indicates suggested maximum seating:
Rotating Round tables feature a 28 or 36 inch rotating center finished with a white markerboard laminate. The outer surface is available in matching markerboard finish or any Watson surface laminate.
NOTE If a contrasting laminate is selected for the outer surface it may require additional cleaning
2 Power2 Data
4 Power0 Data
4 Power2 Data
6 Power0 Data
4
4
6
6
8
6
6
8
8 4
6 6
4
$ For pricing see page 182
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
136 | www.watsonfurniture.com
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 137
STORAGE | Specification Guide
Statement of Line
Basics
Credenzas
Sizing Logic
Trolley
138
139
140
141
142
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
138 | www.watsonfurniture.com
PALLET
CREDENZA
TROLLEY
All Tonic Storage units are based on a 15 inch module for efficient space planning. The unique stacking pallet and inset door and drawer faces tie the storage with the visual language of the Tonic Bench.
The Tonic Trolley is an alternative to conventional pedestal storage units and features open, hanging file and device storage to satisfy a wide range of user needs. The box storage compartment is lined with a PET pad for soft landing of personal electronic devices. An optional upholstered cushion may be specified to fit onto the sliding cover and is held in place with a non-skid liner attached to the cushion.
STORAGE | Specification Guide
STORAGE | Statement of Line
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 139
STORAGE | BasicsWe do things differently than our competitors - we build furniture that is more robust. We consider the user and their environment then challenge the limits for what is expected and accepted as standard within the industry. All wood composite substrate is locally sourced. In addition, all Watson components are tested against, and meet, BIFMA (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association) standards for desk construction integrity, durability, and component function. In all cases, we exceed BIFMA standards.
General ConstructionTonic Credenzas have ‘Top Over’ and ‘Bottom Under’ case construction to maximize the strength of the 11/8 inch thick material construction.
Tonic Credenza units are constructed using a 11/8 inch outer case to allow longer widths and to support the weight of Tonic Pallets. Shelf dividers and rear panels are constructed with 3/4 inch material for solid structural support and visual contrast to the outer case proportion.
For durability and improved aesthetics, storage side panels are banded on all edges. Side panels are set flush to the top and bottom of the case, and all fasteners are fully concealed.
All Tonic storage units are constructed to a Watson standard of 1/16 inch clearance between door and drawer gaps. This is approximately three times more precise than the industry standard of 1/4 inch. The result is a finely crafted appearance that is maintained over long runs of storage.
DrawersOur drawer bodies are manufactured in a way that treads lightly on our environment. 80% recycled and 100% recyclable steel shells are coated with reclaimed powder finish. The drawer bottoms are a locally sourced, formaldehyde-free, medium density fiberboard with a UV cured water-borne sealant.
All drawers feature full extension 100 lb. (200 lb. on lateral files) ball bearing slides.
A pencil tray is included with every case that has a 15 inch wide box drawer.
File drawers include file rails for full volume, side-to-side filing. Due to the compact 15 inch depth all tonic filing is designed for letter size Pendaflex style folders. Legal width filing is not accommodated in the Trolley.
LocksStorage locks can be specified one of three ways, factory installed “F”, non-locking “N“ or field installed “U.” “F” locks are keyed randomly and factory installed. The non-locking “N” option keeps drawer and door faces clear when locks are not required. Field installed ”U” locks are keyed alike upon installation in the field.
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
140 | www.watsonfurniture.com
STORAGE | Credenzas
STORAGE | Pallet Tops
Open Pallet Top
Door Open
Combo Center Combo
File SideCombo Side
File Center
Slider Door File
Door
Pallet Tops rest atop the credenza units on a non-skid pad without hardware connections
Tonic Bases are factory installed
$ For pricing see page 183
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 141
21 27
STORAGE | Size Logic
60 inch segments 75 inch segments 90 inch segments
15 15 15
43 58 73
Credenza withPallet and Base
Credenza withBase
15 inches TallCredenza
20 inches TallCredenza + Base
21 inches TallCredenza + Pallet
26 inches TallCredenza + Base + Pallet
The Palllet Tops and Tonic Bases may be added to the Credenzas
Nominal dimensions shown:
Open Floor Space:
30
30
30
15 15 15
15
15
15
15
15 15 15 15
15
15
15
15
30
30
3015 15
15
15
15
15
30
30 30
30 22 1/2 30
30 22 1/215
15 15
1522 1/2 30
30
30
22 1/2
30 45 45 60 60
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
142 | www.watsonfurniture.com
STORAGE | Trolley
Sliding Access to File Storage
Optional Cushion
Sliding Access to PET lined box storage
Open storage for personal items or Tonic Cube Bin
26
14
30
14
1320
1
16
15
13
Interior Storage
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 143
ACCESSORIES | Specification Guide
Statement of Line
Bins
Screens
Technology
144
145
146
147
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
144 | www.watsonfurniture.com
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
Tonic Accessories are designed to add functionality to the bench, table and storage units. The Accessory line includes bins for storage and organization, screens for privacy and a selection of technology add-ons to support the most contemporary workstyles.
ACCESSORIES | Specification Guide
ACCESSORIES | Statement of Line
Technology Accessories
Cushion
Bins
Screens
12
$
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
111/4
111/4
5 1/2
5 1/2
www.watsonfurniture.com | 145
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
ACCESORIES | Bins
1210
12 12
4
12 7 12 12 512 12 6 4 12
Cube Bin
Trolley
Trolley
Trolley
Pallet Top
Credenza
Credenza
Pallet Infill
Cube or Window Box
Cube or Window Box
Cube or Window Box
File Bin File Pile Bin Tool Bin
CUBE BIN
FILE BIN
FILE PILE BIN
TOOL BIN
SIZING LOGIC
The Cube Bin is sized to fit into the Tonic Trolley, Open Credenza and the Cube or Window Boxes
NOTE Cube Bins will not fit under support rails in Truss Ends
NOTE File Pile Bins will not fit under support rails in Truss Ends
The Cube Bin is sized to 2 units deep into the Trolley and the Cube or Window Box
The File Pile Bins can be positioned vertically or horizontally to fit the Trolley, Credenza and the Cube or Window Box
The Tool Bin fits into the Pallet Top and the Pallet Infill components
All bins are constructed of folded, powder-coated sheet steel and the bottom is lined with a removable PET felt pad.
$ For pricing see page 187
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
146 | www.watsonfurniture.com
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
Tonic Side screens slide onto the bench segments to add privacy and separation between worksurfaces. Securing hardware is available at no additional cost.
ACCESSORIES | Screens
SIDE SCREENS
PORTABLE SCREENS
HANGING MARKERBOARD
SIZING LOGIC
for 53 inch bench
for 53 inch bench
for 65 inch bench
for 65 inch bench
Tonic Portable Screens feature an accessory tray for holding personal electronics.
Add functionality to the Side and Portable screens with the magnetic Tonic Hanging Markerboard.
Both screen types are available to fit the 53 and 65 inch benches.
24 or 30
9 99
12
24 1/2
19 or 25
$ For pricing see page 188
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 147
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
Tonic Side screens slide onto the bench segments to add privacy and separation between worksurfaces. Securing hardware is available at no additional cost.
$ For pricing see page 189
ACCESSORIES | Technology
CPU HOLDER
STASH
The Tonic CPU Holder mounts below the worksurface to keep computers off of the floor and facilitate wire management through the wire trough. The CPU Holder is constructed of folded sheet metal and finished in any Watson standard powdercoat.
Stash is a versatile accessory for organizing personal items, work bags or CPU’s underneath the Tonic Bench. Inline casters make Stash easy to access when needed and easy to hide when not. A PET lined upper tray provides a soft landing spot for electronic devices. The body and tray can be specified with contrasting or matching powdercoat. Total unit weight is 25 lbs.
8
18
20
20
22
31 1/2
17 1/2
9
Open PET lined tray
Inline Micro Casters
Single Piece Steel Assembly
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
2 Power2 Data
4 Power0 Data
6 Power0 Data4 Power2 Data
148 | www.watsonfurniture.com
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
WIRE VERTEBRAE
POWER ACCESS LID
The Tonic Wire Vertebrae attaches into the underside of the Power and Data Raceway to conceal and organize wires that drop from the bench to floor monuments.
Designed specifically to meet the Chicago Building Code requirements this lid fits directly into the power access holes on the infill components. The unit is constructed of 16 gauge steel.
30
Attaches to the bottom of the Power and Data Raceway with a plastic disc, no tools required
$ For pricing see page 189
MEDIA FASTMedia Fast is a clamp-on version of Tonic’s Media Display Infill. Media Fast includes mounting hardware for flat panel displays up to 37 inches diagonal.
48
37 max 20
15
5
10
Power Module Location
Cables Box
Cables are routed through the clamp to the underside of the table
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 149
TONIC | Finish Guide
Guidelines
Finish Options
150
151
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
150 | www.watsonfurniture.com
BENCH | Finishes
SIMPLE TABLES | Finishes
STORAGE | Finishes
NOTE Due to minor differences in color and gloss between High and Low Pressure laminates we recommend choosing contrasting finishes
Grain Direction
High Pressure Laminate
Low Pressure Laminate
Powdercoat for Neighborhood Light
Textile for Screen Infill
Powdercoat for Sliding Doors
Low Pressure Laminate for Pallet
Textile for optional cushion
Low Pressure Laminate for All Infills
High Pressure Laminate for Media Display
High Pressure Laminate for Worksurface
High Pressure Laminate for Worksurface
Edge forWorksurface
Edge forWorksurface
Powdercoat forBase Assembly
Rotating Center is only available in White Markerboard Laminate
Low Pressure Laminate for body
Low Pressure Laminate for body
Low Pressure Laminate for optional contrasting door and drawer faces
Pulls Low Pressure Laminate for optional contrasting base
Powdercoat for Legs
FINISHES | Watson Standards
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 151
FINISHES | Watson Standards
Powdercoat
BK Black
CH Charcoal
ZE Clear (see note below)
M2 Dark Champagne
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
WA White Aluminum
FJ Frosty White
FQ Fashion Grey
90 Edge(11/4 inch exposed MDF)
CH Charcoal
ZE Natural
90 Trim Edge(1-1/2 mm thick Polymer) EH Blond Echo
FE Fine Sycamore
KM Kensington Maple
RV River Cherry
DT Studio Teak
TW Tuscan Walnut
BK Black
CH Charcoal
M2 Dark Champagne
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
WA White Aluminum
FJ Frosty White
FQ Fashion Grey
White Markerboard Laminate OptionWhen white markerboard laminate is specified, an additional $250 will be added to the base price of segment; an additional $125 is added to each End Segment. Markerboard surfaces are only available with a 90 Natural edge.
Clear Powdercoat OptionWhen clear powdercoat is specified, an additional 10% will be added to the base price of each desk or accessory ordered. Clear coat powder is for those seeking a less manufactured appearance and as such welds and weld heat bluing are visible. Surface grind and scratch marks will also show through the clear coating.
Charcoal Edge OptionThere will be a $50 charge for N45 Charcoal and 90 Charcoal edges. The charge reflects the extra materials and labor costs associated with the application of Charcoal stain.
High Pressure Laminate(Standard) JN Asian Night
JS Asian Sand
IB Biltmore Cherry
EH Blond Echo
LQ Colombian Walnut
DZ Desert Zephyr
EB Ebony
FE Fine Sycamore
FJ Frosty White
TJ Gilded Mesh
EG Grey Mesh
KM Kensington Maple
KN Kona
ZD Madagascar
EZ Misted Zephyr
MM Monticello Maple
N2 Natural Cane
IJ Rio
RV River Cherry
ZA Shadow Zephyr
EE Sheer Mesh
EK Steel Mesh
DT Studio Teak
TU Tendu
TW Tuscan Walnut
IZ Twilight Zephyr
WM White Markerboard (see note below)
JL Williamsburg Cherry
D0 Xanadu
High Pressure Laminate(Smartgrain)
A1 Asian Night
A2 Asian Sand
B8 Blond Echo
C5 Colombian Walnut
DA Madagascar
QI Monticello Maple
RI Rio
TX Studio Teak
W1 Williamsburg Cherry
X1 Xanadu
Low Pressure Laminate
BK Black
EH Blond Echo
CH Charcoal
M2 Dark Champagne
FE Fine Sycamore
KM Kensington Maple
RV River Cherry
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
DT Studio Teak
TW Tuscan Walnut
WA White Aluminum
FJ Frosty White
FQ Fashion Grey
Textiles PET COLLECTION
2V Ash
7K Smoke
2I Charcoal
ANCHORAGE COLLECTION
9B Amber
9A Angora
6D Asteroid
9H Birch
9U Cumin
6X Fossil
9E Goose
9R Graphite
1G Green Apple
6H Henna
90 “U” N45
Edge Options
90 Trim “Q” Stretta
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
152 | www.watsonfurniture.com
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 153
TONIC | QuickSpec
Guidelines
Example
45
60
75
90
154
156
158
162
166
170PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
45 60 75 90
45 60 75 90
191519
53
25 25
28.5
15
65
154 | www.watsonfurniture.com
TONIC QuickSpecThe Tonic QuickSpec guide is a fast method to specify in six simple steps:
STEP 1 | Segment Width
STEP 2 | Number of Segments
STEP 3 | Depth of Worksurface
All Bench Segments are two sided and available in 45, 60, 75, and 90 inch modular units:
Segments can be combined in the following ways:
All Tonic Bench Segments can be either 53 inch or 65 inch deep:
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
NoteOnce a width has been selected all Infill Kits must be selected from the same width category
Infill KitWidth
Bench Segment
2
wor
ksta
tions
4
6
8
10
12
45
90
135
180
225
270
60
120 150 180
270225
300
180
240
300
75 90
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
+
www.watsonfurniture.com | 155
Media Display(only compatible with flat)
Standard Power4 receptacles per segment per side8 data knockouts per segment per side
Wall Conference Truss Low Truss High
Heavy Power8 receptacles per segment per side8 data knockouts per segment per side
FlatFlat Infill Kits are flush with the worksurface:
Accessory
PalletPallet Infill Kits are 5 inches tall:
ScreensScreen Infill Kits are either 9 1/4 or 14 1/4 inches tall:
No Power Access
No Power Access
No Power Access
Neighborhood Light
Single Power AccessTechnology Slots
Single Power AccessTechnology Slots
Single Power AccessTechnology Slots
Dual Power AccessTechnology Slots
Dual Power AccessTechnology Slots
Dual Power AccessTechnology Slots
Cube or Window Box
STEP 4 | Power + Data
STEP 5 | End Segments
STEP 6 | Infill Kits
Choose Standard or Heavy Power:
An End Segment must be selected for each end of the bench:
An Infill Kit must be selected for each segment of the bench:
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
75
65
+
156 | www.watsonfurniture.com
75 inch Segment Width
3 - 75 inch Segments
65 inch Deep Worksufrace
Heavy Power
End 1: 19 inch ConferenceEnd 2: High-Low Storage
Segment 1: Media Display ComboSegment 2: Pallet with Dual Power AccessSegment 3: 14 inch Screen with Dual Power Access
TONIC QuickSpec Example
STEP 1 | Segment Width
STEP 2 | Number of Segments
STEP 3 | Depth of Worksurface
STEP 4 | Power
STEP 5 | End Segments
STEP 6 | Infill Kits
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
Heavy Power
Conference High-Low Storage
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 157
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
Tonic | QuickSpecThe following price list section reflects the published 20-20 Technologies Tonic CAP/GIZA standards and options found in the WAT library
To download the WAT library please go to www.watsondesking.com/resources/cadblocks/tonic.htm
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
53 Standard 5345-01-SP 351753 Heavy 5345-01-HP 3931
65 Standard 6545-01-SP 358165 Heavy 6545-01-HP 3995
53 Standard 5345-02-SP 585653 Heavy 5345-02-HP 6673
65 Standard 6545-02-SP 597065 Heavy 6545-02-HP 6787
53 Standard 5345-03-SP 822653 Heavy 5345-03-HP 9415
65 Standard 6545-03-SP 839065 Heavy 6545-03-HP 9579
53 Standard 5345-04-SP 1059653 Heavy 5345-04-HP 12157
65 Standard 6545-04-SP 1081065 Heavy 6545-04-HP 12371
53 Standard 5345-05-SP 1296653 Heavy 5345-05-HP 14899
65 Standard 6545-05-SP 1323065 Heavy 6545-05-HP 15163
53 Standard 5345-06-SP 1533653 Heavy 5345-06-HP 17641
65 Standard 6545-06-SP 1565065 Heavy 6545-06-HP 17955
158 | www.watsonfurniture.com
DepthPowerOption List PriceModel Number45
1 segment
2 segment
3 segment
4 segment
5 segment
6 segment
Segments
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
Choose 2 End Segments:
Conference
15 19 25
Truss Low Truss HighWallDepth
+00WE04 CE15 CE19 CE25 LS15 HS15
53 inch
+0065 inch
+280
+299
+289
+312
+301
+410
+642
+726
+1105
+1231
Infill Kits
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
None TBI45-FMB 60
Single TBI45-FMS 299
Dual TBI45-FMH 419
Single TBI45-FMS-L 2209
Single TBI45-FMS-MD 865
Single TBI45-FMS-CB15 503
www.watsonfurniture.com | 159
PowerAccess List PriceModel Number45 Flat
Infill Kits
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
None TBI45-PMB 288
Single TBI45-PMS 555
Dual TBI45-PMH 675
Single TBI45-PMS-L 2448
Single TBI45-PMS-CB15 742
160 | www.watsonfurniture.com
POWERACCESS LIST PRICEMODEL NUMBER45 Pallet
Infill Kits
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
9 None TBI45-9MB 31414 None TBI45-14MB 326
9 Single TBI45-9MS 51814 Single TBI45-14MS 543
9 Dual TBI45-9MH 63814 Dual TBI45-14MH 663
9 Single TBI45-9MS-L 241314 Single TBI45-14MS-L 2430
9 Single TBI45-9MS-CB15 70714 Single TBI45-14MS-CB15 724
www.watsonfurniture.com | 161
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
POWER ACCESS
SCREEN HEIGHT LIST PRICEMODEL NUMBER45 Screen
Infill Kits
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
53 Standard 5360-01-SP 367053 Heavy 5360-01-HP 4102
65 Standard 6560-01-SP 375065 Heavy 6560-01-HP 4182
53 Standard 5360-02-SP 616153 Heavy 5360-02-HP 7016
65 Standard 6560-02-SP 630765 Heavy 6560-02-HP 7162
53 Standard 5360-03-SP 870353 Heavy 5360-03-HP 9930
65 Standard 6560-03-SP 891565 Heavy 6560-03-HP 10142
53 Standard 5360-04-SP 1124553 Heavy 5360-04-HP 12844
65 Standard 6560-04-SP 1152365 Heavy 6560-04-HP 13122
53 Standard 5360-05-SP 1378753 Heavy 5360-05-HP 15758
65 Standard 6560-05-SP 1413165 Heavy 6560-05-HP 16102
162 | www.watsonfurniture.com
60
Segments
DEPTHPOWEROPTION LIST PRICEMODEL NUMBER
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
1 segment
2 segment
3 segment
4 segment
5 segment
Choose 2 End Segments:
Conference
15 19 25
Truss Low Truss HighWallDepth
+00WE04 CE15 CE19 CE25 LS15 HS15
53 inch
+0065 inch
+280
+299
+289
+312
+301
+410
+642
+726
+1105
+1231
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
None TBI60-FMB 74
Single TBI60-FMS 314
Dual TBI60-FMH 433
Single TBI60-FMS-L 2223
Single TBI60-FMS-MD 879
Single TBI60-FMS-CB15 517
www.watsonfurniture.com | 163
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
60 Flat
Infill Kits
POWERACCESS LIST PRICEMODEL NUMBER
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
None TBI60-PMB 360
Single TBI60-PMS 589
Dual TBI60-PMH 708
Single TBI60-PMS-L 2479
Single TBI60-PMS-CB15 773
164 | www.watsonfurniture.com
60 Pallet
Infill Kits
POWERACCESS LIST PRICEMODEL NUMBER
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
9 None TBI60-9MB 31714 None TBI60-14MB 351
9 Single TBI60-9MS 54714 Single TBI60-14MS 580
9 Dual TBI60-9MH 66614 Dual TBI60-14MH 699
9 Single TBI60-9MS-L 244214 Single TBI60-14MS-L 2467
9 Single TBI60-9MS-CB15 73614 Single TBI60-14MS-CB15 761
www.watsonfurniture.com | 165
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
60 Screen
Infill Kits
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
POWER ACCESS
SCREEN HEIGHT LIST PRICEMODEL NUMBER
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
53 Standard 5375-01-SP 382253 Heavy 5375-01-HP 4273
65 Standard 6575-01-SP 402865 Heavy 6575-01-HP 4479
53 Standard 5375-02-SP 646653 Heavy 5375-02-HP 7357
65 Standard 6575-02-SP 686465 Heavy 6575-02-HP 7755
53 Standard 5375-03-SP 917853 Heavy 5375-03-HP 10441
65 Standard 6575-03-SP 976865 Heavy 6575-03-HP 11031
53 Standard 5375-04-SP 1189053 Heavy 5375-04-HP 13525
65 Standard 6575-04-SP 1267265 Heavy 6575-04-HP 14307
166 | www.watsonfurniture.com
75
Segments
DEPTHPOWEROPTION LIST PRICEMODEL NUMBER
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
1 segment
2 segment
3 segment
4 segment
Choose 2 End Segments:
Conference
15 19 25
Truss Low Truss HighWallDepth
+00WE04 CE15 CE19 CE25 LS15 HS15
53 inch
+0065 inch
+280
+299
+289
+312
+301
+410
+642
+726
+1105
+1231
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
None TBI75-FMB 88
Single TBI75-FMS 327
Dual TBI75-FMH 447
Single TBI75-FMS-L 2238
Single TBI75-FMS-MD 894
Single TBI75-FMS-CB15 532
Single TBI75-FMS-WB30 551
www.watsonfurniture.com | 167
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
75 Flat
Infill Kits
POWERACCESS List PriceModel Number
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
None TBI75-PMB 392
Single TBI75-PMS 619
Dual TBI75-PMH 739
Single TBI75-PMS-L 2513
Single TBI75-PMS-CB15 807
Single TBI75-PMS-WB30 807
168 | www.watsonfurniture.com
75 Pallet
Infill Kits
POWERACCESS LIST PRICEMODEL NUMBER
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
9 None TBI75-9MB 46814 None TBI75-14MB 511
9 Single TBI75-9MS 69314 Single TBI75-14MS 734
9 Dual TBI75-9MH 81314 Dual TBI75-14MH 854
9 Single TBI75-9MS-L 247114 Single TBI75-14MS-L 2504
9 Single TBI75-9MS-CB15 76514 Single TBI75-14MS-CB15 798
9 Single TBI75-9MS-WB30 77014 Single TBI75-14MS-WB30 795
www.watsonfurniture.com | 169
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
75 Screen
Infill Kits
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
POWER ACCESS
SCREEN HEIGHT LIST PRICEMODEL NUMBER
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
53 Standard 5390-01-SP 408953 Heavy 5390-01-HP 4559
65 Standard 6590-01-SP 431165 Heavy 6590-01-HP 4781
53 Standard 5390-02-SP 700053 Heavy 5390-02-HP 7930
65 Standard 6590-02-SP 743065 Heavy 6590-02-HP 8360
53 Standard 5390-03-SP 999953 Heavy 5390-03-HP 11301
65 Standard 6590-03-SP 1063765 Heavy 6590-03-HP 11939
170 | www.watsonfurniture.com
90
Segments
DepthPowerOption List PriceModel Number
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
1 segment
2 segment
3 segment
Choose 2 End Segments:
Conference
15 19 25
Truss Low Truss HighWallDepth
+00WE04 CE15 CE19 CE25 LS15 HS15
53 inch
+0065 inch
+280
+299
+289
+312
+301
+410
+642
+726
+1105
+1231
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
None TBI90-FMB 102
Single TBI90-FMS 238
Dual TBI90-FMH 461
Single TBI90-FMS-L 2251
Single TBI90-FMS-MD 907
Single TBI90-FMS-CB15 545
Single TBI90-FMS-WB30 566
www.watsonfurniture.com | 171
90 Flat
Infill Kits
PowerAccess List PriceModel Number
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
None TBI90-FMB 102
Single TBI90-FMS 238
Dual TBI90-FMH 461
Single TBI90-FMS-L 2251
Single TBI90-FMS-MD 907
Single TBI90-FMS-CB15 545
TONIC QuickSpec 45” 60” 75” 90”
172 | www.watsonfurniture.com
PowerOption List PriceModel Number90 Pallet
Infill Kits
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
None TBI90-FMB 102
Single TBI90-FMS 238
Dual TBI90-FMH 461
Single TBI90-FMS-L 2251
Single TBI90-FMS-MD 907
Single TBI90-FMS-CB15 545
9 None TBI90-9MB 49814 None TBI90-14MB 550
9 Single TBI90-9MS 61814 Single TBI90-14MS 668
9 Dual TBI90-9MH 84114 Dual TBI90-14MH 891
9 Single TBI90-9MS-L 261714 Single TBI90-14MS-L 2658
9 Single TBI90-9MS-CB15 91114 Single TBI90-14MS-CB15 952
9 Single TBI90-9MS-WB30 79914 Single TBI90-14MS-WB30 832
TONIC QuickSpec 45” 60” 75” 90” TONIC QuickSpec 45” 60” 75” 90”
www.watsonfurniture.com | 173
90 Screen
Infill Kits
TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90
POWER ACCESS
SCREEN HEIGHT LIST PRICEMODEL NUMBER
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
174 | www.watsonfurniture.com
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 175
TONIC | Price List
Bench
Simple Tables
Storage
Accessories
176
182
184
187
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
176 | www.watsonfurniture.com
TBTUY 777
45 TBTU45 1543 159360 TBTU60 1663 172975 TBTU75 1782 197490 TBTU90 2017 2225
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
Yoke
Bench Segment
Bench Segments
Width
Model Number
Model Number 53 inch 65 inch
Depth
90 “U” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
N45 Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge Options
90 Trim “Q”+ $100
Stretta+ $400
? For Specification Guide see page 126
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 177
4 TBEWE04 197 204
15 TBECE15 280 29819 TBECE19 301 32425 TBECE25 332 358
15 TBELS15 642 726
15 TBEHS15 1104 1274
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
Wall End
Conference End
Truss Low
Truss Tall
End Segments
DEPTH
D
D
D
D
W
W
W
W
Model Number 53 inch 65 inch
Width
FinishesWall and Conference Ends will be specified to match the bench segments
Truss Low and Truss Tall may be specified to have the worksurface continue through the storage or have a uniform case color.
End Storage units come cable ready with a 11/2 by 3 inch grommet in the (bottom) center compartment and notch cutaways to the left and right compartments
N45 and Stretta edges are not compatible with Low and High-Low Storage ends.
Ceiling Power PolePower Pole extensions are available for Conference Ends only
Power Pole Option +$790
? For Specification Guide see page 127
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
178 | www.watsonfurniture.com
45 TCIPR45S-S 80360 TCIPR60S-S 83575 TCIPR75S-S 86890 TCIPR90S-S 901
45 TCIPR45S-A 82760 TCIPR60S-A 87975 TCIPR75S-A 93090 TCIPR90S-A 982
45 TCIPR45S-E 79660 TCIPR60S-E 82875 TCIPR75S-E 86190 TCIPR90S-E 893
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
Adder
Ender
Starter
Standard Power Raceway
Width PriceModel Number
NotesRaceway Width must match the width of the corresponding bench segment
All Standard Power Raceways are 4 circuit (3+1)
For Chicago power options please contact your regional sales representative
OptionsAn infeed option must be specified for each Starter Unit
FinishesA Powdercoat Color must be selected to finish the Raceway specification
Hardwire, 72” Whip +$00Hardwire, 180” Whip +$151New York, J-Box +$19San Francisco, 72” Whip +$117San Francisco, 180” Whip +$151
Infeed Options
? For Specification Guide see page 128
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 179
45 TCIPR45H-S 121760 TCIPR60H-S 126875 TCIPR75H-S 132090 TCIPR90H-S 1371
45 TCIPR45H-A 119860 TCIPR60H-A 125075 TCIPR75H-A 130190 TCIPR90H-A 1353
45 TCIPR45H-1 135860 TCIPR60H-1 141175 TCIPR75H-1 146590 TCIPR90H-1 1518
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
Adder
Single Circuit
Starter
Heavy Power Raceway
Width PriceModel Number
NotesRaceway Width must match the width of the corresponding bench segment
Heavy Starter and Adder Raceways are 4 circuit (3+1)
Single Circuit Segments are only available with a grounded three-prong plug-in infeed
For Chicago power options please contact your local sales representative
OptionsAn infeed option must be specified for each Starter Unit
Single Circuit Raceways may only be specified on a single segment bench
FinishesA powdercoat Color must be selected to finish the Raceway specification
Hardwire, 72” Whip +$00Hardwire, 180” Whip +$141New York, J-Box +$19San Francisco, 72” Whip +$117San Francisco, 180” Whip +$151
Infeed Options
? For Specification Guide see page 128
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
180 | www.watsonfurniture.com
15 TCIFD15NN 32 - - -30 TCIFD30NN 46 285 250 26745 TCIFD45NN 60 316 279 30460 TCIFD60NN 74 349 307 34075 TCIFD75NN 88 380 454 49590 TCIFD90NN 102 412 482 532
30 TCIFD30MS 285 524 489 50645 TCIFD45MS 298 554 517 542
60 TCIFD60MS 313 588 546 57975 TCIFD75MS 327 619 693 73490 TCIFD90MS 237 547 617 667
45 TCIFD45MH 418 674 637 66260 TCIFD60MH 433 708 666 69975 TCIFD75MH 446 738 812 85390 TCIFD90MH 461 771 841 891
90 TCIFD90HH 580 890 960 1010
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
Blank
Infill ComponentsPrimary
Single Power Access
Dual Power Access
High Density
Width Flat Pallet 9 inch Screen14 inch ScreenModel Number
NotesInfill Width must match the width of the corresponding bench segment
Single Power Access or Blank Infills are recommended with Standard Power Raceways
Finishes Flat: Select a case finish Pallet: Select a case finish Screen: Select a case finish and a textile finish
? For Specification Guide see page 130
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 181
15 47 24 TCIVC154724 57915 47 24 TCIVC154724 96115 47 24 TCIVC154724 1070
15 15 30 TCITL151530 1850
15 15 15 TCIWB151515 217
15 30 15 TCIWB153015 252
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
Infill ComponentsAccessory
Neighborhood Light
Cube Box
Window Box
Media Display D / W / H Price
2 Power/2 Data4 Power
Model Number
NotesAccessory Infills must be specified with a primary infill that is 15 inches (or 30 inches for the Window Box) shorter than the length of the corresponding bench segment.
Finishes Media Display: case laminate and backboard laminate Lamp: powdercoat Cube and Window Box: case laminate
? For Specification Guide see page 130
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
182 | www.watsonfurniture.com
36 48 28 TWTRE3648 87536 60 28 TWTRE3660 98536 72 28 TWTRE3672 103536 96 28 TWTRE3696 1422
48 48 28 TWTRE4848 97348 60 28 TWTRE4860 109248 72 28 TWTRE4872 132248 96 28 TWTRE4896 1758
60 60 28 TWTRE6060 1166
48 48 28 TWTRO48 914
60 60 28 TWTRO60 1166
48 48 28 TWTRC48 1524
60 60 28 TWTRC60 1897
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
Rectangle
Simple Tables
Round
Rotating Round
D / W / H PriceModel Number
NotesRotating Rounds centers are only available in Whiteboard Laminate Finish
Rotating Rounds are not compatible with Power Modules
Power Options00 - 0 power+0 data +$0022 - 2 power+2 data +$36740 - 4 power+0 data +$47242 - 4 power+2 data +$53060 - 6 power+0 data +$587
90 “U” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
45 Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50
Edge Options
90 Trim “Q”+ $50
Stretta+ $50
? For Specification Guide see pages 134-135
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 183
15 30 15 TSCRO153015 418
Left 15 45 15 TSCRO154515L 552Right 15 45 15 TSCRO154515R 552
15 60 15 TSCRO163015 657
15 30 21 TTP301521 1061
Trolley
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
www.watsonfurniture.com | 183
30 inch Credenza Open
Storage
45 inch Credenza Open
60 inch Credenza Open
D / W / H PriceModel Number
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.”
Cushion Trolley Cushion +$175
Credenza Base5” Wood Core base +$3005” Wood Core base (contrasting) +$350
? For Specification Guide see page 140-141
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
184 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Left 15 60 15 TSCRCC156015L 1315Right 15 60 15 TSCRCC156015R 1315
Left 15 45 15 TSCRC154515L 1486Right 15 45 15 TSCRC154515R 1486
Left 15 60 15 TSCRCS156015L 1270Right 15 60 15 TSCRCS156015R 1270
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
Storage
Credenza Combo Center
Credenza Combo
Credenza Combo Side
D / W / H PriceModel Number
Notes Drawer Faces may be specified with a contrasting finish
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.”
Credenza Base5” Wood Core base +$3005” Wood Core base (contrasting) +$350
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
15 45 15 TSCRSD154515 810
15 60 15 TSCRSD156015 917
Credenza Sliding Door
? For Specification Guide see pages 140-141
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 185
15 30 15 TSCRF153015 992
Left 15 45 15 TSCRDO154515L 758Right 15 45 15 TSCRDO154515R 758
15 60 15 TSCRDO156015 863
15 45 15 TSCRFS154515L 112515 45 15 TSCRFS154515R 1125
15 60 15 TSCRFC156015 1230
15 30 15 TSCRD153015 624
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
Storage
Credenza File
Credenza File Side
Credenza File Center
Credenza Door
Credenza Door Open
D / W / H PriceModel Number
Notes Drawer Faces may be specified with a contrasting finish
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.”
Tonic Base5” Wood Core base +$3005” Wood Core base (contrasting) +$350
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
? For Specification Guide see pages 140-141
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
186 | www.watsonfurniture.com
15 30 6 TSCPOH153006 358
Left 15 45 6 TSCPOH154506L 459Right 15 45 6 TSCPOH154506R 459
15 60 6 TSCPOH156006 547
15 45 6 TSCPOC154506 45915 60 6 TSCPOC156006 499
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
Storage
30 inch Pallet Top
45 inch Pallet Top
60 inch Pallet Top Offset
Pallet Top Centered
D / W / H PriceModel Number
? For Specification Guide see pages 140-141
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 187
5 12 4 TBINC051204 84
12 12 12 TBINA121212 125
7 12 10 TBINA071210 100
4 12 12 TBINB041212 776 12 12 TBINB061212 84
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
Tool Bin
Bins
Cube Bin
File Bin
File Pile Bin
D / W / H PriceModel Number
Notes All bins come standard with a removable PET felt liner
? For Specification Guide see page 146
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
188 | www.watsonfurniture.com
53 TGAST081909 23865 TGAST082509 248
53 TGATD24 28265 TGATD24 282
TGAHM 78
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
Screens
Portable Tak Screen
Side Screen
Hanging Markerboard
Surface Depth PriceModel Number
? For Specification Guide see page 146
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 189
11 47 24 TMV114724 85311 47 24 TMV114724 1234
11 47 24 TMV114724 1344
09 22 20 TTS092220 348
08 20 18 TGACH180820 145
06 08 TCIAC0608 119
22 TGAVV22 161
15 15 1 TTC151501 182
TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories
Media Fast
Technology Accessories
CPU Holder
Stash
Power Access Lid
Wire Vertebrae
Cushion
D / W / H PriceModel Number
2 Power/2 Data4 Power
? For Specification Guide see page 147
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
190 | www.watsonfurniture.com
The Tonic bench table and all the electrical components are cETLus listed to the appropriate industry standards in accordance with the U.S. and Canadian Electrical code. The Tonic Bench Table unit features an 8-wire, four circuit manufactured wiring harness system. Tonic’s power distribution is based on a power raceway consisting of power raceway furnishing, power blocks, pre-configured outlets, jumper cables between power blocks, and power feed for hardwire connection to building power supply. They are rigidly mounted between desktop support rails which allow access from above and through access holes in the infill components. Communication and data cabling can be routed in a raceway to support a technology rich environ-ment. Knockouts in the Power and Data Raceway provide mounting locations for data faceplates. Cable slats are suspended in the channel underneath the Power and Data Raceway to hold data cables.
Power and Data
Data Face Plates
Wiring SchematicsDetails for the Electrician
Tonic is offered in a 3+1 schematic. On a single 3-phase circuit panel, all four circuits are distributed as shown.
Each bench segment and power module ships with a set of data faceplate adapters. The following list describes the included faceplate adapters. 2 of each adapter are included.
AAAABBBB BBBBBBBB CC CCCC DDEE FF GG HH
Systimax/CommScopeUniprise/CommScopeL-Com Keystone ModularTyco Sl, and 100 Connect Series Modular Jacks Siemon Keystone StyleAllen Tel Versa Tap SeriesLevitron Quick Port SeriesNordx Keystone StyleTyco SL Coupler Series Krone 6000 Series/ADCHubbell Xcelerator Keystone SeriesBlank Ortonics TracJack SeriesPanduit Mini-Com SEries Microphone Jack/3-pin XLR, solder type Video Monitor Jack/DB-15, panel mount solder
3+1 Four 20-amp circuits, 8 wire configuration: 3 hots with a shared neutral and ground (dirty) plus one hot with an isolated neutral and ground (clean).
Wiring and Cabling: This system MUST BE supplied by a multiwire branch circuit power with individual circuits rated at 20 amps/120 volts maximum.Power distribution block is molded polycarbonate, 8-wire.
TONIC | Technical Specifications
1
2
4
3
circ
uits
ground2
neutral2
ground1
neutral1
hotD
hot C
hot B
hotA
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 191
TONIC | Technical Specifications
Jumper cables: Metal flex covering conduit, 8-wire. The metal flex cable provides electro-magnetic isolation near low voltage telecom cables.Outlets: molded polycarbonate simplex pre-configured as circuit 1, 2, 3IG, 4.Power Feed: Metal-flex covering – Galvanized steel. All circuits rated for 20 AMPs.
Single CircuitOne 15 or 20-amp circuit, 3 wire with one hot, one neutral & one ground; all 12 gauge conductors. The plug fits standard 15 & 20-amp outlets. The 20-amp system requires a single circuit power source with NEMA 520 wall receptacle. A 20-amp plug fits only in a 20-amp outlet. The National Electrical Code (NEC) allows a maximum of 12 receptacles or 24 outlets on each 15-amp circuit, and 13 receptacles or 26 outlets on a 20-amp circuit.
Local Electrical CodesConsult a qualified electrical contractor or engineer for the proper installation of all electrical components. In accordance with NEC2011 Article 210, the permissible load should not exceed 80% of the circuit ampere rating (which is 16 amps on each 20 amp branch circuit).
Test StandardsAll Tonic standard surface and fabric materials are evaluated or tested to ensure that they meet or exceed all appropriate industry standards. Whenever possible, testing is done in Watson facilities. Independent test labs such as Intertek and Underwriters Laboratories, are contracted to perform testswhich require special testing facilities or independent verification results.
ASTM E-84, UL StandardAll Tonic standard vertical surface fabrics are evaluated and/or tested, and must meet or exceed the UL or Building Code standard. When COM fabrics are specified, Watson makes no claims of flammability resistance and assumes no liability, unless the fabrics are tested in UL or another Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory. Watson will not apply any vertical surface fabrics to the Listed Tonic Bench productunless they meet UL requirements.
ProcedureTextiles are tested on actual products. The vertical surface textile sample is placed on the product for chamber fire testing. The product, along w/ the fabric, is allowed to burn for ten minutes or until fully consumed (if sooner) and is observed through windows on the side of the chamber. Flamespread and smoke developed tests are performed by independent laboratories.
Media DisplayThe Tonic bench table has an optional Video Conference Panel to mount Flat Screen TV monitors up to 37 inch diagonal screen size. Typical power specifications for video conferencing components are:
TV LCD Monitor
AC 100 – 240V – (+/- 10%), 50/60Hz; Power Consumption: 220W (max)Samsung 32 inch Professional LCD Display 320MXN-2
Neighborhood Light
AssemblyThe base, pole and top assembly are constructed of cold-rolled steel that is finished in specifiable powdercoat. The Interior reflector is aluminum.
ElectricalAll components are UL 153 and LED 8750 certified for US and Canada. Power is supplied by an 84 inch whip that terminates in a standard 3 prong plug head. The LED array is rated for a 25,000 hour lifetime and is warrantied for 1 year. The emitted light has a 3000K color temperature and Color Rendering Index of 80. The switch is a 3 step touch dimming switch with the following settings; 100%, 67%, 33%, off
New York City Power InfeedThe Special Purpose Multi-Circuit power infeed includes a female connector that mates with the Electri-Pak Power block, length of flex cable and junc-tion box. All circuits rated for 20 AMPs and are connected to building power by a certified electrician.
San Francisco Power InfeedWhen necessary this infeed includes a length of liquid tight cable. The Special Purpose Base power infeed includes a female connector that mates with the Electri-Pak Power block, length of flex cable and liquid tight cable installed outside of the bench. All circuits rated for 20 AMPs and are connected to building power by a certified electrician.
Chicago PowerAll electrical components and installation are provided by a certified electrician.
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
Storage | Table of Contents
ZO
MIRO
FUSION
ZONE
196
298
329
341
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
ZO | Table of Contents
GreetingsA Quick LookBasicsSize LogicLocksPullsGrain DirectionPalette LogicFinishesSurface Support
ZO DenzaLowMidHigh
ZO StakLowMidHigh
ZO TeamDenzaStak
ZO PedFixedTechMobile
ZO SideFile ComboWardrobe
ZO RobeDoorFileCombo
ZO Lat
ZO StoOpenDoorFileCombo
ZO OverOpenDoorCombo
ZO SupportSidePed
196198199200201202202203203204
206212218223
233236237239
243244246
247248249253
254256257258
260261262266
270
272274278282284
286287288290
291292296
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
196 | www.watsonfurniture.com
ZO | Greetings
Watson Desking introduces ZO, the credenza-based alternative to conventional storage systems. ZO was inspired by our users’ desires for free-standing and non-handed storage, space division without isolation, and visual cohesion among team spaces, private offices, and work areas. Whether your team has pilers or filers, wants to openly display resources or keep them out-of-sight, ZO’s comprehensive line helps organize dynamic workforces and their workspaces with a minimum number of components. Combine ZO with any Watson Desking worksurface to create open plans and private offices with a modern sensibility.
ZO is built from wood composite board that is 100% recycled industrial by-product from local milling operations located within our Pacific Northwest region. The wood board contains 90-95% recycled content that in turn may be recycled again. Boards are finished with GreenGuard™ certified laminates. Laminates are fused to surfaces using water-based, non toxic and ultra-low VOC emitting adhesive. ZO’s steel legs have recycled content of over 80%, and are 100% recyclable.
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 197
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
ZO Denza Low
ZO Denza Mid
ZO Denza High
ZO Stak
ZO Side ZO Robe ZO Lat
ZO Sto
ZO Over
ZO Ped
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
ZO Team
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
198 | www.watsonfurniture.com
ZO | A Quick Look
ZO Denza Low, 16 to 20 inches high, 30 to 90 inches wide
ZO Denza Mid, 22 to 26 inches high, 30 to 90 inches wide
ZO Denza High, 26 inches high, 30 to 90 inches wide
ZO Stak, 15 to 40 inches high, 12 to 48 inches wide
ZO Ped, 20 to 26 inches high
ZO Side, 42 and 54 inches high ZO Robe, 42 to 66 inches high
ZO Sto, 42 to 78 inches high, 30 and 36 inches wide, 15 and 20 inches deep ZO Over, 45 to 75 inches wide
ZO Lat, 26 to 54 inches high
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
ZO Team, 15 and 26 inches high, 30 to 72 inches wide
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 199
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
We do things differently than our competitors - we build furniture that is more robust. We consider the user and their environment then challenge the limits for what is expected and accepted as standard within the industry. All wood composite substrate is locally sourced and, at minimum, CARB (California Air Resource Board) 1 compliant; 80% of our materials are CARB 2 compliant. In addition, all Watson components are tested against, and meet, BIFMA (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association) standards for desk construction integrity, durability, and component function. In most cases, we eclipse BIFMA standards.
General ConstructionTo maximize the strength of the 11/8 inch thick material construction, ZO Denza and ZO Sto units have ‘Top Over’ and ‘Bottom Under’ case construction.
ZO Stak units have ‘Top Over’ and ‘Side Over’ construction to enhance the core case strength and provide a clean visual appearance.
ZO Denza units are constructed using a 11/8 inch outer case to allow longer widths and to support the weight of ZO Stak cases. Shelf dividers and rear panels are constructed with 3/4 inch material for solid structural support and visual contrast to the outer case proportion.
For durability and improved aesthetics, storage side panels are banded all the way around. Side panels are set flush to the top and bottom of the case, and all fasteners are fully concealed.
CasesCable Ready ZO Denza back panels have a 5/8 inch gap at the top, shelves inset 11/8 inches from the back, and pass-through cut-outs on all vertical dividers. For more information on our Cable Ready specifications see page 207 .
All storage case depths and widths are true-size dimensions. Depth variance for units with or without drawers or door faces is nominal, less that 1 inch for any ZO component. For example, ZO Denza units with drawer and door faces have a 20 inch depth. The actual depth of open units differs slightly. To obtain the actual measurement of an open unit subtract 7/8 of an inch (the depth of a drawer or door face) from the overall depth measurement of the case.
DrawersOur drawer bodies are manufactured in a way that “treads lightly” on our environment. 80% recycled and 100% recyclable steel shells are coated with reclaimed powder finish. The drawer bottoms are a locally sourced, formaldehyde-free, medium density fiberboard.
All drawers feature full extension 100 lb. (200 lb. on lateral files) ball bearing slides.
A pencil tray is included with every case that has a 15 inch wide box drawer.
File drawers include file rails for full volume, side-to-side filing.
ShelvesAll internal or exposed shelves are fixed and non-adjustable.
LocksStorage locks can be specified one of three ways, factory installed “L,” non-locking “N,” or field installed “U.” “L” locks are keyed randomly and factory installed. The non-locking “N” option keeps drawer and door faces clear when locks are not required. Field installed “U” locks are keyed alike upon installation in the field. For details and ordering information, see page 97.
Anti-TipFile drawers and lateral files are counterbalanced.
Lateral file drawer units feature an anti-tip, interlocking drawer slide which prevents multiple drawers from opening at one time.
ZO Support cabinets are shipped with risers or brackets. The per unit price reflects no additional cost for added counter balances.
AccessoriesOur tack panels are covered with 100% recycled polyester, woven fabric. The tack board core material is Homosote™ acoustic paperboard.
The P.E.T. felt ZO pad is made from 100% post consumer waste, and may be recycled again.
The ZO Dot is upholstered in TeKnit™ 100% recycled and 100% recyclable fabric.
ZO | Basics
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
200 | www.watsonfurniture.com
78
66
54
42
26
66
53
41
26
62
49
37
22
66
53
41
26
60
47
35
20
55
42
31
16
ZO | Size Logic
ZO Denza Low, no base w/ ZO Stak ZO Denza Low, w/ base w/ ZO Stak
ZO Denza Mid, no base w/ ZO Stak ZO Denza Mid, w/ base w/ ZO Stak
ZO Denza High w/ ZO Stak
ZO Sto
ZO components are available in a wide variety of heights and widths designed to meet all basic storage needs and to pair seamlessly with any Watson Desking worksurface. Standard filing compatible drawers and binder height shelving are two dimensions that inform sizing throughout the ZO line. The ZO Denza paired with the ZO Stak may be configured to create a residential feel, set at panel height, or stacked at full height for increased privacy within the open plan. The ZO Denza, ZO Side, and ZO Ped may be specified to support storage (see page 100 for details).
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 201
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Storage locks can be specified one of three ways, non-locking “N,” factory installed “L,” or field installed “U.”
The non-locking “N” option keeps drawer and door faces clear when locks are not required. “L” locks are keyed randomly and installed by our factory. Field installed “U” locks are ordered separately and keyed alike upon installation in the field. A special order is required for lock cores numbered higher than 150. All locks are specified silver or black to match the pull color selected.
“U” Field Installed Locks
COLOR PART NUMBER KEY NUMBER
Black 080250 LP _ _ _ 100-150Silver 480043 LP _ _ _ 100-150
ZO | Locks
x2
x2
x1
x1
x2
ZO Denza
x1
ZO Stak
ZO Side
x2
x3
x1
x1 x2
ZO Sto
ZO Robe
ZO Ped
ZO Lat
x2
x1
x1
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
202 | www.watsonfurniture.com
ZO pulls are available in a range of styles designed to suit both transitional and modern aesthetics. All ZO pulls are sized 128mm (5 inches) wide.
ZO | Pulls
Bar Silver B Jota Silver J Jota Black K Alto Silver A
ZO | Grain Direction
Front Grain Direction: On faces and cases, the grain direction runs vertically. On surfaces, the grain runs horizontally.
Back Grain Direction: The grain direction on most cabinet backs is horizontal. ZO Stak and ZO Sto case backs are vertical. All case sides are vertical.
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 203
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
ZO | Finishes
Powdercoat(Legs, Metal components)
BK Black
CH Charcoal
M2 Dark Champagne
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
WA White Aluminum
FQ Fashion Grey
FJ Frosty White
ZO Dot Cushion
5Z Chocolate
6J Dark Crimson
6K Smoke
0X Xanadu
Surface Laminate(Storage faces) JN Asian Night
JS Asian Sand
IB Biltmore Cherry
EH Blond Echo
LQ Colombian Walnut
DZ Desert Zephyr
EB Ebony
FE Fine Sycamore
FJ Frosty White
TJ Gilded Mesh
EG Grey Mesh
KM Kensington Maple
KN Kona
ZD Madagascar
EZ Misted Zephyr
MM Monticello Maple
N2 Natural Cane
IJ Rio
RV River Cherry
ZA Shadow Zephyr
EE Sheer Mesh
EK Steel Mesh
DT Studio Teak
TU Tendu
TW Tuscan Walnut
IZ Twilight Zephyr
JL Williamsburg Cherry
D0 Xanadu
Storage Laminate(Storage cases, Storage faces) BK Black
EH Blond Echo
CH Charcoal
M2 Dark Champagne
FE Fine Sycamore
KM Kensington Maple
RV River Cherry
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
DT Studio Teak
TW Tuscan Walnut
WA White Aluminum
FQ Fashion Grey
FJ Frosty White
Textiles(Privacy screens) SPRITE COLLECTION
2V Harvest
7K Khaki
2I Linen
7Y Sky
2W Snow
DRIFT COLLECTION
0R Alabaster
0I Graphite
3K Mocha
9P Pebble
4T Slate
3J Storm
ANCHORAGE COLLECTION
9B Amber
9A Angora
6D Asteroid
9H Birch
9U Cumin
6X Fossil
9E Goose
9R Graphite
1G Green Apple
6H Henna
FACE
CASE
CASEFACE
CASE
CASE
ZO storage can be specified as a Contrast or Non-Contrast finish option. When a Non-Contrast finish option is chosen, storage units ship with a matching Case and Face finish. When ordering Non-Contrast you ONLY specify a storage Case color.
When a Contrast finish option is chosen, your storage Face contrasts your Case finish. When ordering you must specify separate storage Case and Face colors. When selecting your storage Face finish, there are two options to consider: 1) If you select a finish from the “Surface Laminate” color list, the Face edge will match the Case color selected, or 2) If you select a finish from the “Storage Laminate” color list, the Face edge will match the Face color selected.
ZO | Palette Logic
Non-Contrast FinishMatching Case and Face finish.
Contrast FinishStorage Face contrasts Case finish.
FACE
CASE
CASE
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
204 | www.watsonfurniture.com
ZO | Surface Support
By doing double duty as storage and worksurface support, the ZO Ssupport family makes good use of added real estate either under or at the side of the worksurface.
ZO Ped Riser SupportThe 26 inch ZO Ped Support is aided by the use of a riser, creating a secure andlevel connection to the worksurface. The ZO Ped riser elevates the worksurface an additional two inches above the ZO Ped. The riser is not intended to be used as a freestanding component and, when attached, creates a fixed position worksurface.
ZO Denza 90° Surface Support The ZO Denza Mid (with either the Blade or ZO base) and ZO Denza High (without a base) may be used as storage support. Support brackets are attached to the worksurface allowing it to rest securely atop the ZO Denza. The surface support bracket is designed for 90° applications (shown). When using the ZO Denza bracket support, the worksurface height is fixed at 291/2 inches high.
ZO Side Bracket Support ZO Side Support is made possible with the use of a ZO Side Support Bracket. When attached, the worksurface height is fixed at 291/2 inches high. A ZO Side bracket may be used opposite a ZO Ped riser, eliminating the need for legs on both sides of the worksurface.
ZO Ped Support ZO Denza Support ZO Side Support
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 205
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
ZO | Product Ordering
ZO DenzaLowMidHigh
ZO StakLowMidHigh
ZO TeamDenzaStak
ZO PedFixedTechMobile
ZO SideFile ComboWardrobe
ZO RobeDoorFileCombo
ZO Lat
ZO StoOpenDoorFileCombo
ZO OverOpenDoorCombo
ZO SupportSidePed
206212218223
233236237239
243244246
247248249253
254256257258
260261262266
270
272274278282284
286287288290
291292296
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
206 | www.watsonfurniture.com
For additional seating, ZO cushions can be added to any ZO Denza.
ZO Denza storage can be used to support ZO Stak storage units.
With the addition of a storage riser, any 26 inch high ZO Denza can be used to support a worksurface.
Lateral file drawers aresized for side to side legal filing and include two filerails.
ZO Denza units ship ‘cable ready’ (see page 103 for details).
The ZO Denza case is available in three heights and nine widths, offering a smart array of choices in drawer, door, open, non-handed and dual-facing cabinets. Built upon a dimensional design logic of freestanding components, ZO Denza units can live within and outside traditional panel systems.
ZO Denza | Overview
212 Low
218 Mid
223 High
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
low 16 inches high
mid 22 inches high
high 26 inches high
No Base Blade Base ZO Base
Base OptionsZO Denza storage is available with one of three base options - no base, wood Blade Base, and hand-mitered, steel ZO Base. When choosing the Blade Base, the finish will match the case. When choosing the ZO Base, you specify the powdercoat.
Height OptionsZO Denza storage is designed to provide increased storage depth and to enhance the visual landscape of the space. Available at 16 and 20 inches tall, ZO Denza Low storage provides moderate storage capacity, supports a residential height sensibility, and is ideal for ancillary seating. ZO Denza Mid and High storage increases the user’s capacity for piling and filing. The 26 inch high ZO Denza Mid and ZO Denza High units may also be used to support a worksurface.
5” 5”
27 inches high
5”
21 inches high
5”
grommet
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 207
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
ZO Denza | Cable Ready
ZO Denza | AV Option
All ZO Denza storage ships ‘cable ready,’ allowing the user to direct wires through the cabinet and manage them seamlessly. ZO Denza units are built with grommets and pass-throughs to accommodate daily plug and go devices such as cell phone charging stations, iPhone stands, power mats, and even a pencil sharpener (if you still use one). Please note that when selecting a ZO Denza with no base, access to cables from the bottom of the unit is reduced.
Grommet: 13/4 inch, inset from the outside edge by 21/2 inches, press-fit into the base.Shelf: 11/8 inch gap from back, edged on both the front and back.
Back: 5/8 inch gap between the top and the back panel.Pass Through: cut out in vertical dividers.
To meet more intensive AV wire access needs, we have engineered an optional opening at the back of the cabinet.
Shelf: 11/8 inch gap from the back, edged on both the front and back.
Cut-out: 5/8 inch gap between the top and back panel, openings available in 22 - 30 inch wide equivalent sections only, inside edge of cut-out is trimmed with black polypropylene.
front view side view
bottom view
cable access
grommet
grommetgrommet
cable access
grommet
cable access
front view side view
bottom view
cable access
cable access
cable access
av access
For your IT needs, ZO Denza units accommodate USB, DVI, DP/N, VGA, standard grounded and IEC power cables.
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
208 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Here’s a helpful guide to ensure that you get the case size you need. ZO Denza units with drawers and/or doors are 20 inches deep; cases without drawers or doors are 191/4 inches deep. All ZO Denza units provide ample room for oversized binders and boxed storage.
30 12 30 30 30 30
Open, Sliding Door, Door, and File 72 wide to 90 wide
45 33 45 45
Combo Side 78 wide to 90 wide
30 15 30
Combo Side 60 wide to 75 wide
15
15
30
15
15
30
30 30 30
Combo Center 60 wide to 90 wide
ZO Denza | Size Logic
Low 20 high with base, 20 deep
30 12 30 30 30 30
Open and Sliding Door 72 wide to 90 wide
26 26 30 30
Door 78 wide to 90 wide
30 30 371/2 371/2
Door 60 wide to 75 wide
15 30 15 30 30 30
Door Open, File 60 wide to 90 wide
Mid 26 high with base, 20 deep
26 30
15 30 30 30
File Side 45 wide to 60 wide
221/2 15 221/2 30 30 30
File Side 60 wide to 90 wide
221/2 15 221/2 30 30 30
File Center 60 wide to 90 wide
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 209
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
ZO Denza | Size Logic
30 12 30 30 30 30
Open and Sliding Door 72 wide to 90 wide
26 26 26 30 30 30
Door 78 wide to 90 wide
30 30 371/2 371/2
Door 60 wide to 75 wide
15 15 30 30 30 30
Door Open, File 60 wide to 90 wide
High 26 high, 20 deep
30 30 30 30 30 221/2 221/2 15
File Side 60 wide to 90 wide
30 30 30
File Center 60 wide to 90 wide
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
210 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Mid 22 or 26 inches high, ZO base shown
ZO Denza | Statement of Line
Low 16 or 20 inches high, ZO base shown
Open page 108
Open page 114
Door page 116
Door Open page 117
File page 118
File Side page 119
File Center page 120
30 36 45 60 72 75 78 84 90
30 36 45 60 72 75 78 84 90
Door page 110
File page 111
Combo Center page 113
Combo Combo Side page 112
Door Open page 110
Sliding Door page 109
Sliding Door page 115
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 211
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
ZO Denza | Statement of LineHigh 26 inches high
Open page 121
Door page 123
Door Open page 124
File page 125
Combo Side page 127
Combo Center page 126
Combo page 126
Lateral File page 128
30 36 45 60 72 75 78 84 90
Sliding Door page 122
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
212 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Open ZO Base Option Shown
ZO Denza Low
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Blade Base color matches case color selected.
20 30
20 36
20 45
20 45
20 60
20 72
20 75
20 78
20 84
20 90
ZSCRXO203020N
ZSCRXO203620N
ZSCRXO204520L
ZSCRXO204520R
ZSCREO206020
ZSCREO207220
ZSCREO207520
ZSCREO207820
ZSCREO208420
ZSCREO209020
419
497
553
553
658
724
825
842
870
897
D / W
No Base16 H
N
MODEL NUMBER
Case Finish
Left Hand Shown
75 Wide Shown
BASE
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
Left
Right
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
594
672
728
728
833
899
1000
1017
1045
1072
Blade Base20 H
P
869
947
1003
1003
1108
1174
1275
1292
1320
1347
ZO Base20 H
M
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 213
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
Sliding DoorZO Base Option Shown
ZO Denza Low
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Blade Base color matches case color selected.
Sliding door locks at each 30 inch wide section.
20 60
20 72
20 75
20 78
20 84
20 90
ZSCRESD206020
ZSCRESD207220
ZSCRESD207520
ZSCRESD207820
ZSCRESD208420
ZSCRESD209020
918
984
1085
1102
1130
1157
D / W
No Base16 H
N
MODEL NUMBER
78 Wide Shown
BASE
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
1093
1159
1260
1277
1305
1332
Blade Base20 H
P
1368
1434
1535
1552
1580
1607
ZO Base20 H
M
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
214 | www.watsonfurniture.com
75 Wide Shown
Door ZO Base Option Shown
ZO Denza Low
20 30
20 36
20 45
20 45
20 60
20 72
20 75
20 78
20 84
20 90
ZSCRXDC203020N
ZSCRXDC203620N
ZSCRXDO204520L
ZSCRXDO204520R
ZSCREDO206020
ZSCREDO207220
ZSCREDO207520
ZSCREDO207820
ZSCREDO208420
ZSCREDO209020
624
708
759
759
864
1136
1237
1254
1281
1309
D / W
PULLLOCKMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
Left Hand Shown
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
SeeOptionsBelow
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Blade Base color matches case color selected.
Lateral file drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
Left
Right
Door Open ZO Base Option Shown
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
No Base16 H
N
BASE
799
883
934
934
1039
1311
1412
1429
1456
1484
Blade Base20 H
P
1074
1158
1209
1209
1314
1586
1687
1704
1731
1759
ZO Base20 H
M
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 215
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
File ZO Base Option Shown
ZO Denza Low
20 30
20 36
20 45
20 45
20 60
20 72
20 75
20 78
20 84
20 90
ZSCRXF203020N
ZSCRXF203620N
ZSCRXF204520L
ZSCRXF204520R
ZSCREF206020
ZSCREF207220
ZSCREF207520
ZSCREF207820
ZSCREF208420
ZSCREF209020
992
1058
1126
1126
1231
1871
1971
1988
2063
2043
D / W
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
Left Hand Shown
SeeOptionsBelow
78 Wide Shown
30 Wide Shown
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Blade Base color matches case color selected.
Lateral file drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
No Base16 H
N
BASE
1167
1233
1301
1301
1406
2046
2146
2163
2238
2218
Blade Base20 H
P
1442
1508
1576
1576
1681
2321
2421
2438
2513
2493
ZO Base20 H
M
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
216 | www.watsonfurniture.com216 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Combo ZO Base Option Shown
ZO Denza Low
20 45
20 45
20 60
20 60
20 72
20 75
20 78
20 84
20 90
20 72
20 75
20 78
20 84
20 90
ZSCRXC204520L
ZSCRXC204520R
ZSCRECS206020L
ZSCRECS206020R
ZSCRECS207220L
ZSCRECS207520L
ZSCRECS207820L
ZSCRECS208420L
ZSCRECS209020L
ZSCRECS207220R
ZSCRECS207520R
ZSCRECS207820R
ZSCRECS208420R
ZSCRECS209020R
1487
1487
1270
1270
1659
1760
1820
1849
1877
1659
1760
1820
1849
1877
D / W
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
Left Hand Shown
SeeOptionsBelow
Combo Side ZO Base Option Shown
60 Wide, Left Hand Shown
78 Wide, Left Hand Shown
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Blade Base color matches case color selected.
Lateral file drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Left
Right
Left
Right
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
No Base16 H
N
BASE
1662
1662
1445
1445
1834
1935
1995
2024
2052
1834
1935
1995
2024
2052
Blade Base20 H
P
1937
1937
1720
1720
2109
2210
2270
2299
2327
2109
2210
2270
2299
2327
ZO Base20 H
M
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 217
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
www.watsonfurniture.com | 217
Combo Center ZO Base Option Shown
ZO Denza Low
20 60
20 72
20 75
20 78
20 84
20 90
20 60
20 72
20 75
20 78
20 84
20 90
ZSCRECC206020L
ZSCRECC207220L
ZSCRECC207520L
ZSCRECC207820L
ZSCRECC208420L
ZSCRECC209020L
ZSCRECC206020R
ZSCRECC207220R
ZSCRECC207520R
ZSCRECC207820R
ZSCRECC208420R
ZSCRECC209020R
1315
1382
1481
1498
1526
1554
1315
1382
1481
1498
1526
1554
D / W
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
SeeOptionsBelow
78 Wide, Right Hand Shown
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Blade Base color matches case color selected.
Lateral file drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
No Base16 H
N
BASE
1490
1557
1656
1673
1701
1729
1490
1557
1656
1673
1701
1729
Blade Base20 H
P
1765
1832
1931
1948
1976
2004
1765
1832
1931
1948
1976
2004
ZO Base20 H
M
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
218 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Open ZO Base Option Shown
ZO Denza Mid
20 30
20 36
20 45
20 45
20 60
20 72
20 75
20 78
20 84
20 90
ZSCRXO203026N
ZSCRXO203626N
ZSCRXO204526L
ZSCRXO204526R
ZSCREO206026
ZSCREO207226
ZSCREO207526
ZSCREO207826
ZSCREO208426
ZSCREO209026
502
624
681
681
858
942
1048
1070
1103
1142
D / W
MODEL NUMBER
Case Finish
Left Hand Shown
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Blade Base color matches case color selected.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
Left
Right
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
677
799
856
856
1033
1117
1223
1245
1278
1317
952
1074
1131
1131
1308
1392
1498
1520
1553
1592
No Base22 H
N
BASE
Blade Base26 H
P
ZO Base26 H
M
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 219
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Sliding DoorZO Base Option Shown
ZO Denza Mid
20 60
20 72
20 75
20 78
20 84
20 90
ZSCRESD206026
ZSCRESD207226
ZSCRESD207526
ZSCRESD207826
ZSCRESD208426
ZSCRESD209026
1118
1202
1308
1330
1363
1402
D / W
MODEL NUMBER
78 Wide Shown
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 1207 for dimension changes.
Blade Base color matches case color selected.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
1293
1377
1483
1505
1538
1577
1568
1652
1758
1780
1813
1852
No Base22 H
N
BASE
Blade Base26 H
P
ZO Base26 H
M
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
220 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Door ZO Base Option Shown
ZO Denza Mid
20 30
20 36
20 45
20 45
20 60
20 72
20 75
20 78
20 84
20 90
ZSCRXDC203026N
ZSCRXDC203626N
ZSCRXDC204526L
ZSCRXDC204526R
ZSCREDC206026
ZSCREDC207226
ZSCREDC207526
ZSCREDC207826
ZSCREDC208426
ZSCREDC209026
724
870
1036
1036
1242
1325
1598
1621
1793
1957
D / W
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
Left Hand Shown
60 Wide Shown
90 Wide Shown
SeeOptionsBelow
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Blade Base color matches case color selected.
There is one fixed shelf behind each set of doors.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
899
1045
1211
1211
1417
1500
1773
1796
1968
2132
1174
1320
1486
1486
1692
1775
2048
2071
2243
2407
No Base22 H
N
BASE
Blade Base26 H
P
ZO Base26 H
M
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 221
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Door Open ZO Base Option Shown
ZO Denza Mid
20 45
20 45
20 60
20 72
20 75
20 78
20 84
20 90
ZSCRXDO204526L
ZSCRXDO204526R
ZSCREDO206026
ZSCREDO207226
ZSCREDO207526
ZSCREDO207826
ZSCREDO208426
ZSCREDO209026
903
903
1081
1387
1493
1515
1548
1588
D / W
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
Left Hand Shown
SeeOptionsBelow
78 Wide Shown
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Blade Base color matches case color selected.
There is one fixed shelf behind each set of doors.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
1078
1078
1256
1562
1668
1690
1723
1763
1353
1353
1531
1837
1943
1965
1998
2038
No Base22 H
N
BASE
Blade Base26 H
P
ZO Base26 H
M
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
222 | www.watsonfurniture.com
File ZO Base Option Shown
ZO Denza Mid
20 30
20 36
20 45
20 45
20 60
20 72
20 75
20 78
20 84
20 90
ZSCRXF203026N
ZSCRXF203626N
ZSCRXF204526L
ZSCRXF204526R
ZSCREF206026
ZSCREF207226
ZSCREF207526
ZSCREF207826
ZSCREF208426
ZSCREF209026
1192
1292
1370
1370
1548
2322
2428
2450
2483
2522
D / W
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
Left Hand Shown
SeeOptionsBelow
78 Wide Shown
30 Wide Shown
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Blade Base color matches case color selected.
Lateral file drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
No Base22 H
N
BASE
1367
1467
1545
1545
1723
2497
2603
2625
2658
2697
Blade Base26 H
P
1642
1742
1820
1820
1998
2772
2878
2900
2933
2972
ZO Base26 H
M
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 223
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
File Side ZO Base Option Shown
ZO Denza Mid
20 45
20 45
20 60
20 72
20 75
20 78
20 84
20 90
20 60
20 72
20 75
20 78
20 84
20 90
ZSCRXFS204526L
ZSCRXFS204526R
ZSCREFS206026L
ZSCREFS207226L
ZSCREFS207526L
ZSCREFS207826L
ZSCREFS208426L
ZSCREFS209026L
ZSCREFS206026R
ZSCREFS207226R
ZSCREFS207526R
ZSCREFS207826R
ZSCREFS208426R
ZSCREFS209026R
1064
1064
1460
1632
1737
1760
1793
1832
1460
1632
1737
1760
1793
1832
D / W
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
SeeOptionsBelow
45 Wide, Left Hand Shown
78 Wide, Left Hand Shown
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Blade Base color matches case color selected.
Lateral file drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Left
Right
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
No Base22 H
N
BASE
1239
1239
1635
1807
1912
1935
1968
2007
1635
1807
1912
1935
1968
2007
Blade Base26 H
P
1514
1514
1910
2082
2187
2210
2243
2282
1910
2082
2187
2210
2243
2282
ZO Base26 H
M
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
224 | www.watsonfurniture.com
File Center ZO Base Option Shown
ZO Denza Mid
20 60
20 72
20 75
20 78
20 84
20 90
ZSCREFC206026
ZSCREFC207226
ZSCREFC207526
ZSCREFC207826
ZSCREFC208426
ZSCREFC209026
1242
1325
1432
1760
1793
1832
D / W
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
SeeOptionsBelow
78 Wide Shown
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Blade Base color matches case color selected.
Lateral file drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
75 Wide Shown
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
No Base16 H
N
BASE
1417
1500
1607
1935
1968
2007
Blade Base26 H
P
1692
1775
1882
2210
2243
2282
ZO Base26 H
M
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 225
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Open
ZO Denza High
20 30 26
20 36 26
20 45 26
20 45 26
20 60 26
20 72 26
20 75 26
20 78 26
20 84 26
20 90 26
ZSBCXO203026N
ZSBCXO203626N
ZSBCXO204526L
ZSBCXO204526R
ZSBCEO206026
ZSBCEO207226
ZSBCEO207526
ZSBCEO207826
ZSBCEO208426
ZSBCEO209026
518
641
691
691
886
958
1063
1080
1136
1169
D / W / H
MODEL NUMBER
Case Finish
Left Hand Shown
PRICE
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
Left
Right
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
226 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Sliding Door
ZO Denza High
20 60 26
20 72 26
20 75 26
20 78 26
20 84 26
20 90 26
ZSBCESD206026
ZSBCESD207226
ZSBCESD207526
ZSBCESD207826
ZSBCESD208426
ZSBCESD209026
1146
1218
1323
1340
1396
1429
D / W / H
MODEL NUMBER PRICE
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
78 Wide Shown
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
www.watsonfurniture.com | 227
Door
ZO Denza High
20 30 26
20 36 26
20 45 26
20 45 26
20 60 26
20 72 26
20 75 26
20 78 26
20 84 26
20 90 26
ZSBCXDC203026N
ZSBCXDC203626N
ZSBCXDC204526L
ZSBCXDC204526R
ZSBCEDC206026
ZSBCEDC207226
ZSBCEDC207526
ZSBCEDC207826
ZSBCEDC208426
ZSBCEDC209026
741
886
1047
1047
1269
1319
1593
1609
1837
1859
D / W / H
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
Left Hand Shown
30 Wide Shown
60 Wide Shown
90 Wide Shown
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
There is one fixed shelf behind each set of doors.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 207 for details.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
228 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Door Open
ZO Denza High
20 45 26
20 45 26
20 60 26
20 72 26
20 75 26
20 78 26
20 84 26
20 90 26
ZSBCXDO204526L
ZSBCXDO204526R
ZSBCEDO206026
ZSBCEDO207226
ZSBCEDO207526
ZSBCEDO207826
ZSBCEDO208426
ZSBCEDO209026
914
914
1108
1403
1508
1525
1581
1615
D / W / H
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
Left Hand Shown
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
78 Wide Shown
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
There is one fixed shelf behind each set of doors.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 229
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
File
ZO Denza High
20 45 26
20 45 26
20 60 26
20 72 26
20 75 26
20 78 26
20 84 26
20 90 26
ZSBCXF204526L
ZSBCXF204526R
ZSBCEF206026
ZSBCEF207226
ZSBCEF207526
ZSBCEF207826
ZSBCEF208426
ZSBCEF209026
1525
1525
1721
2628
2733
2749
2805
2839
D / W / H
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
Left Hand Shown
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
78 Wide Shown
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Lateral file drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
230 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Combo
ZO Denza High
20 30 26
20 36 26
20 60 26
20 72 26
20 75 26
20 78 26
20 84 26
20 90 26
ZSBCXC203026N
ZSBCXC203626N
ZSBCECC206026
ZSBCECC207226
ZSBCECC207526
ZSBCECC207826
ZSBCECC208426
ZSBCECC209026
1403
1503
1447
1520
1626
1787
1842
1876
D / W / H
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
30 Wide Shown
Combo Center ZO Base Option Shown
78 Wide Shown
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Lateral file drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 231
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Combo Side
ZO Denza High
20 45 26
20 45 26
20 60 2620 72 2620 75 2620 78 2620 84 2620 90 26
20 60 2620 72 2620 75 2620 78 2620 84 2620 90 26
ZSBCXC204526L
ZSBCXC204526R
ZSBCECS206026LZSBCECS207226LZSBCECS207526LZSBCECS207826LZSBCECS208426LZSBCECS209026L
ZSBCECS206026RZSBCECS207226RZSBCECS207526RZSBCECS207826RZSBCECS208426RZSBCECS209026R
1253
1378
150316641771178718421876
150316641771178718421876
D / W / H
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
Left Hand Shown
78 Wide, Left Hand Shown
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Lateral file drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Left
Right
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
232 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Lateral File
ZO Denza High
20 30 26
20 36 26
20 60 26
20 72 26
ZSBC2L203026
ZSBC2L203626
ZSBC4L206026
ZSBC4L207226
1354
1465
2266
2488
D / W / H
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
30 Wide Shown
60 Wide Shown
Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.
Lateral file drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Product
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 233
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Combination ZO Stak units function as a bookcase and closed overhead storage.
The side access wardrobe hides your daily gear and provides open area display and piling shelves.
Maximize your bookcase storage with a 39 inch high open ZO Stak unit.
ZO Stak units with doors maximize out-of-site piling and filing.
ZO Stak storage provides the equivalent capacity of an overhead, but is moveable for easy reconfiguration.
Height and AdjustabilityZO Stak Low promotes visibility in team spaces while providing binder and paper-file height clearance. ZO Stak Mid increases storage capacity and provides mid-level privacy in shared spaces. ZO Stak High provides the greatest privacy, triple the storage capacity of the ZO Stak Low, and may be specified with a wardrobe for storing personal gear.
For the height measurements of ZO Stak units atop ZO Denza units, please refer to page 96.
To enhance collaborative space or increase privacy, ZO Stak storage is available as open or closed and is easily repositioned, without tools, by the user or facility manager.
Low 15 inches high
A companion to the ZO Denza, the ZO Stak is a storage powerhouse combining features and benefits of overheads, wardrobes, closed bookcases and open shelving. ZO Stak Low units are a great substitute for an overhead - no need to mount to the wall. The ZO Stak Mid provides ideal resting standing height and the ZO Stak High works well as a wardrobe (ZO Stak Wardrobes are equipped with hooks or a bar).
ZO Stak units are available in three heights and slide atop the ZO Denza, turning a heads down work area into a collaborative environment with a single movement. For increased privacy, without isolation, choose ‘through’ cells on your ZO Stak.
ZO Stak | Overview
Mid 27 inches high
High 40 inches high
Repositionable
236 Low
237 Mid
239 High
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
234 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Back view Bracket
ZO Stak | Mounting Bracket
ZO Stak is attached with a bracket for stability. The ZO bracket fits through a gap at the back of the ZO Denza and includes two holes to accommodate flush placement to the ZO Denza back.
Standard AttachmentThe back of the ZO Stak sits flush to the back of ZO Denza unit using bracket position #1.
ZO Stak w/MarkerboardThe markerboard sits flush to the back of the ZO Denza unit using position #2.
ZO Stak
ZO Denza
Position #1
Position #2
ZO Stak
ZO Denza
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 235
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
ZO Stak | Statement of Line
Door & Door Open
Open
Door & Door Open
Low High
Side Access Open
Robe & Robe Open
Robe Side Through
Open Through
Door Through
Open
15
Open
Door & Door Open
Mid
Side Access Open
Door Through
Open Through
24 30 36 4824 30 36 4812
27
24 30 36 4812
40
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
236 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Open
ZO Stak Low
15 24 15
15 30 15
15 36 15
15 48 15
15 24 15
15 30 15
15 36 15
15 48 15
15 48 15
ZSSTO152415
ZSSTO153015
ZSSTO153615
ZSSTO154815
ZSSTD152415
ZSSTD153015
ZSSTD153615
ZSSTDO154815L
ZSSTDO154815R
440
463
480
524
646
674
691
730
730
D / W / H
MODEL NUMBER PRICE
30 Wide Shown
30 Wide Shown
Door
Door Open
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PULL
SeeOptionsBelow
Notes Storage shown here is intended to stack on top of ZO Denza storage units to create additional user storage.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left Hand Shown
Left
Right
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 237
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Open
ZO Stak Mid
15 12 27
15 24 27
15 30 27
15 36 27
15 48 27
15 24 2715 30 2715 36 27
15 24 2715 30 2715 36 27
15 30 2715 36 27
15 30 2715 36 27
ZSSTO151227
ZSSTO152427
ZSSTO153027
ZSSTO153627
ZSSTO154827
ZSSTSO152427LZSSTSO153027LZSSTSO153627L
ZSSTSO152427RZSSTSO153027RZSSTSO153627R
ZSSTOT153027LZSSTOT153627L
ZSSTOT153027RZSSTOT153627R
419
563
591
624
686
575608641
575608641
602635
602635
D / W / H
MODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
30 Wide Shown
Side Access Open
Open Through
30 Wide, Left Hand Shown
36 Wide, Left Hand Shown
Notes Storage shown here is intended to stack on top of ZO Denza storage units to create additional user storage.
Shelf included in side accessible area of the ZO Side access unit is constructed of powdercoated metal.
ZO Stak Mid includes one fixed shelf.
Metal shelf tray is available for use with ZO Stak Open Through storage. See page 387 to order.
Left
Right
Left
Right
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Through / No Panel
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
238 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Door
ZO Stak Mid
15 12 27
15 12 27
15 24 27
15 30 27
15 36 27
15 48 27
15 48 27
15 30 27
15 30 27
15 36 27
15 36 27
ZSSTD151227L
ZSSTD151227R
ZSSTD152427N
ZSSTD153027N
ZSSTD153627N
ZSSTDO154827L
ZSSTDO154827R
ZSSTDT153027L
ZSSTDT153027R
ZSSTDT153627L
ZSSTDT153627R
546
546
691
824
869
914
914
741
741
869
869
D / W / H
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
36 Wide Shown
Door Open
Door Through
Left Hand Shown
Notes Storage shown here is intended to stack on top of ZO Denza storage units to create additional user storage.
ZO Stak Mid includes one fixed shelf behind each set of doors.
Metal shelf tray is available for use with ZO Stak Open Through storage. See page 367 to order.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Left
Right
Left
Right
Left
Right
Left Hand Shown
Left Hand Shown
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Left Hand Shown
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Through / No Panel
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 239
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Open
ZO Stak High
15 12 40
15 24 40
15 30 40
15 36 40
15 48 40
15 24 4015 30 4015 36 40
15 24 4015 30 4015 36 40
15 30 4015 36 40
15 30 4015 36 40
ZSSTO151240
ZSSTO152440
ZSSTO153040
ZSSTO153640
ZSSTO154840
ZSSTSO152440LZSSTSO153040LZSSTSO153640L
ZSSTSO152440RZSSTSO153040RZSSTSO153640R
ZSSTOT153040LZSSTOT153640L
ZSSTOT153040RZSSTOT153640R
507
713
752
791
869
741779819
741779819
758802
758802
D / W / H
MODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
Left Hand, 36 Wide Shown
Side Access Open
Open Through
Left Hand, 36 Wide Shown
36 Wide Shown
Notes Storage shown here is intended to stack on top of ZO Denza storage units to create additional user storage.
Shelf included in side accessible area of the ZO Side Access unit is constructed of powdercoated metal.
ZO Stak High includes two fixed shelves.
Left
Right
Left
Right
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Through / No Panel
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
240 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Door
ZO Stak High
15 12 40
15 12 40
15 24 40
15 30 40
15 36 40
15 48 40
15 48 40
15 30 40
15 30 40
15 36 40
15 36 40
ZSSTD151240L
ZSSTD151240R
ZSSTD152440N
ZSSTD153040N
ZSSTD153640N
ZSSTDO154840L
ZSSTDO154840R
ZSSTDT153040L
ZSSTDT153040R
ZSSTDT153640L
ZSSTDT153640R
668
668
874
1036
1091
1153
1153
942
942
1091
1091
D / W / H
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
Door Open
Door Through
Left Hand Shown
Left Hand Shown
Left Hand Shown
36 Wide Shown
Notes Storage shown here is intended to stack on top of ZO Denza storage units to create additional user storage.
ZO Stak High includes two fixed shelves behind doors.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Left
Right
Left
Right
Left
Right
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Left Hand Shown
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Through / No Panel
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 241
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Wardrobe
ZO Stak High
15 12 40
15 12 40
15 24 4015 30 4015 36 4015 48 40
15 24 4015 30 4015 36 4015 48 40
ZSSTW151240L
ZSSTW151240R
ZSSTWO152440LZSSTWO153040LZSSTWO153640LZSSTWO154840L
ZSSTWO152440RZSSTWO153040RZSSTWO153640RZSSTWO154840R
602727
602727
797958
10631120
797958
10631120
D / W / H
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
Wardrobe Open
36 Wide, Left Hand Shown
Left Hand Shown
Notes Storage shown here is intended to stack on top of ZO Denza storage units to create additional user storage.
Wardrobe area of ZO Stak units include two hooks for hanging gear.
36 wide ZO Stak Wardrobe Side Through receives a rail for hanging gear.
ZO Stak High includes two fixed shelves behind doors.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Left
Right
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Product
Through / No Panel
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
242 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Wardrobe Side Through
ZO Stak High
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
15 24 40
15 30 40
15 36 40
15 24 40
15 30 40
15 36 40
ZSSTWST152440L
ZSSTWST153040L
ZSSTWST153640L
ZSSTWST152440R
ZSSTWST153040R
ZSSTWST153640R
658
702
736
658
702
736
D / W / H
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
36 Wide, Left Hand Shown
Notes Storage shown here is intended to stack on top of ZO Denza storage units to create additional user storage.
Wardrobe area of ZO Stak units include two hooks for hanging gear.
36 wide ZO Stak Wardrobe Side Through receives a rail for hanging gear.
ZO Stak High includes two fixed shelves behind doors.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Through / No Panel
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
For space division, consider the ZO Team Denza and Team Stak. The economic design of ZO Team components allows adjacent workstations to share open and closed storage. The ZO Team Denza and Team Stak are an ideal accompaniment for the non-handed and height-adjustable workstation. With built in flexibility, the pairing makes the most of a compressed footprint.
ZO Team | Overview
140 Denza
142 Stak
ZO Team | Statement of Line
Team Denza
15
30
Team Stak
24
60 72
36 60 72
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
244 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Combo
ZO Team Denza Mid
24 6024 72
24 6024 72
ZSTCRXC246026LZSTCRXC247226L
ZSTCRXC246026RZSTCRXC247226R
D / W
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
SeeOptionsBelow
60 Wide, Left Hand Shown
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
23542555
23542555
No Base22 H
N
BASE
Left
Right
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
ZO Base 20 H M +$450
Blade Base 20 H P +$175
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 245
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Combo
ZO Team Denza High
24 60 2624 72 26
24 60 2624 72 26
ZSTBCXC246026LZSTBCXC247226L
ZSTBCXC246026RZSTBCXC247226R
D / W / H
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
SeeOptionsBelow
60 Wide, Left Hand Shown
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
28393005
28393005
PRICE
Left
Right
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
246 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Open
ZO Team Stak
24 30 1524 36 1524 60 1524 72 15
ZSTSTOO243015ZSTSTOO243615ZSTSTOO246015ZSTSTOO247215
NNNN
D / W / H
CASEMODEL NUMBER CONTRAST
N = None C = Contrast
36 Wide Shown
661676770801
PRICE
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Notes ZO Team Staks are intended to stack on top of ZO Team Denza storage.
Divider in ZO Team Stak is frosted acrylic to increase light pass- through.
Case Finish
Product Finishes see page 203
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 247
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
28 26
2624
The ZO Ped is available as either a fixed or mobile component and may now be ordered with an open storage bay that can be used to house a computer tower. For seamless integration with other workstation pieces, depths are consistent with Watson worksurfaces and ZO Denza and ZO Sto units.
ZO Ped | Overview
Fixed Storage Mobile StorageTech Storage
Mobile
Fixed
26
Tech
20
22
248 Fixed
249 Tech
253 Mobile
15
24 30
15
ZO Ped | Statement of Line
ZO Ped | Tech Storage Capacity
9 1515913 7/810 7/8
24 1/8
ZO Ped Tech storage has a 20 inch deep, open-backed compartment to accommodate either compact or large CPUs. The following dimensions indicate internal compartment capacity.
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
248 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
Box File
ZO Ped Fixed
20 15 20
24 15 20
30 15 20
20 15 26
24 15 26
30 15 26
20 15 26
24 15 26
30 15 26
20 15 26
24 15 26
30 15 24
ZSPEBF201520F
ZSPEBF241520F
ZSPEBF301520F
ZSPE2F201526F
ZSPE2F241526F
ZSPE2F301526F
ZSPE2BF201526F
ZSPE2BF241526F
ZSPE2BF301526F
ZSPEPBF201524F
ZSPEPBF241524F
ZSPEPBF301524F
857
886
969
919
952
1042
1025
1063
1169
992
1030
1136
D / W / H
PULLMODEL NUMBER PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
Two File
20 Deep Shown
20 Deep Shown
Two Box File
Pencil Box File
20 Deep Shown
20 Deep Shown
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 249
Door
-
-
-
-
-
-
20 15 2624 15 2630 15 26
20 15 2624 15 2630 15 26
20 15 26
24 15 26
30 15 26
ZSPED201526LZSPED241526LZSPED301526L
ZSPED201526RZSPED241526RZSPED301526R
ZSPEO201526F
ZSPEO241526F
ZSPEO301526F
540563596
540563596
385
407
440
D / W / H
PULL
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
Open
20 Deep, Left Hand Shown
20 Deep Shown
MODEL NUMBER
Notes Door unit includes one fixed shelf.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
ZO Ped Fixed
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
250 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Open Tech Bay
ZO Ped Tech
20 24 26
24 24 26
30 24 26
20 30 26
24 30 26
30 30 26
20 24 26
24 24 26
30 24 26
20 30 26
24 30 26
30 30 26
ZSPEOT202426L
ZSPEOT242426L
ZSPEOT302426L
ZSPEOT203026L
ZSPEOT243026L
ZSPEOT303026L
ZSPEOT202426R
ZSPEOT242426R
ZSPEOT302426R
ZSPEOT203026R
ZSPEOT243026R
ZSPEOT303026R
518
552
596
563
596
646
518
552
596
563
596
646
D / W / H
MODEL NUMBER
Case Finish
PRICE
20 Deep, 30 Wide,
Right Hand Shown
Left
Right
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Through / No Panel
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 251
ZO Ped Tech
20 24 26 20 30 26 24 24 2624 30 2630 24 2630 30 26
20 24 26 20 30 26 24 24 2624 30 2630 24 2630 30 26
ZSPE2BFT202426LZSPE2BFT203026LZSPE2BFT242426LZSPE2BFT243026LZSPE2BFT302426LZSPE2BFT303026L
ZSPE2BFT202426RZSPE2BFT203026RZSPE2BFT242426RZSPE2BFT243026RZSPE2BFT302426RZSPE2BFT303026R
113111691276117512141319
113111691276117512141319
D / W / H
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
Two Box File Tech Bay
20 Deep, Right Hand Shown
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Through / No Panel
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
252 | www.watsonfurniture.com
ZO Ped Tech
Two File Tech Bay
20 24 26 20 30 26 24 24 2624 30 2630 24 2630 30 26
20 24 26 20 30 26 24 24 2624 30 2630 24 2630 30 26
ZSPE2FT202426LZSPE2FT203026LZSPE2FT242426LZSPE2FT243026LZSPE2FT302426LZSPE2FT303026L
ZSPE2FT202426RZSPE2FT203026RZSPE2FT242426RZSPE2FT243026RZSPE2FT302426RZSPE2FT303026R
102510581148107011031191
102510581148107011031191
D / W / H
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
24 Deep, Right Hand Shown
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Notes ZO Ped ships standard with adjustable glides.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Through / No Panel
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 253
Box File
ZO Ped Mobile
20 15 22 24 15 2230 15 22
20 15 22 24 15 2230 15 22
20 15 22 24 15 2230 15 22
20 15 22 24 15 2230 15 22
ZSPEBF201522MZSPEBF241522MZSPEBF301522M
ZSPE2F201528MZSPE2F241528MZSPE2F301528M
ZSPE2BF201528MZSPE2BF241528MZSPE2BF301528M
ZSPEPBF201526MZSPEPBF241526MZSPEPBF301526M
869897980
930964
1053
103610751181
100210421148
D / W / H
PULLMODEL NUMBER
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
Two File
20 Deep Shown
20 Deep Shown
Two Box File
Pencil Box File
20 Deep Shown
20 Deep Shown
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Notes 24 and 30 inch deep mobile ZO Ped units may interfere with structural elements of some adjustable desks. Contact Customer Service for assistance.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Product
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
Storage CapacityOne ZO Side offers as much storage as a traditional overhead + overhead + pedestal combination.
Field Reversible Non-handed, the top panel of the ZO Side may be reversed in the field. Open storage may be used for right and left facing workstations.
ZO Side storage units eliminate the need for overheads by repositioning much needed storage at the side of the workstation. This design opens office vistas by providing vertical space above the worksurface for enhanced visibility and dialogue.
Designed for configuration on either the left or right side of the workstation, ZO Side storage features a removable back panel that can be reversed to accommodate reconfiguration when needed.
ZO Side storage features up to three feet of binder storage, four feet of file and drawer space, and the option of a whiteboard or fabric tackboard on the aisle side of the workstation.
ZO Side | Overview
= + +
Choose from two heights to either enhance visibility or create private nooks for heads-down work.
The ZO Side wardrobe offers a rod for hanging personal gear.
Specify either a tackboard or whiteboard for the backof ZO Side open storage.
field reversible storage capacity
256 File
257 Combo
258 Wardrobe
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
54
42
File Combo
File Wardrobe Combo Wardrobe
54
42
ZO Side | Statement of Line
15
24
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
256 | www.watsonfurniture.com
File
ZO Side
D / W / H
PULL
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
PANEL
N = None W = Marker
(+125) T = Tak
(+175)
MODEL NUMBER
Notes 54 inch high ZO Side storage units include one fixed shelf.
By repositioning the upper back panel, ZO Side storage is left/right field reversible. When ordering, hand selection specifies how the unit ships from the factory.
File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.
36 and 42 deep ZO Side storage include a vertical divider in the open side.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
24 15 42 30 15 4236 15 42 42 15 42
24 15 42 30 15 4236 15 42 42 15 42
24 15 54 30 15 5436 15 54 42 15 54
24 15 54 30 15 5436 15 54 42 15 54
ZSSKF241542LOZSSKF301542LOZSSKF361542LOZSSKF421542LO
ZSSKF241542ROZSSKF301542ROZSSKF361542ROZSSKF421542RO
ZSSKF241554LOZSSKF301554LOZSSKF361554LOZSSKF421554LO
ZSSKF241554ROZSSKF301554ROZSSKF361554ROZSSKF421554RO
1336145314751508
1336145314751508
1375151516151653
1375151516151653
30 Deep, Right Hand Shown
30 Deep, Right Hand Shown
Left
Right
Left
Right
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 257
Combo
ZO Side
24 15 42 30 15 4236 15 42 42 15 42
24 15 42 30 15 4236 15 42 42 15 42
24 15 54 30 15 5436 15 54 42 15 54
24 15 54 30 15 5436 15 54 42 15 54
ZSSKC241542LOZSSKC301542LOZSSKC361542LOZSSKC421542LO
ZSSKC241542ROZSSKC301542ROZSSKC361542ROZSSKC421542RO
ZSSKC241554LOZSSKC301554LOZSSKC361554LOZSSKC421554LO
ZSSKC241554ROZSSKC301554ROZSSKC361554ROZSSKC421554RO
1459158616091643
1459158616091643
1498164817481787
1498164817481787
D / W / H
PULL
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
30 Deep, Right Hand Shown
PANELMODEL NUMBER
Notes 54 inch high ZO Side storage units include one fixed shelf.
By repositioning the upper back panel, ZO Side storage is left/right field reversible. When ordering, hand selection specifies how the unit ships from the factory.
File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.
36 and 42 deep ZO Side storage include a vertical divider in the open side.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
30 Deep, Right Hand Shown
Left
Right
Left
Right
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
N = None W = Marker
(+125) T = Tak
(+175)
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
258 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Left
Right
Left
Right
File Wardrobe
ZO Side
24 24 42 30 24 42
24 24 42 30 24 42
24 24 54 30 24 54
24 24 54 30 24 54
ZSSKFW242442LOZSSKFW302442LO
ZSSKFW242442ROZSSKFW302442RO
ZSSKFW242454LOZSSKFW302454LO
ZSSKFW242454ROZSSKFW302454RO
17371854
17371854
19102038
19102038
D / W / H
PULL
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
30 Deep, Right Hand Shown
MODEL NUMBER
Notes 54 inch high ZO Side storage units include one fixed shelf.
The wardrobe section of the storage unit includes a rod for hanging clothes.
File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.
ZO Side storage ships standard with adjustable glides.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
30 Deep, Right Hand Shown
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 259
Left
Right
Left
Right
Combo Wardrobe
ZO Side
ZSSKCW242442LOZSSKCW302442LO
ZSSKCW242442ROZSSKCW302442RO
ZSSKCW242454LOZSSKCW302454LO
ZSSKCW242454ROZSSKCW302454RO
17371854
17371854
19102038
19102038
D / W / H
PULL
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
30 Deep, Right Hand Shown
MODEL NUMBER
Notes 54 inch high ZO Side storage units include one fixed shelf.
The wardrobe section of the storage unit includes a rod for hanging clothes.
File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.
ZO Side storage ships standard with adjustable glides.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
30 Deep, Right Hand Shown
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Product
24 24 42 30 24 42
24 24 42 30 24 42
24 24 54 30 24 54
24 24 54 30 24 54
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
260 | www.watsonfurniture.com
The ZO Robe depths are designed for seamless alignment with standard Watson worksurfaces and the ZO Denza and ZO Sto storage families.
ZO Robe | Overview
20, 24 and 30 inches deep, wardrobes come equipped with two hooks.
The ZO Robe Combo Open provides both con-cealed storage and open display.
Choose a ZO Robe Combo Door for the most versatile concealed storage.
Choose a ZO Robe File Open for easy access to shared resources.
The ZO Robe File Door has increased confidential file storage.
ZO Robe | Statement of Line
66
54
42
Door File Open Combo Open
File Door Combo Door
261 Door
262 File
266 Combo
2415
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 261
Door
ZO Robe
20 15 42
20 15 42
20 15 54
20 15 54
20 15 66
20 15 66
ZSWDD201542L
ZSWDD201542R
ZSWDD201554L
ZSWDD201554R
ZSWDD201566L
ZSWDD201566R
602
602
674
674
741
741
D / W / H
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
54 High, Left Hand Shown
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
MODEL NUMBER
Notes 42 inch high ZO Robe storage does not come with a shelf. 54 inch high ZO Robe storage includes one top shelf. 66 inch high ZO Robe storage includes one top shelf and one bottom shelf.
The wardrobe section of the storage unit includes two hooks for hanging clothes.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Left
Right
Left
Right
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
262 | www.watsonfurniture.com
File Open
ZO Robe
20 24 42 24 24 4230 24 42
20 24 42 24 24 4230 24 42
20 24 54 24 24 5430 24 54
20 24 54 24 24 5430 24 54
Left
Right
Left
Right
ZSWDFO202442LZSWDFO242442LZSWDFO302442L
ZSWDFO202442RZSWDFO242442RZSWDFO302442R
ZSWDFO202454LZSWDFO242454LZSWDFO302454L
ZSWDFO202454RZSWDFO242454RZSWDFO302454R
131413751487
131413751487
134714141548
134714141548
D / W / H
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
MODEL NUMBER
24 Deep, Right Hand Shown
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Notes 42 inch high ZO Robe storage does not come with a shelf. 54 inch high ZO Robe storage includes one top shelf.
Shelves in open areas are adjustable.
20 inch deep ZO Robe storage includes two hooks. 24 inch and 30 inch deep ZO Robe storage include a rod.
File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.
24 Deep, Right Hand Shown
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 263
File Open
ZO Robe
20 24 66 24 24 6630 24 66
20 24 66 24 24 6630 24 66
ZSWDFO202466LZSWDFO242466LZSWDFO302466L
ZSWDFO202466RZSWDFO242466RZSWDFO302466R
147015581804
147015581804
D / W / H
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
MODEL NUMBER
Notes 66 inch high ZO Robe storage includes one top shelf and one bottom shelf.
Shelves in open areas are adjustable.
20 inch deep ZO Robe storage includes two hooks. 24 inch and 30 inch deep ZO Robe storage include a rod.
File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Left
Right
24 Deep, Right Hand Shown
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
264 | www.watsonfurniture.com
File Door
ZO Robe
20 24 42 24 24 4230 24 42
20 24 42 24 24 4230 24 42
20 24 54 24 24 5430 24 54
20 24 54 24 24 5430 24 54
ZSWDFD202442LZSWDFD202442L
ZSWDFD242442LZSWDFD242442L
ZSWDFD302442LZSWDFD302442L
ZSWDFD202442RZSWDFD202442R
ZSWDFD242442RZSWDFD242442R
ZSWDFD302442RZSWDFD302442R
ZSWDFD202454LZSWDFD242454LZSWDFD302454L
ZSWDFD202454RZSWDFD242454RZSWDFD302454R
14251550
14871612
15981723
14251550
14871612
15981723
148115481681
148115481681
D / W / H
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
24 Deep, Right Hand Shown
24 Deep, Right Hand Shown
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
MODEL NUMBER
Notes 42 inch high ZO Robe storage does not come with a shelf. 54 inch high ZO Robe storage includes one top shelf. Shelves in open areas are adjustable.
20 inch deep ZO Robe storage includes two hooks. 24 inch and 30 inch deep ZO Robe storage include a rod.
File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Left
Right
Left
Right
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 265
File Door
ZO Robe
20 24 66 24 24 6630 24 66
20 24 66 24 24 6630 24 66
ZSWDFD202466LZSWDFD242466LZSWDFD302466L
ZSWDFD202466RZSWDFD242466RZSWDFD302466R
162617141960
162617141960
D / W / H
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
24 Deep, Right Hand Shown
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
MODEL NUMBER
Notes 66 inch high ZO Robe storage includes one top shelf and one bottom shelf.
Shelves in open areas are adjustable.
20 inch deep ZO Robe storage includes two hooks. 24 inch and 30 inch deep ZO Robe storage include a rod.
File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Left
Right
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
266 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Combo Open
ZO Robe
20 24 42 24 24 4230 24 42
20 24 42 24 24 4230 24 42
20 24 5424 24 5430 24 54
20 24 5424 24 5430 24 54
ZSWDCO202442LZSWDCO242442LZSWDCO302442L
ZSWDCO202442RZSWDCO242442RZSWDCO302442R
ZSWDCO202454LZSWDCO242454LZSWDCO302454L
ZSWDCO202454RZSWDCO242454RZSWDCO302454R
143014981620
143014981620
146515371681
146515371681
D / W / H
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
24 Deep, Right Hand Shown
24 Deep, Right Hand Shown
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
MODEL NUMBER
Notes 42 inch high ZO Robe storage does not come with a shelf. 54 inch high ZO Robe storage includes one top shelf.
Shelves in open areas are adjustable.
20 inch deep ZO Robe storage includes two hooks. 24 inch and 30 inch deep ZO Robe storage include a rod.
File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Left
Right
Left
Right
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 267
Combo Open
ZO Robe
20 24 6624 24 6630 24 66
20 24 66 24 24 66 30 24 66
ZSWDCO202466LZSWDCO242466LZSWDCO302466L
ZSWDCO202466RZSWDCO242466RZSWDCO302466R
158616811937
158616811937
D / W / H
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
24 Deep, Right Hand Shown
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
MODEL NUMBER
Notes 66 inch high ZO Robe storage includes one top shelf and one bottom shelf.
Shelves in open areas are adjustable.
20 inch deep ZO Robe storage includes two hooks. 24 inch and 30 inch deep ZO Robe storage include a rod.
File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Left
Right
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
268 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Combo Door
ZO Robe
20 24 42 24 24 42 30 24 42
20 24 42 24 24 4230 24 42
20 24 54 24 24 5430 24 54
20 24 54 24 24 54 30 24 54
ZSWDCD202442LZSWDCD242442LZSWDCD302442L
ZSWDCD202442RZSWDCD242442RZSWDCD302442R
ZSWDCD202454LZSWDCD242454LZSWDCD302454L
ZSWDCD202454RZSWDCD242454RZSWDCD302454R
154216091731
154216091731
159816701815
159816701815
D / W / H
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
24 Deep, Right Hand Shown
24 Deep, Right Hand Shown
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
MODEL NUMBER
Notes 42 inch high ZO Robe storage does not come with a shelf. 54 inch high ZO Robe storage includes one top shelf.
Shelves in open areas are adjustable.
20 inch deep ZO Robe storage includes two hooks. 24 inch and 30 inch deep ZO Robe storage include a rod.
File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Left
Right
Left
Right
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 269
Combo Door
ZO Robe
20 24 66 24 24 6630 24 66
20 24 66 24 24 6630 24 66
ZSWDCD202466LZSWDCD242466LZSWDCD302466L
ZSWDCD202466RZSWDCD242466RZSWDCD302466R
174218372093
174218372093
D / W / H
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
24 Deep, Right Hand Shown
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
MODEL NUMBER
Notes 66 inch high ZO Robe storage includes one top shelf and one bottom shelf.
Shelves in open areas are adjustable.
20 inch deep ZO Robe storage includes two hooks. 24 inch and 30 inch deep ZO Robe storage include a rod.
File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Left
Right
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Product
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
The ZO lat delivers full front to back letter and legal filing for paper intensive environments.
ZO Lat | Overview
ZO Lat | Statement of Line
26
42
54
30 36
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 271
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
ZO Lat
20 30 26
20 36 26
20 30 42
20 36 42
20 30 54
20 36 54
ZS2LF203026
ZS2LF203626
ZS3LF203042
ZS3LF203642
ZS4LF203054
ZS4LF203654
1309
1392
1648
1764
1987
2138
D / W / H
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
20 Deep Shown
20 Deep Shown
20 Deep Shown
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
MODEL NUMBER
Notes File drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.
LOCK
L = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Product
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
78
66
54
42
26
ZO Sto units meet traditional storage needs and provide architectural interest. Combine the storage in groups for open plan space division or use individually to enhance the landscape in private spaces.
ZO Sto | Overview
The ZO Sto Open provides ample room for shared resources and display items.
For privacy without isolation, choose the ZO Sto Open Through.
The ZO Sto Door houses shelving to maximize personal gear storage.
The ZO Sto Door Through offers concealed shelving and open-backed display.
For traditional drawer storage with open display, choose the ZO Sto Combo.
The ZO Sto Combo Door provides both concealed shelves and file storage.
height logic
274 Open
280 Door
282 File
284 Combo
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
26
42
54
66
78
ZO Sto | Statement of Line
Open Fixed Shelves
Open Through Fixed Shelves Door Through Fixed Shelves
Door Fixed or Adjustable Shelves
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30 30
36
36
36
36 36
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Open Adjustable Shelves
Combo Open Fixed Shelves Combo Open Adjustable ShelvesZSBKFO ZSBKFOA ZSBKFD / ZSBKFDACombo DoorFixed & Adjustable Shelves
File DoorFixed & Adjustable Shelves
File Open Fixed Shelves File Open Adjustable ShelvesZSBKCO ZSBKCOA
ZSBKD / ZSBKDA
ZSBKDTZSBKOT
ZSBKCD / ZSBKCDA
ZSBKOA
ZSBKO
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
274 | www.watsonfurniture.com
OpenFixed Shelves
ZO Sto
15 30 26 20 30 26
15 36 2620 36 26
15 30 42 15 36 42 20 30 42 20 36 42 15 30 42 15 36 42 20 30 42 20 36 42
15 30 54 15 36 54 20 30 54 20 36 5415 30 54 15 36 54 20 30 54 20 36 54
15 30 6615 36 66 20 30 66 20 36 66 15 30 66 15 36 66 20 30 66 20 36 66
15 30 78 15 36 78 20 30 78 20 36 7815 30 78 15 36 78 20 30 78 20 36 78
ZSBKO153026NZSBKO203026N
ZSBKO153626NZSBKO203626N
ZSBKO153042LZSBKO153642LZSBKO203042LZSBKO203642LZSBKO153042RZSBKO153642RZSBKO203042RZSBKO203642R
ZSBKO153054LZSBKO153654LZSBKO203054LZSBKO203654LZSBKO153054RZSBKO153654RZSBKO203054RZSBKO203654R
ZSBKO153066LZSBKO153666LZSBKO203066LZSBKO203666LZSBKO153066RZSBKO153666RZSBKO203066RZSBKO203666R
ZSBKO153078LZSBKO153678LZSBKO203078LZSBKO203678LZSBKO153078RZSBKO153678RZSBKO203078RZSBKO203678R
530568
591641
663696724769663696724769
791836874925791836874925
925985
10251091925985
10251091
10581136117512591058113611751259
D / W / H
Case Finish
20 Deep, 36 Wide Shown
20 Deep, 36 Wide, Left Hand Shown
20 Deep, 36 Wide Shown,Left Hand Shown
PRICEMODEL NUMBER
Notes ZO Sto storage is not intended for use as surface support.
Shelf depths for 15 inch deep storage units are 12 inches. Shelf depths for 20 inch deep storage units are 17 inches.
The vertical divider on the 26 inch high, 36 inch wide ZO Sto is centered.The vertical divider on the 42 and 54 inch high ZO Sto is off-center.15 inch deep, 78 inch high ZO Sto open must be attached to a wall for stability. Necessary hardware is included.
Left
Right
Left
Right
Left
Right
Left
Right
20 Deep, 30 Wide Shown
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
20 Deep, 36 Wide,Left Hand Shown
20 Deep, 36 Wide,Left Hand Shown
26 42 54 66 78
30 36
Shelf LocationRight hand shown
FixedAdjustable
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 275
20 Deep, 30 Wide Shown
20 Deep, 30 Wide, Right Hand Shown
20 Deep, 30 Wide Shown,Right Hand Shown
OpenAdjustable Shelves
ZO Sto
D / W / H
Case Finish
20 Deep, 30 Wide,Right Hand Shown
PRICEMODEL NUMBER
Notes ZO Sto storage is not intended for use as surface support.
Shelf depths for 15 inch deep storage units are 12 inches. Shelf depths for 20 inch deep storage units are 17 inches.
The vertical divider on the 36 inch wide ZO Sto is centered.30 Wide storage does not come with a vertical divider.
20 Deep, 30 Wide,Right Hand Shown
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
15 30 26 15 36 2620 30 26 20 36 26
15 30 42 15 36 42 20 30 42 20 36 42
15 30 54 15 36 54 20 30 54 20 36 54
15 30 6615 36 66 20 30 66 20 36 66
15 30 78 15 36 78 20 30 78 20 36 78
ZSBKOA153026NZSBKOA153626NZSBKOA203026NZSBKOA203626N
ZSBKOA153042LZSBKOA153642LZSBKOA203042LZSBKOA203642L
ZSBKOA153054LZSBKOA153654LZSBKOA203054LZSBKOA203654L
ZSBKOA153066LZSBKOA153666LZSBKOA203066LZSBKOA203666L
ZSBKOA153078LZSBKOA153678LZSBKOA203078LZSBKOA203678L
530591568641
663696724769
791836874925
925985
10251091
1058113611751259
26 42 54 66 78
30 36
Shelf LocationRight hand shown
FixedAdjustable
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
276 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Open Through
ZO Sto
15 30 42 15 36 42 20 30 42 20 36 42
15 30 42 15 36 42 20 30 42 20 36 42
15 30 5415 36 5420 30 54 20 36 54
15 30 5415 36 5420 30 5420 36 54
ZSBKOT153042LZSBKOT153642LZSBKOT203042LZSBKOT203642L
ZSBKOT153042RZSBKOT153642RZSBKOT203042RZSBKOT203642R
ZSBKOT153054LZSBKOT153654LZSBKOT203054LZSBKOT203654L
ZSBKOT153054RZSBKOT153654RZSBKOT203054RZSBKOT203654R
674708736779
674708736779
802847886935
802847886935
D / W / H
Accent Panel
Case Finish
15 Deep, 30 Wide, Left Hand Shown
15 Deep, 30 Wide, Left Hand Shown
PRICEMODEL NUMBER
Notes For visual interest, ZO Open Through units include an accent panel when the Contrast option is selected.
ZO Sto storage is not intended for use as surface support.
All shelves are fixed.
Shelf depths for 15 inch deep storage units are 12 inches. Shelf depths for 20 inch deep storage units are 17 inches.
Left
Right
Left
Right
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Through / No Panel
42 54
30 36
Shelf LocationRight hand shown
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 277
Open Through
ZO Sto
15 30 6615 36 6620 30 66 20 36 66
15 30 66 15 36 6620 30 66 20 36 66
ZSBKOT153066LZSBKOT153666LZSBKOT203066LZSBKOT203666L
ZSBKOT153066RZSBKOT153666RZSBKOT203066RZSBKOT203666R
935997
10361103
935997
10361103
D / W / H
Accent Panel
Case Finish
15 Deep, 30 Wide, Left Hand Shown
PRICEMODEL NUMBER
Notes For visual interest, ZO Open Through units include an accent panel when the Contrast option is selected.
ZO Sto storage is not intended for use as surface support.
All shelves are fixed.
Shelf depths for 15 inch deep storage units are 12 inches. Shelf depths for 20 inch deep storage units are 17 inches.
Left
Right
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Through / No Panel
66 30 36
Shelf LocationRight hand shown
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
278 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Door Through
ZO Sto
15 30 42 20 30 42
15 30 42 20 30 42
15 30 5420 30 54
15 30 54 20 30 54
15 30 6620 30 66
15 30 66 20 30 66
ZSBKDT153042LZSBKDT203042L
ZSBKDT153042RZSBKDT203042R
ZSBKDT153054LZSBKDT203054L
ZSBKDT153054RZSBKDT203054R
ZSBKDT153066LZSBKDT203066L
ZSBKDT153066RZSBKDT203066R
836897
836897
9921075
9921075
11641264
11641264
D / W / H
SeeOptionsBelow
15 Deep, Left Hand Shown
PULLPRICEMODEL NUMBER
Notes 30 inch wide unit includes one door. 36 inch wide unit includes two doors.
ZO Sto storage is not intended for use as surface support.
42 high ZO Sto includes two fixed shelves.54 high ZO Sto includes three fixed shelves.66 high ZO Sto includes four fixed shelves. Shelf depths for 15 inch deep storage units are 12 inches. Shelf depths for 20 inch deep storage units are 17 inches.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Left
Right
Left
Right
15 Deep, Left Hand Shown
15 Deep, Left Hand Shown
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Through / No Panel
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
42 54 66
30
Shelf LocationRight hand shown
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 279
15 Deep, Left Hand Shown
15 Deep, Left Hand Shown
Door Through
ZO Sto
15 36 4220 36 42
15 36 42 20 36 42
15 36 54 20 36 54
15 36 54 20 36 54
15 36 66 20 36 66
15 36 66 20 36 66
ZSBKDT153642LZSBKDT203642L
ZSBKDT153642RZSBKDT203642R
ZSBKDT153654LZSBKDT203654L
ZSBKDT153654RZSBKDT203654R
ZSBKDT153666LZSBKDT203666L
ZSBKDT153666RZSBKDT203666R
9971070
9971070
11861276
11861276
13751481
13751481
D / W / H
15 Deep, Left Hand Shown
SeeOptionsBelow
PULLPRICEMODEL NUMBER
Notes 30 inch wide unit includes one door. 36 inch wide unit includes two doors.
ZO Sto storage is not intended for use as surface support.
42 high ZO Sto includes two fixed shelves.54 high ZO Sto includes three fixed shelves.66 high ZO Sto includes four fixed shelves.
Shelf depths for 15 inch deep storage units are 12 inches. Shelf depths for 20 inch deep storage units are 17 inches.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Left
Right
Left
Right
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Through / No Panel
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
42 54 66
36
Shelf LocationRight hand shown
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
280 | www.watsonfurniture.com
DoorFixed Shelves
ZO Sto
15 30 2615 36 26 20 30 26 20 36 26
15 30 42 15 36 4220 30 4220 36 42
15 30 5415 36 5420 30 5420 36 54
15 30 6615 36 66 20 30 6620 36 66
15 30 7815 36 7820 30 78 20 36 78
ZSBKD153026ZSBKD153626ZSBKD203026ZSBKD203626
ZSBKD153042ZSBKD153642ZSBKD203042ZSBKD203642
ZSBKD153054ZSBKD153654ZSBKD203054ZSBKD203654
ZSBKD153066ZSBKD153666ZSBKD203066ZSBKD203666
ZSBKD153078ZSBKD153678ZSBKD203078ZSBKD203678
758830797880
952997
10131070
1131119112141281
1314139714141503
1498160316151726
D / W / H
20 Deep, 30 Wide Shown
20 Deep, 30 Wide Shown
20 Deep, 30 Wide Shown
SeeOptionsBelow
PULLPRICEMODEL NUMBER
Notes ZO Sto storage is not intended for use as surface support.
26 high ZO Sto includes one fixed shelf.42 high ZO Sto includes two fixed shelves.54 high ZO Sto includes three fixed shelves.66 high ZO Sto includes four fixed shelves.78 high ZO Sto includes five fixed shelves.
Shelf depths for 15 inch deep storage units are 12 inches. Shelf depths for 20 inch deep storage units are 17 inches.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
20 Deep, 30 Wide Shown
20 Deep, 30 Wide Shown
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
42
26
54 66 78
30 36
Shelf LocationRight hand shown
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 281
15 30 2615 36 26 20 30 26 20 36 26
15 30 42 15 36 4220 30 4220 36 42
15 30 5415 36 5420 30 5420 36 54
15 30 6615 36 66 20 30 6620 36 66
15 30 7815 36 7820 30 78 20 36 78
ZSBKDA153026ZSBKDA153626ZSBKDA203026ZSBKDA203626
ZSBKDA153042ZSBKDA153642ZSBKDA203042ZSBKDA203642
ZSBKDA153054ZSBKDA153654ZSBKDA203054ZSBKDA203654
ZSBKDA153066ZSBKDA153666ZSBKDA203066ZSBKDA203666
ZSBKDA153078ZSBKDA153678ZSBKDA203078ZSBKDA203678
758830797880
952997
10131070
1131119112141281
1314139714141503
1498160316151726
20 Deep, 30 Wide Shown
20 Deep, 30 Wide Shown
20 Deep, 30 Wide Shown
DoorAdjustable Shelves
ZO Sto
D / W / H
20 Deep, 30 Wide Shown
20 Deep, 30 Wide Shown
SeeOptionsBelow
PULLPRICEMODEL NUMBER
Notes ZO Sto storage is not intended for use as surface support.
26 high ZO Sto includes one adjustable shelf.42 high ZO Sto includes two adjustable shelves.54 high ZO Sto includes three adjustable shelves.66 high ZO Sto includes three adjustable shelves and one fixed shelf.78 high ZO Sto includes four adjustable shelves one fixed shelf.
Shelf depths for 15 inch deep storage units are 12 inches. Shelf depths for 20 inch deep storage units are 17 inches.
15 inch deep by 78 inch high storage units are required to be attached to a wall. Hardware is included.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
42
26
54 66 78
30 36
Shelf LocationRight hand shown
FixedAdjustable
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
282 | www.watsonfurniture.com
ZO Sto
20 30 42
20 30 42
20 30 54
20 30 54
20 30 66
20 30 66
20 30 78
20 30 78
ZSBKFO203042
ZSBKFOA203042
ZSBKFO203054
ZSBKFOA203054
ZSBKFO203066
ZSBKFOA203066
ZSBKFO203078
ZSBKFOA203078
1447
1447
1531
1531
1709
1709
1887
1887
D / W / H File Open
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
MODEL NUMBER
Notes ZO Sto storage is not intended for use as surface support.
54 high ZO Sto includes one shelf.66 high ZO Sto includes two shelves. 78 high ZO Sto includes three shelves.
Fixed units come with a center divider.All shelves are 18 inches deep.
File drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
Fixed and Adjustable Shown
Fixed and Adjustable Shown
Fixed and Adjustable Shown
Fixed and Adjustable Shown
42 54 66 78
30 30
Shelf LocationRight hand shown
FixedAdjustable
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 283
ZO Sto
20 30 42
20 30 42
20 30 54
20 30 54
20 30 66
20 30 66
20 30 78
20 30 78
ZSBKFD203042
ZSBKFDA203042
ZSBKFD203054
ZSBKFDA203054
ZSBKFD203066
ZSBKFDA203066
ZSBKFD203078
ZSBKFDA203078
1670
1670
1787
1787
2010
2010
2232
2232
D / W / H File Door
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
MODEL NUMBER
Notes ZO Sto storage is not intended for use as surface support.
54 high ZO Sto includes one shelf.66 high ZO Sto includes two shelves. 78 high ZO Sto includes three shelves.
Fixed units come with a center divider.All shelves are 18 inches deep.
File drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
Fixed and Adjustable Shown
Fixed and Adjustable Shown
Fixed and Adjustable Shown
Fixed and Adjustable Shown
42 54 66 78
30 30
Shelf LocationRight hand shown
FixedAdjustable
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
284 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Combo Open
ZO Sto
20 30 42
20 30 42
20 30 54
20 30 54
20 30 66
20 30 66
20 30 78
20 30 78
ZSBKCO203042
ZSBKCOA203042
ZSBKCO203054
ZSBKCOA203054
ZSBKCO203066
ZSBKCOA203066
ZSBKCO203078
ZSBKCOA203078
1553
1553
1636
1636
1815
1815
1993
1993
D / W / H
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
MODEL NUMBER
Notes ZO Sto storage is not intended for use as surface support.
54 high ZO Sto includes one shelf.66 high ZO Sto includes two shelves. 78 high ZO Sto includes three shelves.
Fixed units come with a center divider.All shelves are fixed and 18 inches deep.
File drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 21.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Fixed and Adjustable Shown
Fixed and Adjustable Shown
Fixed and Adjustable Shown
Fixed and Adjustable Shown
42 54 66 78
30
Shelf LocationRight hand shown
FixedAdjustable
30
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 285
Combo Door
ZO Sto
20 30 42
20 30 42
20 30 54
20 30 54
20 30 66
20 30 66
20 30 78
20 30 78
ZSBKCD203042
ZSBKCDA203042
ZSBKCD203054
ZSBKCDA203054
ZSBKCD203066
ZSBKCDA203066
ZSBKCD203078
ZSBKCDA203078
1776
1776
1892
1892
2115
2115
2337
2337
D / W / H
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
MODEL NUMBER
Notes ZO Sto storage is not intended for use as surface support.
54 high ZO Sto includes one shelf.66 high ZO Sto includes two shelves. 78 high ZO Sto includes three shelves.
Fixed units come with a center divider.All shelves are fixed and 18 inches deep.
File drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Product
Fixed and Adjustable Shown
Fixed and Adjustable Shown
Fixed and Adjustable Shown
Fixed and Adjustable Shown
42 54 66 78
30 30
Shelf LocationRight hand shown
FixedAdjustable
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
Created with the private office in mind, the ZO Over maximizes filing and display density of vertical space above the worksurface. For added visual interest, choose the ZO Over Door or ZO Over Combo with a contrasting finish option.
ZO Over | Overview
ZO Over | Statement of Line
Open
Door
Combo
15
287 Open
288 Door
230 Combo
24 30 36 45 48 60 72 75
Sliding Door
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 287
Open
ZO Over
15 24 15
15 30 15
15 36 15
15 45 15
15 48 15
15 60 15
15 72 15
15 75 15
ZSWMO152415
ZSWMO153015
ZSWMO153615
ZSWMO154515
ZSWMO154815
ZSWMO156015
ZSWMO157215
ZSWMO157515
385
457
485
575
585
641
774
786
D / W / H
Case Finish
PRICE
30 Wide Shown
MODEL NUMBER
45 Wide Shown
72 Wide Shown
NotesWall attachment hardware is included.
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Product
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
288 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Sliding Door
ZO Over
15 30 15
15 36 15
15 45 15
15 48 15
15 60 15
15 72 15
15 75 15
ZSWMSD153015
ZSWMSD153615
ZSWMSD154515
ZSWMSD154815
ZSWMSD156015
ZSWMSD157215
ZSWMSD157515
717
745
835
845
901
1034
1046
D / W / H
PRICE
45 Wide Shown
MODEL NUMBER
NotesWall attachment hardware is included.
Sliding door is not handed. Door will lock at either side.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
72 Wide Shown
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Product
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 289
Door
ZO Over
15 24 15
15 30 15
15 36 15
15 45 1515 48 1515 60 15
15 45 1515 48 1515 60 15
15 72 15
15 75 15
ZSWMD152415N
ZSWMD153015N
ZSWMD153615N
ZSWMD154515LZSWMD154815LZSWMD156015L
ZSWMD154515RZSWMD154815RZSWMD156015R
ZSWMD157215N
ZSWMD157515N
585
663
696
897908975
897908975
1186
1198
D / W / H
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
30 Wide Shown
72 Wide Shown
MODEL NUMBER
45 Wide, Left Hand Shown
NotesWall attachment hardware is included.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Product
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
290 | www.watsonfurniture.com
NotesWall attachment hardware is included.
Combo
ZO Over
15 45 1515 48 1515 60 15
15 45 1515 48 1515 60 15
15 72 1515 75 15
15 72 1515 75 15
ZSWMC154515LZSWMC154815LZSWMC156015L
ZSWMC154515RZSWMC154815RZSWMC156015R
ZSWMC157215LZSWMC157515L
ZSWMC157215RZSWMC157515R
779791852
779791852
980992
980992
D / W / H
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
72 Wide, Left Hand Shown
MODEL NUMBER
45 Wide, Left Hand Shown
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Left
Right
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Product
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
The ZO support family makes good use of added real estate either under or at the side of the worksurface by doing double duty as storage and worksurface support.
ZO Support | Overview
292 Side
296 Ped
ZO Ped Support ZO Denza Support ZO Side Support
ZO Support | Statement of Line
26
Ped Fixed
54
42
File Combo
File Wardrobe Combo Wardrobe
54
42
15
24
15
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
292 | www.watsonfurniture.com
File
ZO Side Support
24 15 42 30 15 42 36 15 4242 15 42
24 15 4230 15 4236 15 42 42 15 42
24 15 5430 15 5436 15 54 42 15 54
24 15 54 30 15 54 36 15 54 42 15 54
ZSSKFS241542LOZSSKFS301542LOZSSKFS361542LOZSSKFS421542LO
ZSSKFS241542ROZSSKFS301542ROZSSKFS361542ROZSSKFS421542RO
ZSSKFS241554LOZSSKFS301554LOZSSKFS361554LOZSSKFS421554LO
ZSSKFS241554ROZSSKFS301554ROZSSKFS361554ROZSSKFS421554RO
1336145314751508
1336145314751508
1375151516151653
1375151516151653
D / W / H
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
30 Deep, Right Hand Shown
PANELMODEL NUMBER
Notes 54 inch high ZO Side Support includes one fixed shelf.
By repositioning the upper back panel, ZO Side Support is left/right field reversible. When ordering, hand selection specifies how the unit ships from the factory.
File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.
36 and 42 deep ZO Side Support include a vertical divider in the open side.
Brackets are included for worksurface attachment.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Left
Right
Left
Right
30 Deep, Right Hand Shown
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
N = None W = Marker
(+125) T = Tack
(+175)
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 293
D / W / H Combo
ZO Side Support
24 15 42 30 15 4236 15 42 42 15 42
24 15 42 30 15 4236 15 42 42 15 42
24 15 5430 15 5436 15 54 42 15 54
24 15 54 30 15 5436 15 54 42 15 54
ZSSKCS241542LOZSSKCS301542LOZSSKCS361542LOZSSKCS421542LO
ZSSKCS241542ROZSSKCS301542ROZSSKCS361542ROZSSKCS421542RO
ZSSKCS241554LOZSSKCS301554LOZSSKCS361554LOZSSKCS421554LO
ZSSKCS241554ROZSSKCS301554ROZSSKCS361554ROZSSKCS421554RO
1459158616091643
1459158616091643
1498164817481787
1498164817481787
PRICE
30 Deep, Right Hand Shown
MODEL NUMBER
Notes 54 inch high ZO Side Support includes one fixed shelf.
By repositioning the upper back panel, ZO Side Support is left/right field reversible. When ordering, hand selection specifies how the unit ships from the factory.
File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.
36 and 42 deep ZO Side Support include a vertical divider in the open side.
Brackets are included for worksurface attachment.
Left
Right
Left
Right
30 Deep, Right Hand Shown
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PULL
SeeOptionsBelow
PANELLOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
N = None W = Marker
(+125) T = Tack
(+175)
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
294 | www.watsonfurniture.com
File Wardrobe
ZO Side Support
24 24 42 30 24 42
24 24 42 30 24 42
24 24 54 30 24 54
24 24 54 30 24 54
ZSSKFWS242442LOZSSKFWS302442LO
ZSSKFWS242442ROZSSKFWS302442RO
ZSSKFWS242454LOZSSKFWS302454LO
ZSSKFWS242454ROZSSKFWS302454RO
16151721
16151721
17871904
17871904
PULLPRICEMODEL NUMBER
Notes 54 inch high ZO Side Support includes one fixed shelf.
File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.
36 and 42 deep ZO Side Support include a vertical divider in the open side.
Brackets are included for worksurface attachment.
LOCK
Left
Right
Left
Right
30 Deep, Right Hand Shown
30 Deep, Right Hand Shown
D / W / H
SeeOptionsBelow
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 295
Combo Wardrobe
ZO Side Support
24 24 42 24 24 42
30 24 42 30 24 42
24 24 42 24 24 42
30 24 42 30 24 42
24 24 54 24 24 54
30 24 54 30 24 54
24 24 54 24 24 54
30 24 54 30 24 54
ZSSKCWS242442LOZSSKCWS242442LO
ZSSKCWS302442LOZSSKCWS302442LO
ZSSKCWS242442ROZSSKCWS242442RO
ZSSKCWS302442ROZSSKCWS302442RO
ZSSKCWS242454LOZSSKCWS242454LO
ZSSKCWS302454LOZSSKCWS302454LO
ZSSKCWS242454ROZSSKCWS242454RO
ZSSKCWS302454ROZSSKCWS302454RO
17371862
18541979
17371862
18541979
19102035
20382163
19102035
20382163
PULLPRICEMODEL NUMBER
Notes 54 inch high ZO Side Support includes one fixed shelf.
File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.
36 and 42 deep ZO Side Support include a vertical divider in the open side.
Brackets are included for worksurface attachment.
LOCK
Left
Right
Left
Right
30 Deep, Right Hand Shown
30 Deep, Right Hand Shown
D / W / H
SeeOptionsBelow
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
296 | www.watsonfurniture.com
ZO Ped Support
20 15 26
24 15 26
30 15 26
20 15 26
24 15 26
30 15 26
ZSPE2FS201526F
ZSPE2FS241526F
ZSPE2FS301526F
ZSPE2BFS201526F
ZSPE2BFS241526F
ZSPE2BFS301526F
919
952
1042
1025
1063
1169
D / W / H
PULLMODEL NUMBER PRICE
SeeOptionsBelowTwo File
20 Deep Shown
Two Box File
20 Deep Shown
Notes ZO Ped Support ships pre-drilled with a riser.
ZO Ped Support ships with adjustable glides.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Product
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 297
ZO Ped Support
20 15 2624 15 2630 15 26
20 15 2624 15 2630 15 26
20 15 26
24 15 26
30 15 26
ZSPEDS201526LFZSPEDS241526LFZSPEDS301526LF
ZSPEDS201526RFZSPEDS241526RFZSPEDS301526RF
ZSPEOS201526F
ZSPEOS241526F
ZSPEOS301526F
652674708
652674708
497
518
552
D / W / H
PULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelowDoor
20 Deep, Left Hand Shown
Open
20 Deep Shown
MODEL NUMBER
Notes ZO Ped Support is pre-drilled and ships with a riser.
ZO Ped Support ships with adjustable glides.
ZO Ped door includes one fixed shelf.
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Product
Left
Right
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.
Bar SilverB
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull Options
Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support
Face Finish (Contrast +$125)
Case Finish
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
298 | www.watsonfurniture.com
MIRO | Table of Contents
Basics4-8-12 Storage LogicMetal Veneer StorageLocksLock PlacementGrain DirectionFinishes
Underdesk
Credenza4-128-12Doors
Combo4-8-1212-1212-12-124-4-4-DoorsDoors-12-12Doors
Wardrobe
Display Tower
Overhead
Series 14-128-12OpenCombo
Support Storage
298300300301301302302
303
308309310
312313314315315 315315
316
318
320
322323323324325
326
www.watsonfurniture.com | 299
MIRO | Basics
CasesStorage components are made from wood and steel. Cases are constructed from 3/4 inch, 45 lb., dense ultra-blend industrial particleboard, thermally fused with low pressure laminates on the two faces of each board. Case veneers are powdercoated, 22 gauge (.03 inch) thick formed sheet steel. Wall-mounted overhead storage ships with two-part sheet metal rail cleats for wall attachment.
Edging 2mm thermo-fused, extruded PVC polymeric edge band is applied to particleboard case.
Drawers and DoorsDrawer bodies are constructed of powdercoated, 22 gauge metal sides. The bottom is made of MDF. Drawer slides have full extension, 100 lb. ball bearing slides (200 lb. on lateral files).
Doors feature fully concealed, self closing Euro hinges with three axis adjustment.
Door and drawer faces are 3/4 inch, ultra-blend board with high pressure laminate on both faces.
LocksWhen specified, locks secure all drawers and doors; exceptions include 4 inch drawers on MS7023041, MS4311550, MS4311562, and MS4311575. Locks are keyed randomly.
Anti-tip Storage units with file drawers and lateral files are counterbalanced as required. Lateral file drawers feature an anti-tip, interlocking drawer slide that allows only one lateral drawer to open at a time.
Pedestal CastersFour non-locking, pivoting casters allow the unit to be pushed sideways through narrow doorways with stability. Casters raise the height of pedestals by 2 inches.
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
300 | www.watsonfurniture.com
MIRO | 4-8-12 Storage Logic
Many items that won’t fit easily in a traditional 6 inch drawer — water bottles, lunch boxes, running shoes, purses, etc. — typically end up in a file drawer. 4-8-12 sizing creates more usable capacity by providing an 8 inch drawer that comfortably accommodates these items, preserving the file drawer for filing.
This sizing logic also creates a 4 inch top drawer that better accommodates items like staplers, calculators, business cards, and other small office supplies. To preserve the ‘top drawer’ function expected in standard storage, molded plastic compartmentalized trays are included with 15 inch wide pedestals.
MIRO height logic is referenced by drawer configuration: 4-8-12 and 12-12 units (traditionally Pencil/Box/File and File/File) are 28 inches tall. Units with 4-4-12 and 8-12 configurations are 23 inches tall (25 inches with casters), and will fit beneath Viga tables.
MIRO | Metal Veneer Storage
The signature feature of MIRO storage is the unique combination of wood cabinets finished with powdercoated steel veneer. This fusion of materials exemplifies Watson’s commitment to innovative design and using environmentally preferred materials.
The steel veneer minimizes the visual impact of traditional plastic edge banding and creates a ‘shadow box’ effect that frames crisp design details.
Metal Veneer
Thermally Fused Laminate (TFL)
High Pressure Laminate
8-12 Series 1 4-8-12 Underdesk 12-12 Combo
MIRO PullThe geometric nature of the MIRO handle complements the horizontal lines of the product, while maintaining a quiet interaction with the overall design of the MIRO line.
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
www.watsonfurniture.com | 301
MIRO | Lock Placement
Locks are standard on all MIRO storage units and are silver to match the handles. Placement on each unit has been carefully considered to minimize the visual impact. Locks are placed above vertical handles on doored units; exceptions include combos, wardrobes, and overheads. Lock placement on drawer units vary; see diagram below.
Underdesk Storage
Wardrobe Combo Storage
Credenza Series 1
Overhead
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Storage locks can be specified one of three ways, non-locking “N,” factory installed “F,” or field installed “U.”
The non-locking “N” option keeps drawer and door faces clear when locks are not required. “F” locks are keyed randomly and installed by our factory. Field installed “U” locks are ordered separately and keyed alike upon installation in the field. A special order is required for lock cores numbered higher than 150. All locks are specified silver or black to match the pull color selected.
“U” Field Installed Locks
COLOR PART NUMBER KEY NUMBER
Black 080250 LP _ _ _ 100-150Silver 480043 LP _ _ _ 100-150
MIRO | Locks
302 | www.watsonfurniture.com
MIRO | Grain Direction
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
MIRO | Finishes
Smartgrain(Storage Faces)
JN Asian Night
JS Asian Sand
EH Blond Echo
LQ Colombian Walnut
ZD Madagascar
MM Monticello Maple
IJ Rio
DT Studio Teak
JL Williamsburg Cherry
D0 Xanadu
Surface Laminate(Storage Faces)
JN Asian Night
JS Asian Sand
IB Biltmore Cherry
EH Blond Echo
LQ Colombian Walnut
DZ Desert Zephyr
EB Ebony
FE Fine Sycamore
FJ Frosty White
TJ Gilded Mesh
EG Grey Mesh
KM Kensington Maple
KN Kona
ZD Madagascar
EZ Misted Zephyr
MM Monticello Maple
N2 Natural Cane
IJ Rio
RV River Cherry
ZA Shadow Zephyr
EE Sheer Mesh
EK Steel Mesh
DT Studio Teak
TU Tendu
TW Tuscan Walnut
IZ Twilight Zephyr
JL Williamsburg Cherry
D0 Xanadu
Powdercoat(Storage Cases, Credenza Base/Shelves)
BK Black
CH Charcoal
ZE Clear (Base only)
M2 Dark Champagne
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
WA White Aluminum
WL White Linen
www.watsonfurniture.com | 303
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Available with or without casters, MIRO Underdesk components increase storage density by making good use of space, especially within compact or shared spaces. Mobile units are especially useful when shared resources require ready access and transient docking.
MIRO Underdesk | Overview
26
1528
MIRO Underdesk | Statement of Line
30
304 | www.watsonfurniture.com
SPSP
SPSP
SPSP
SPSP
20 15 2328 15 23
20 15 2328 15 23
20 15 2828 15 28
20 30 2828 30 28
MS5052015NMS5052815N
MS5062015NMS5062815N
MS5012015NMS5012815N
MS5012030NMS5012830N
11131281
12811447
13361503
17811948
D / W / H
FACECASE PULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
8-12Standard
SSmartgrain
A
12381406
14061572
14611628
19062073
4-4-12
4-8-12
BASE
--
--
See Below
F = FixedC = Mobile
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Underdesk
Notes 23 inch high Underdesk storage (with or without casters) is sized to fit under Viga table rails.
28 inch high Underdesk storage will not fit under Viga table rails.
A standard plastic pencil tray ships with 15 inch wide storage cabinets that have 4 inch drawers.
Storage shown here is not intended for worksurface support. For available storage support options, see page 326.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 301.
MobileMobile pedestals are two inches taller than fixed pedestals. For mobile pedestals select “C” in the product code above and add $20 list to each unit.
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Product Finishes see page 302
www.watsonfurniture.com | 305
SPSP
SPSP
SPSP
NNNN
20 15 2828 15 28
20 30 2828 30 28
20 30 2828 30 28
20 30 2828 30 28
MS5022015NMS5022815N
MS5022030NMS5022830N
MS5032030NMS5032830N
MS5092030NMS5092830N
11691336
16701837
13921558
13921558
D / W / H
FACECASE /POWDER
PULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
12-12Standard
SSmartgrain
A
12941461
17951962
15171683
--
Two Door
Open
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
NN
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Underdesk
Notes 23 inch high Underdesk storage (with or without casters) is sized to fit under Viga table rails.
28 inch high Underdesk storage will not fit under Viga table rails.
The Two Door unit ships with one adjustable shelf.
Storage shown here is not intended for worksurface support. For available storage support options, see page 326.
Locks
Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 301.
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Product Finishes see page 302
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
MIRO Credenza | Overview
The open back allows for appropriate technology ventilation and easy access for cable and technology installation.
MIRO Credenza | AV Option
Electronic presentation equipment is easily accessible from the front, while the credenza back is open for cable access and maximum ventilation.
The credenza anchors the MIRO workstation. Featuring signature MIRO steel veneer faces, the credenzas’ narrow surface and spacious drawer bodies provide design and space value for the private office and adjacent administrative spaces. All MIRO credenzas are 20 inches deep and are available in 24 inch and 28 inch heights.
308 4-12
309 8-12
310 Doors
4-12 8-12 Doors
24
45
28
60 75 45 60 75
MIRO Credenza | Statement of Line
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
308 | www.watsonfurniture.com
SP
SP
SP
20 45 24
20 60 24
20 75 24
MS4114524N
MS4116024N
MS4117524N
2839
3172
3840
D / W / H
FACECASEPULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
4-12Standard
SSmartgrain
A
2964
3297
3965
BASE / SHELVES
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Credenza
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Notes Units shown here are not meant for underdesk use.
Credenzas should not be placed adjacent to other storage units; heights will not match.
Metal, open shelves are non-adjustable but may be removed.
Interior faces of open shelves will always match case color.
On 60 inch units, side by side door and drawer faces will not grain match horizontally.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 301.
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Shelves (Powder)
Product Finishes see page 302
www.watsonfurniture.com | 309
SP
SP
SP
20 45 28
20 60 28
20 75 28
MS4144528N
MS4146028N
MS4147528N
2950
3284
3951
D / W / H
FACECASEPULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
8-12Standard
SSmartgrain
A
3075
3409
4076
BASE / SHELVES
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Credenza
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Notes Units shown here are not meant for underdesk use.
Credenzas should not be placed adjacent to other storage units; heights will not match.
Metal, open shelves are non-adjustable, but may be removed.
Interior faces of open shelves will always match case color.
On 60 inch units, side by side door and drawer faces will not grain match horizontally.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 301.
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Shelves (Powder)
Product Finishes see page 302
310 | www.watsonfurniture.com
SP
SP
SP
20 45 24
20 60 24
20 75 24
MS4174524N
MS4176024N
MS4177524N
2505
2727
3395
D / W / H
FACECASEPULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Short DoorsStandard
SSmartgrain
A
2630
2852
3520
BASE / SHELVES
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Credenza
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Notes Units shown here are not meant for underdesk use.
Credenzas should not be placed adjacent to other storage units; heights will not match.
Credenzas shown here ship with two adjustable and/or removable shelves.
Metal, open shelves are non-adjustable but may be removed.
Interior faces of open shelves will always match case color.
On 60 inch units, side by side door and drawer faces will not grain match horizontally.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 301.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to the storage units shown here, specify a “V” after the pull code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 306 for details.
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Shelves (Powder)
Product Finishes see page 302
www.watsonfurniture.com | 311
SP
SP
SP
20 45 28
20 60 28
20 75 28
MS4184528N
MS4186028N
MS4187528N
2616
2839
3506
D / W / H
FACECASEPULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Tall DoorsStandard
SSmartgrain
A
2741
2964
3631
BASE / SHELVES
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Credenza
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Notes Units shown here are not meant for underdesk use.
Credenzas should not be placed adjacent to other storage units; heights will not match.
Credenza’s shown here ship with two adjustable and/or removable shelves.
Metal, open shelves are non-adjustable but may be removed.
Interior faces of open shelves will always match case color.
On 60 inch units, side by side door and drawer faces will not grain match horizontally.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 301.
A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to the storage units shown here, specify a “V” after the pull code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 306 for details.
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Shelves (Powder)
Product Finishes see page 302
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Available in four heights, Combos are 20 inches deep and 30 inches wide. The Combo utilizes 4-8-12 or 12-12 sizing logic to provide comprehensive and multi-purpose drawer and shelf storage.
MIRO Combo | Overview
50
30
62
75
41
30
MIRO Combo | Statement of Line
313 4-8-12
314 12-12
315 12-12-12
315 4-4-4-Doors
315 Doors-12-12
315 Doors
www.watsonfurniture.com | 313
SP
SP
SP
20 30 50
20 30 62
20 30 75
MS4213050N
MS4213062N
MS4213075N
2560
2782
3005
D / W / H
FACECASEPULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
4-8-12Standard
SSmartgrain
A
2685
2907
3130
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Combo
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Notes 50 inch high Combo units ship with one adjustable shelf.62 inch high Combo units ship with one fixed and one adjustable shelf.75 inch high Combo units ship with one fixed and two adjustable shelves.
Storage cabinets shown here are not intended for worksurface support.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 301.
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Product Finishes see page 302
314 | www.watsonfurniture.com
SP
SP
SP
20 30 50
20 30 62
20 30 75
MS4223050N
MS4223062N
MS4223075N
2449
2671
2894
D / W / H
FACECASEPULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
12-12Standard
SSmartgrain
A
2574
2796
3019
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Combo
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Notes 50 inch high Combo units ship with one adjustable shelf.62 inch high Combo units ship with one fixed and one adjustable shelf.75 inch high Combo units ship with one fixed and two adjustable shelves.
Storage cabinets shown here are not intended for worksurface support.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 301.
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Product Finishes see page 302
www.watsonfurniture.com | 315
SP
SP
SP
SP
20 30 41
20 30 41
20 30 41
20 30 41
MS7013041N
MS7023041N
MS7043041N
MS7033041N
2115
2226
2115
1615
D / W / H
FACECASEPULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
12-12-12Standard
SSmartgrain
A
2240
2351
2240
1740
4-4-4-Doors
Doors-12-12
Doors
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Combo
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Notes 4-4-4 Doors unit has one adjustable shelf and locking doors; drawers do not lock.
Doors unit ships with one fixed and one adjustable shelf. 4-4-4 Doors unit ships with one adjustable shelf.
Storage cabinets shown here are not intended for worksurface support.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 301.
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Product Finishes see page 302
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
The MIRO Wardrobe is a cross-functional storage pieces that supports both formal and casual wear storage. Wardrobes are equipped with hangers to keep clothing wrinkle free, and hooks for jackets, purses and backpacks. At 15 inches wide, the MIRO wardrobe is available in three heights.
MIRO Wardrobe | Overview
50
15
62
75
MIRO Wardrobe | Statement of Line
www.watsonfurniture.com | 317
SP
SP
SP
20 15 50
20 15 62
20 15 75
MS4421550
MS4421562
MS4421575
1336
1558
1781
D / W / H
FACECASEPULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
ClosedStandard
SSmartgrain
A
1461
1683
1906
HAND
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Wardrobe
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Notes Wardrobe ships with one fixed shelf.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 301.
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Product Finishes see page 302
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
The MIRO Display Tower offers contemporary style accented by MIRO’s signature powdercoated metal veneer drawer faces. The metal shelves are sized to accommodate personal items and large binders but may be removed, making room for taller display items. All MIRO Display Towers measure 15 inches wide. Available in three heights, choose the tallest Tower for the most ample display space or to create vertical architectural interest within the workspace.
MIRO Display Tower | Overview
50
15
62
75
MIRO Display Tower | Statement of Line
www.watsonfurniture.com | 319
SP
SP
SP
20 15 50
20 15 62
20 15 75
MS4311550N
MS4311562N
MS4311575N
2004
2226
2449
D / W / H
FACECASEPULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Display TowerStandard
SSmartgrain
A
2129
2351
2574
SHELVES
Display Tower
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Notes The interior faces of the Display Tower open shelves will always match the case color.
Display Tower open shelves are metal and are non-adjustable, but may be removed.
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Shelves (Powder)
Product Finishes see page 302
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
The MIRO Overhead provides symmetry and visual balance for the private office. The Overhead may be mounted at traditional overhead height or at the belt-line. Outer-edge, doored storage is binder-height friendly. Open shelves at the center of the 45 inch and 75 inch units allow additional open-access to support materials or display items.
MIRO Overhead | Overview
14
30 45 60 75
MIRO Overhead | Statement of Line
www.watsonfurniture.com | 321
SP
SP
SP
SP
External: 14 30 15 Internal: 11 29 13
External: 14 45 15 Internal (2): 11 13 13
External: 14 60 15 Internal (2): 11 29 13
External: 14 75 15 Internal (2): 11 29 13
MS6013015N
MS6024515N
MS6036015N
MS6047515N
1169
1726
2060
2727
D / W / H
FACECASEPULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
DoorStandard
SSmartgrain
A
1294
1851
2185
2852
-
-
SHELVESLOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Overhead
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Notes Interior faces of open shelves will always match case color.
Overhead open shelves are metal construction and are non-adjustable, but may be removed.
Open shelves can be specified as a contrasting color.
Overhead interior depth is 111/4 inches.
On the 60 inch overhead, side by side door faces will not grain match horizontally.
Overheads are attach to the wall with an aluminum french cleat.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 301.
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Shelves (Powder)
Product Finishes see page 302
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Series 1 provides storage for lean and low workspaces, helping to conserve real estate without skimping on storage capacity. The low heights open office vistas, and support a modern, residential silhouette. Components also double as temporary seating for guests.
MIRO Series 1 | Overview
19
30
23
30 30 45 45 45
MIRO Series 1 | Statement of Line
323 4-12
323 8-12
324 Open
325 Combo
www.watsonfurniture.com | 323
NN
NN
NN
NN
15 30 19
15 45 19
15 30 23
15 45 23
MS1053019N
MS1054519N
MS1063023N
MS1064523N
1447
2560
1503
2671
D / W / H
CASEPULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
4-12Standard
SSmartgrain
A
1572
2685
1628
2796
LOCK
N = None
N
N
N
N
Series 1
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Notes Overall storage depth is 15 inches.
Series 1 features 12 inch deep storage drawers.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 301.
8-12
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Product Finishes see page 302
324 | www.watsonfurniture.com
15 30 19
15 45 19
15 30 23
15 45 23
MS1153019N
MS1154519N
MS1163023N
MS1164523N
1336
2060
1392
2171
D / W / H
CASEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
4-12 OpenStandard
S
Series 1
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Notes Overall storage depth is 15 inches.
Series 1 features 12 inch deep storage drawers.
The shelf color matches the case.
Storage shown here is not intended for worksurface support.
8-12 Open
Case Finish (Powder)
Product Finishes see page 302
www.watsonfurniture.com | 325
SP
SP
SP
SP
15 30 19
15 45 19
15 30 23
15 45 23
MS1253019N
MS1254519N
MS1263023N
MS1264523N
1558
2505
1615
2616
D / W / H
FACECASEPULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
4-12 ComboStandard
SSmartgrain
A
1683
2630
1740
2741
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Series 1
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Notes Overall storage depth is 15 inches.
Series 1 features 12 inch deep storage drawers.
The shelf color matches the case.
Storage shown here is not intended for worksurface support.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 301.
8-12 Combo
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Product Finishes see page 302
326 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
MIRO tables can be supported using triangular steel legs or storage cases fitted with risers. An extensive array of configurations are available to accommodate both function and design needs. Storage support cabinets may be arranged to fit directly below the desktop or they can be configured to extend up to 21 inches beyond the desk, providing additional workspace and architectural interest.
MIRO Support Storage | Overview
MIRO Support Storage | Statement of Line
15
28
30
MIRO Support Storage | Single Door Cabinets
MIRO Single Door cabinets accommodate printers and other non-CPU devices that do not require heavy ventilation beneath the desk - keeping technology within easy reach of the user. By facilitating 90o office configurations, the Single Door cabinet allows storage to be used as a worksurface return. A touch-latch opening eliminates under-desk interference. Single Door cabinets include dual grommets for wire management, a removable shelf to accommodate large items, and dedicated space for power strips and excess wiring. Perfipherals Cabinet is not intended for CPU storage.
www.watsonfurniture.com | 327
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
SPSP
SPSP
SPSP
SPSP
20 15 2828 15 28
20 30 2828 30 28
20 15 2828 15 28
20 30 2828 30 28
MS5612015NMS5612815N
MS5612030NMS5612830N
MS5622015NMS5622815N
MS5622030NMS5622830N
14471615
18922050
12811447
17811948
D / W / H
FACECASE /POWDER
PULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
4-8-12Standard
SSmartgrain
A
15721740
20172185
14061572
19062073
12-12
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Support Storage
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Notes 20 inch deep storage can support a 20 or 28 inch deep worksurface.28 inch deep storage can support a 28 or 36 inch deep worksurface.
A plastic pencil tray ships with 15 inch wide storage cabinets that have 4 inch drawers.
Storage support cabinets ship with one riser and two riser positioning holes. In offset configurations, one positioning hole will be visible. Hole caps ship with units.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 301.
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Product Finishes see page 302
328 | www.watsonfurniture.com
NNNN
SPSP
NN
NN
20 30 2828 30 28
20 30 2828 30 28
20 30 28
20 30 28
MS5682030NMS5682830N
MS5632030NMS5632830N
MS5692030
MS5672030
--
-
15031670
15031670
1503
1593
D / W / H
FACECASE /POWDER
PULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE
Open
Product Finishes see page 302
StandardS
SmartgrainA
--
16281795
-
1718
Two Door
Open Perpendicular
Single Door Perpendicular
HAND
--
--
L = LeftR = Right
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
NN
N
Support Storage
Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage
Notes 20 inch deep storage can support a 20 or 28 inch deep worksurface.28 inch deep storage can support a 28 or 36 inch deep worksurface.
A plastic pencil tray ships with 15 inch wide storage cabinets that have 4 inch drawers.
Two Door unit ships with one adjustable shelf.
Storage support cabinets ship with one riser and two riser positioning holes. In offset configurations, one positioning hole will be visible. Hole caps ship with units.
The Single Door unit includes a removable interior shelf to accommodate technology placement and two grommets at the back of the unit for cable management. Not intended for CPU storage.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 301.
Face Finish (Laminate)
Case Finish (Powder)
Right Hand Shown
www.watsonfurniture.com | 329
FUSION | Table of Contents
BasicsGrain DirectionPullsLocksFinishes
Moto Pedestal
Cab Mobile Storage
Overdesk Storage
330331331331332
333
334
338
330 | www.watsonfurniture.com
FUSION | Basics
Moto and Cab Storage
Cases: 3/4 inch, 45 lb. dense Ultrablend industrial particleboard is thermally fused with low pressure laminates on each face.
Edging: 2mm, thermofused, extruded PVC polymeric edgeband.
Drawers: Drawer bodies feature full extension, 100 lb. ball bearing slides (200 lb. on lateral files).
Locks: Locks are standard on all drawers (except the pencil drawer) and are keyed randomly.
Pencil Drawers: Moto pencil drawers are thermo-formed of 1/8 inch thick, textured, High Impact Polystyrene sheet material with three ovoid frontal compartments and four elongated central, rear compartments supported by full extension slides.
Anti-tip: Motos with file drawers and Brio lateral files are counterbalanced. Lateral file drawers feature an anti-tip, interlocking drawer slide which allows only one lateral drawer to open at a time.
Base pans: 16 gauge, cold rolled sheet steel, MIG welded 1/2 inch solid, steel plate axle blocks bolster rear wheel connections (Motos and Single Cabs only).
Static Load Capacity: Motos and Cabs can support 300 lb. static loads.
Tambour Doors: .035 inch matte finish, translucent Polyethylene sheet material runs smoothly along die extruded, aluminum channels.
Casters: Motos and Single Cabs have fixed-direction rear wheels and lockable, pivoting front casters. Double Cabs have four non-locking, pivoting casters to allow the unit to be pushed sideways with stability through narrow doorways.
Overdesk ShelvesBrackets are constructed of 12 gauge, cold rolled steel in a ‘V bend’ structure. Wood and set-screws provide a solid connection and may be adjusted by the user.
Moto Pedestal Cab Mobile Storage Overdesk Storage
www.watsonfurniture.com | 331
FUSION pulls are available in a range of styles designed to suit both transitional and modern aesthetics. All FUSION pulls are sized 128mm (5 inches) wide.
FUSION | Pulls
Jota Silver J Jota Black K Alto Silver A
FUSION | Grain Direction
Moto Pedestal Cab Mobile Storage Overdesk Storage
Storage locks can be specified one of three ways, non-locking “N,” factory installed “F,” or field installed “U.”
The non-locking “N” option keeps drawer and door faces clear when locks are not required. “F” locks are keyed randomly and installed by our factory. Field installed “U” locks are ordered separately and keyed alike upon installation in the field. A special order is required for lock cores numbered higher than 150. All locks are specified silver or black to match the pull color selected.
“U” Field Installed Locks
COLOR PART NUMBER KEY NUMBER
Black 080250 LP _ _ _ 100-150Silver 480043 LP _ _ _ 100-150
FUSION | Locks
332 | www.watsonfurniture.com
FUSION | Finishes
Moto Pedestal Cab Mobile Storage Overdesk Storage
Powdercoat(Overhead support arms)
BK Black
CH Charcoal
ZE Clear
M2 Dark Champagne
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
WA White Aluminum
WL White Linen
Surface Laminate(Storage faces)
JN Asian Night
JS Asian Sand
IB Biltmore Cherry
EH Blond Echo
LQ Colombian Walnut
DZ Desert Zephyr
EB Ebony
FE Fine Sycamore
FJ Frosty White
TJ Gilded Mesh
EG Grey Mesh
KM Kensington Maple
KN Kona
ZD Madagascar
EZ Misted Zephyr
MM Monticello Maple
N2 Natural Cane
IJ Rio
RV River Cherry
ZA Shadow Zephyr
EE Sheer Mesh
EK Steel Mesh
DT Studio Teak
TU Tendu
TW Tuscan Walnut
IZ Twilight Zephyr
JL Williamsburg Cherry
D0 Xanadu
Storage Laminate(Storage cases, Storage faces) BK Black
EH Blond Echo
CH Charcoal
M2 Dark Champagne
FE Fine Sycamore
KM Kensington Maple
RV River Cherry
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
DT Studio Teak
TW Tuscan Walnut
WA White Aluminum
WL White Linen
Non-Contrast FinishMatching Case and Face finish.
Contrast FinishStorage Face contrasts Case finish.
CASE
CASE FACE
CASE
CASE FACE
CASE
CASE FACE
Face Finish as “Surface Laminate” Face Finish as “Storage Laminate”
FUSION storage can be specified as a Contrast or Non-Contrast finish option. When a Non-Contrast finish option is chosen, storage units ship with a matching Case and Face finish. When ordering Non-Contrast you ONLY specify a storage Case color.
When a Contrast finish option is chosen, the storage Face contrasts the Case finish. When ordering you must specify separate storage Case and Face colors. When selecting your storage Face finish, there are two options to consider: 1) If you select a finish from the “Surface Laminate” color list, the Face edge will match the Case color selected, or 2) If you select a finish from the “Storage Laminate” color list, the Face edge will match the Face color selected.
www.watsonfurniture.com | 333
Moto Pedestal Cab Mobile Storage Overdesk Storage
A distinctive profile makes mobile Moto pedestals a stylish storage value. Available in two heights, the inset top supports impromptu seating and collaboration. Add Werkwalls and Werktools for ‘360 degrees of storage.’
FUSION Moto Pedestal | Overview
24
1726
FUSION Moto Pedestal | Statement of Line
334 | www.watsonfurniture.com
22 17 24
30 17 24
22 17 26
30 17 26
MBF-22
MBF-30
MPBF-22
MPBF-30
975
1097
1071
1191
Pencil Box File
Box File
Moto
D / W / H
CASEPULLPRICE
SeeOptionsBelow
-
-
-
-
FACEMODEL NUMBER LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Moto Pedestal Cab Mobile Storage Overdesk Storage
Notes Moto bases have two casters that pivot and lock and two fixed-direction, non-locking casters.
Specified dimensions refer to footprint sizing.
File drawers include rails for letter (width) or legal (depth) suspended folders.
Counterbalances are standard on all file drawer Motos.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 331.
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull OptionsFace Finish
Case Finish
Product Finishes see page 332
www.watsonfurniture.com | 335
Moto Pedestal Cab Mobile Storage Overdesk Storage
Single and Double Cab mobile storage units provide lockable file and personal storage. To conceal piles and files, specify your Cab with translucent white tambour doors. Adjustable shelving creates flexible space for binders and other personal belongings, while optional Werkwall accessories add organization for small tools. At 47 inches high, Cab storage supports standing-height impromptu meetings.
FUSION Cab Mobile Storage | Overview
336 Single Cab
337 Double Cab
47
19 36
FUSION Cab Mobile Storage | Statement of Line
336 | www.watsonfurniture.com
24 19 47
24 19 47
24 19 47
CS2BF
CSPBF
CSD
1314
1259
1049
Pencil Box File
Two Box File
Single Cab
D / W / H
CASEPULLTAMBOUR DOOR
SeeOptionsBelow
-
-
-
FACEMODEL NUMBER LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = FieldN = No T = Yes
1470
1415
1205
Hinged Door
Moto Pedestal Cab Mobile Storage Overdesk Storage
Notes Cab bases have two casters that pivot and lock and two fixed-direction, non-locking casters.
Specified dimensions refer to Cab footprint sizing.
File drawers include rails for letter (width) or legal (depth) suspended folders.
Transport handles are standard on all Single Cabs.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 331.
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull OptionsFace Finish
Case Finish
Product Finishes see page 332
www.watsonfurniture.com | 337
Open Hinged Doors
Open Two Box Lateral
Double Cab
D / W / H
CASEPULLTAMBOUR DOOR
SeeOptionsBelow
FACEMODEL NUMBER LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = FieldN = No T = Yes
Divided Two Box Lateral
Moto Pedestal Cab Mobile Storage Overdesk Storage
Notes Cab bases have two casters that pivot and lock and two fixed-direction, non-locking casters.
Specified dimensions refer to Cab footprint sizing.
File drawers include rails for letter (width) or legal (depth) suspended folders.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 331.
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull OptionsFace Finish
Case Finish
Product Finishes see page 228
338 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Moto Pedestal Cab Mobile Storage Overdesk Storage
Available in three widths and a variety of open and closed configurations, Overdesk storage fills vertical space above the worksurface creating additional personal space to maximize filing and display density.
FUSION Overdesk Storage | Overview
FUSION Overdesk Storage | Statement of Line
www.watsonfurniture.com | 339
11 24 1211 30 1211 36 12
11 24 1211 30 1211 36 12
14 24 1214 30 1214 36 12
14 24 1214 30 1214 36 12
14 24 15
14 30 15
14 36 15
14 24 1514 30 1514 36 15
14 24 1514 30 1514 36 15
SMS24SMS30SMS36
SMP24SMP30SMP36
ODA24ODA30ODA36
ODA24ODA30ODA36
ODD24
ODD30
ODD36
ODP24ODP30ODP36
ODP24ODP30ODP36
---
---
379387393
---
610
630
678
610630678
---
Flat Shelf
Overdesk
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
D / W / H
CASEPULLSUPPORT
SeeOptionsBelow
---
---
---
---
-
-
-
---
---
FACEMODEL NUMBER
LOCK
N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field
Product Finishes see page 332
Wall Mounted
W
Desk Mounted
B
311311311
340340340
---
474482487
-
-
-
---
711731779
---
-
-
-
---
POWDER
Flat Shelf w/Dividers
Arched
Closed w/Doors
Closed w/Slider Doors
Moto Pedestal Cab Mobile Storage Overdesk Storage
Notes The Flat Overdesk shelf is mounted 12 inches above the worksurface. Shelf brackets are angled to support the center of the shelf and attach to the edge of the worksurface.
The Flat Overdesk Shelf with dividers ships with five shelf dividers.
Desk mounted, Arched Overdesk shelf height is 12 inches.
Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 331.
Jota SilverJ
Jota BlackK
Alto SilverA
Pull OptionsFace Finish
Case Finish
340 | www.watsonfurniture.com
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
PLEASE SEE
www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature
FOR THE CURRENT
SEVEN, TONIC AND
ZO+ZONE CATALOGS
www.watsonfurniture.com | 349www.watsonfurniture.com | 349
3 3 5
3 3 5
3 3 5
3 3 5
WZSLAF1
WZSLAF2
WZSLAF3
WZSLAF4
One (4 pieces)
Locker Riser
D / W / H
POWDERMODEL NUMBER
188
281
375
468
Two (6 pieces)
PRICE
Three (8 pieces)
Four (10 pieces)
Product Finishes see page 344
Notes Connection hardware included.
Riser material is powdercoated steel.
The addition of Risers adds 51/4 inches to the height of your locker.
Riser includes one inch of glide adjustment.
Multiple ZONE Lockers share center risers.
Maximum run size for locker groupings is four due to weight of units.
350 | www.watsonfurniture.com
ACCESSORIES | Table of Contents
BasicsEtch Mobile MarkerboardTak Screen & Jot BoardSeiri ScreenModesty Shield ApplicationsConference Cable TowerStorage ToolsFinishes
ScreensJot BoardTak ScreenSeiri ScreenFUSION Privacy
Modesty Shield
Markerboards
Support Tools
Cable Management
Desk Tools
Storage Tools
352353354355357358359360
361361363365369
372
373
375
376
379
385
www.watsonfurniture.com | 351
352 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Watson | Basics
EtchThe Etch mobile markerboard features the first powdercoat designed specifically for dry-erase markers providing the quality and finish equivalent to ceramic coated steel. A welded steel frame.
Seiri Screens (Desk Mount)Seiri Screens are desk mounted and feature an integrated steel accessory rail. Screen covering is 100% recycled polyester woven fabric. Tackable core material is comprised of particleboard and honeycomb composite. Accessory rail is powdercoated, 14 gauge formed steel. Screens can be specified with 1-sided or 2-sided rails. The bracket component is 1/4 inch thick, powdercoated steel. Screens ship with four powdercoated 14 gauge, steel accessory bins.
Seiri Screens (Wall Mount)Wall mount screens are constructed from 3/4 inch recycled paper board, covered with 100% recycled polyester woven fabric, and backed with 1/4 inch hardboard. Two-part metal rail cleats are included for wall attachment.
Wall Mount WhiteboardWhite, dry erase marker panels are standard marker board laminates cold fused to 1/2 inch industrial grade particle board. Panels are edged with 2mm, thermofused, extruded PVC polymeric aluminum-finished edgeband.
Acrylic Modesty ShieldThe Acrylic Modesty Shield is a 1/4 inch frosted acrylic panel and a powdercoated, center-mount steel support.
Steel Modesty Shield The Steel Modesty Shield is formed from 22 gauge (.03”), powdercoated sheet steel and includes acoustic dampening fabric on the backside.
Solo & Beamer CartsPlatforms are constructed of 3/4 inch, 45 lb. dense, Ultrablend industrial particleboard, thermally fused with low pressure laminates on each face, and edged with 2mm, thermofused, extruded PVC polymeric edgeband. The upper platforms are height adjustable from 29 to 42 inches; a right hand crank handle utilizes the same proprietary beveled gear lift mechanism found in the Impulse leg base.
The combination of fixed direction rear wheels with pivoting front casters allows the units to be easily steered during relocation.
The undercarriage is fabricated with dual 12 gauge, cold rolled, steel box formed channels that are MIG welded to horizontal parabolic axle tubes.
WerkrailRail is made of 3/4 inch thick, recyclable, textured HDPE plastic, CNC shaped with custom profile cutting heads. HDPE is the same material as the tambour doors.
Brackets are a combination of MIG welded 12 and 16 gauge, cold rolled, sheet steel components.
Tack Screen & Jot BoardThe Jot Board has a particleboard core and is finished with markerboard laminate. The Tak Screen has a fiberboard core and is covered with 100% recycled and recyclable textiles.
www.watsonfurniture.com | 353
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Etch | Mobile Markerboards
The Etch mobile markerboard is available in four standard widths and two heights, constructed of welded steel and features a premium powdercoated steel writing surface. An array of functional magnetic accessories are also available for storage or display needs.
Powdercoat
30” 36” 42” 46”
72”
60”
14”
58”
44”
20”
MarkerboardFrameless Writing Surface
1 1/4” Profile Thickness
Markerboard Powdercoat
Magnetic
Welded Steel Assembly
Soft Rolling
Non-marking
100 lb. Capacity
General ConstructionEtch Markerboards are constructed using three primary components; an internal steel frame, steel surface veneers and two pairs of legs. Internal frame members are cut from 1 x 2 inch 16 gauge steel tube; each member is miter cut, welded and dressed at adjoining corners to create a rigid substructure.
The markerboard surfaces are laser cut from 22 gauge cold-rolled steel and finished with a powdercoat formulated specifically for dry erase applications. Each leg is cut from 16 gauge steel tube and then welded to two 1/4 inch steel joining plates. Leg pairs are discretely fastened to the frame using an internal 5/16-18 inch bolt. 23/8 inch casters are attached to each leg using threaded stems and are rated for loads up to 100 lbs each. All metal accessories are constructed using 18 gauge cold rolled steel.
Custom SizingAdditional sizing between 30-46 inches wide and 48-72 inches high is available. Contact Watson sales associate for more information. Maximum width is 46 inches due to material constraints.
354 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
AboveAvailable in 15 or 20 inch heights, the Tak Screen and Jot Board Above are designed to provide fixed desktop privacy.
Above BelowThe 20 inch Tak Screen and Jot Board Above Below both provide privacy above the desk surface and screening below the beltline.
DesktopAt 103/4 inches high, the freestanding Tak Screen and Jot Board Desktop is ideal for subdividing larger surfaces or movable space division.
ZO Denza The Jot Board Above and Tak Screen Above easily clamp in to the back channel of the ZO denza, providing secure space division between workspaces.
Watson | Tak Screen & Jot Board
The Jot Board and Tak Screen provide a simple, smart solution for privacy and space division. Finished on both sides with marker board laminate, the Jot Board is ideal for deadline-driven and team environments. The Tak Screen provides a more traditional dual-sided, fabric covered surface.
Whether the Tak Screen or Jot Board best meets your needs, both are available in two heights, and three styles and lengths to accommodate Watson’s full breadth of desk choices. Universally compatible with all Watson Desking worksurfaces and edge profiles, the clamp-on assembly makes Jot and Tak easy to install and reconfigure. Both products are also available as a stand-alone, tabletop version - a value for space division within benching applications.
Watson | Tak Screen & Jot Board Applications
Accessory Tray The Accessory Tray adds organization to any Jot Board or Tak Screen. Non-skid pads on the bottom allow placement over Tak Screen or Jot Board surface brackets. With four size options, the accessory tray can run the length of the screen, or be placed on one side.
www.watsonfurniture.com | 355
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
MIRO | Seiri Screen Design
Named for the Japanese term for “sorting” or “arranging,” Seiri Screens provide open plan configurations with elegant space delineation and seated privacy. Seiri Screens come in two height dimensions, providing distinct levels of space division. These tackable screens are covered in 100% recycled and recyclable fabric and ship with magnetic bins for organizing desktop items within the screen’s bottom tray.
Seiri Screens are bracketed to desk edges and can only be mounted along edges without legs.
Each screen ships with 4 steel bins per side. Bins work independently or in pairs to accommodate a array of documents and small desk items. Each bin fits snugly into the screen’s steel tray and is held firm by a magnet.
356 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
MIRO | Modesty Shield Applications
MIRO Modesty Shields are available in 1/4 inch frosted acrylic with a powdercoated frame or in 16 gauge, powdercoated steel with a fabric liner.
18” shorter than table length
1. Leg Only Support28” Deep Bridge Leg Support
1. Leg Only SupportViga Leg Support
9” gap
4” gap
18” shorter than table length
9” gap
6” gap
1. Leg OnlyFor tables configured with legs only, shield length should be 18 inches shorter than the length of the table (allowing 9 inches ofclearance at each end). For compact stations where 9 inch gaps are not practical, subtract a minimum of 12 inches from the lengthof the table.
2. Full-depth Storage SupportIn full-depth storage support configurations, where the supporting storage case extends to the front edge of the desk, we recommendsizing the modesty shield 18 inches shorter than the available space between the cases. After making the calculation, choose thenext larger available dimension.
3. Leg + Full-depth Storage SupportIn combined bridge leg/full-depth storage support configurations, select a shield length 18 inches shorter than the distance betweenthe supporting storage case and the end of the table. For example, a 72 inch table supported by a bridge base on one end and afull-depth 15 inch pedestal on the other should receive a 42 inch modesty shield (72-15-18=39). After making the calculation, choosethe next larger available dimension, in this case 42 inches.
4. Partial Depth Storage SupportSelecting storage depth that is not as deep as the worksurface allows placement of the modesty panel to overlap the width of thestorage, creating an appealing layered appearance. In this configuration approach, use the same sizing logic as with “Leg Only”configurations (modesty should be 12-18 inches shorter than worksurface).
6-18” shorter than size of opening
3-9” gap
4” gap
6-18” shorter than size of opening
3-9” gap
4” gap
9” gap
4” gap
18” shorter than table length
2. Full-depth Storage Support28” Deep Bridge Leg Support
3. Leg + Full-depth Storage SupportViga Leg Support
4. Partial Depth Storage Support28” Deep Bridge Leg Support
www.watsonfurniture.com | 357
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
M2 | Modesty Shield Applications
M2 Modesty Shields are available in 1/4 inch frosted acrylic with a powdercoated frame or in 16 gauge, powdercoated steel with a fabric liner. Sizing and placement logic effectively limit physical and visual interference with leg and storage support details.
1. Leg OnlyFor tables configured with legs only, shield length should be 18 inches shorter than the length of the table (allowing 9 inches of clearance at each end).
2. Storage SupportIn storage support configurations, we recommend sizing the modesty shield 8 to 12 inches shorter than the available space between the cases. After making the calculation, choose the next larger available dimension.
3. Leg + Storage SupportIn combined leg/full-depth storage support configurations, select a shield length 13 to 15 inches shorter than the distance between the supporting storage case and the end of the table. For example, a 72 inch table supported by legs on one end and a 16 inch wide pedestal on the other should receive a 59 inch modesty shield (72-9-4=59). After making the calculation, choose the next larger available dimension, in this case 60 inches.
4”
4” - 6” 4” - 6”
4”
9” 9”
4”
9”4” - 6”
1. Leg Only Support 2. Full-depth Storage Support
3. Leg + Full-depth Storage Support
358 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
FUSION | Modesty Shield Applications
FUSION Modesty Shields are available in 1/4 inch frosted acrylic panels with a powdercoated frame, or in 16 gauge, powdercoated steel with a fabric liner.
Application SpecificationFor tables configured with legs only, shield length should be 18 inches shorter than the length of the table (allowing 9 inches of clearance at each end).
4”
9” 9”
The tower attaches to the surface with two connection brackets.
The powdercoated steel face isspot-welded to the inner plate. Multiple zip-tie points secure technology
cables.
The tower has two frosted acrylic sides joined with steel corners. One side is magnetic, allowing easy access to cables.
MIRO | Conference Cable Tower
Designed to provide seamless wire management, the Conference Cable Tower conceals power, voice, and data wiring within its hollow interior. Constructed of powdercoated steel and attached to the surface with sturdy connection brackets, a magnetic panel provides easy access to the cabling within.
www.watsonfurniture.com | 359
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
An array of ZO tools provides the user with options for increasing workspace efficiency and comfort. Additional seating, at-a-glance filing, and sit and stand brainstorming boards turn individual nooks into collaborative zones.
ZO | Storage Tools
ZO DotThis fabric wrapped cushion allows you to add easy-access seating to your work area. At 16 inches in diameter and 2 inches high, the ZO Dot is upholstered in TeKnit, 100% recycled fabric. The ZO Dot is available in four colors.
ZO PadOur greenest storage cushion, the ZO Pad is made out of 100% charcoal gray P.E.T. felt and is sized to fit your ZO Ped or ZO Denza.
ZO Stak | Shelf TrayDesigned for ardent pilers who desire shelving that can be repositioned, the removable shelf tray is compatible with ZO Stak Open Through storage units.
ZO Stak | MarkerboardAll ZO Stak storage units may be specified with markerboard on the back, making ZO Staks a dual purpose space-division tool.
ZO DashSized to fit your ZO Ped or ZO Denza, the ZO Dash cushion transforms unused surfaces into additional seating. The ZO Dash may be ordered in any of Watson’s standard fabrics.
ZO Box Drawer OrganizerEffortlessly organize ZO pencil box drawers with this compartmented organizer, consisting of a PVC divider tray housed inside a hanging metal paper tray.
360 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Watson | Finishes
Etch Powdercoat(Legs, Frame, Accessories)
BK Black
CH Charcoal
M2 Dark Champagne
FQ Fashion Grey
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
WA White Aluminum
WL White Linen
RRED Really Red
YLO Sunflower
ZO Dot Cushion
5Z Chocolate
6J Dark Crimson
6K Smoke
0X Xanadu
Miro Forbo Mat
JY Brandy
JX Charcoal
JD Almond
JK Camel
Textiles(Screens, ZO Dash) SPRITE COLLECTION
2V Harvest
7K Khaki
2I Linen
7Y Sky
2W Snow
DRIFT COLLECTION
0R Alabaster
0I Graphite
3K Mocha
9P Pebble
4T Slate
3J Storm
ANCHORAGE COLLECTION
9B Amber
9A Angora
6D Asteroid
9H Birch
9U Cumin
6X Fossil
9E Goose
9R Graphite
1G Green Apple
6H Henna
Powdercoat(Legs, Metal components)
BK Black
CH Charcoal
M2 Dark Champagne
FQ Fashion Grey
GY Satin Gray
SG Slate
WA White Aluminum
WL White Linen
www.watsonfurniture.com | 361
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
15 2315 2915 3215 3515 3815 4115 4415 4715 5015 5315 5615 5915 6215 6515 6815 71
20 2320 2920 3220 3520 3820 4120 4420 4720 5020 5320 5620 5920 6220 6520 6820 71
WJBA1523WJBA1529WJBA1532WJBA1535WJBA1538WJBA1541WJBA1544WJBA1547WJBA1550WJBA1553WJBA1556WJBA1559WJBA1562WJBA1565WJBA1568WJBA1571
WJBA2023WJBA2029WJBA2032WJBA2035WJBA2038WJBA2041WJBA2044WJBA2047WJBA2050WJBA2053WJBA2056WJBA2059WJBA2062WJBA2065WJBA2068WJBA2071
355372402407412419424429435440446452457468585591
372388424429440446457463468480485497502507624630
H / W
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Above
Jot Board
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes
Jot Board clamps fit 11/8 to 11/4 inch thick surfaces.
Jot Board surface is white markerboard laminate.
Proper care and simple weekly maintenance will prolong markerboard life. The brand and color of marker may impact performance.
Product Finishes see page 360
362 | www.watsonfurniture.com
20 2320 2920 3220 3520 3820 4120 4420 4720 5020 5320 5620 5920 6220 6520 6820 71
12 2312 2912 3512 4112 47
WJBAB2023WJBAB2029WJBAB2032WJBAB2035WJBAB2038WJBAB2041WJBAB2044WJBAB2047WJBAB2050WJBAB2053WJBAB2056WJBAB2059WJBAB2062WJBAB2065WJBAB2068WJBAB2071
WJBD1223WJBD1229WJBD1235WJBD1241WJBD1247
372388424429440446457463468480485497502507624630
156168179185196
H / W
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Above/Below
Desktop
Jot Board
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes
Jot Board clamps fit 11/8 to 11/4 inch thick surfaces.
Jot Board surface is white markerboard laminate.
Proper care and simple weekly maintenance will prolong markerboard life. The brand and color of marker may impact performance.
Product Finishes see page 360
www.watsonfurniture.com | 363
15 2315 2915 3215 3515 3815 4115 4415 4715 5015 5315 5615 5915 6215 6515 6815 71
20 2320 2920 3220 3520 3820 4120 4420 4720 5020 5320 5620 5920 6220 6520 6820 71
WTSA1523WTSA1529WTSA1532WTSA1535WTSA1538WTSA1541WTSA1544WTSA1547WTSA1550WTSA1553WTSA1556WTSA1559WTSA1562WTSA1565WTSA1568WTSA1571
WTSA2023WTSA2029WTSA2032WTSA2035WTSA2038WTSA2041WTSA2044WTSA2047WTSA2050WTSA2053WTSA2056WTSA2059WTSA2062WTSA2065WTSA2068WTSA2071
H / W
MODEL NUMBER PRICE
Above
Tak Screen
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes
Tak Screen clamps fit 11/8 to 11/4 inch thick surfaces.
Product
355372402407412419424429435440446452457468584589
372388424429440446457463468480485497502507628639
364 | www.watsonfurniture.com
20 2320 2920 3220 3520 3820 4120 4420 4720 5020 5320 5620 5920 6220 6520 6820 71
12 2312 2912 3512 4112 47
- 21- 30- 39- 57
WTSAB2023WTSAB2029WTSAB2032WTSAB2035WTSAB2038WTSAB2041WTSAB2044WTSAB2047WTSAB2050WTSAB2053WTSAB2056WTSAB2059WTSAB2062WTSAB2065WTSAB2068WTSAB2071
WTSD1223WTSD1229WTSD1235WTSD1241WTSD1247
WJTAT21WJTAT30WJTAT39WJTAT57
372388424429440446457463468480485497502507628639
156168179185196
104104104104
H / W
MODEL NUMBER PRICE
Above/Below
Desktop
Tak Screen
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes
Tak Screen clamps fit 11/8 to 11/4 inch thick surfaces.
Accessory Tray includes non-skid pads for placement on Tak Screen and Jot Board surface brackets.
Accessory tray is designed to organize light duty objects such as files, pens and pencils. Tray is not intended for use with binders or as heavy object storage.
Accessory Tray ships with two Watson Seiri Bins.
Product
Accessory Tray
www.watsonfurniture.com | 365
13 3613 4213 4513 4813 5413 6013 6613 7213 7813 84
16 3616 4216 4516 4816 5416 6016 6616 7216 7516 7816 84
19 3619 4219 4519 4819 5419 6019 6619 7219 7519 7819 84
WAPRS1336WAPRS1342WAPRS1345WAPRS1348WAPRS1354WAPRS1360WAPRS1366WAPRS1372WAPRS1378WAPRS1384
WAPRS1636 WAPRS1642 WAPRS1645WAPRS1648WAPRS1654WAPRS1660WAPRS1666WAPRS1672WAPRS1675WAPRS1678WAPRS1684
WAPRS1936 WAPRS1942 WAPRS1945WAPRS1948WAPRS1954WAPRS1960WAPRS1966WAPRS1972WAPRS1975WAPRS1978WAPRS1984
641641641641696696724724752752
641641641641696696724724724752752
641641641641696696724724724752752
H / W
POWDERFABRICMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Single Sided
Seiri Screen
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes Single Sided Seiri Screen ships with 4 bins.
Seiri Bins fix magnetically to trays.
Desk Mounted Seiri Screens are fully tackable.
Dual Sided Seiri Screen ships with 8 bins.
Product Finishes see page 360
366 | www.watsonfurniture.com
13 3613 4213 4513 4813 5413 6013 6613 7213 7813 84
16 3616 4216 4516 4816 5416 6016 6616 7216 7516 7816 84
19 3619 4219 4519 4819 5419 6019 6619 7219 7519 7819 84
WAPRN1336WAPRN1342WAPRN1345WAPRN1348WAPRN1354WAPRN1360WAPRN1366WAPRN1372WAPRN1378WAPRN1384
WAPRN1636 WAPRN1642 WAPRN1645WAPRN1648WAPRN1654WAPRN1660WAPRN1666WAPRN1672WAPRN1675WAPRN1678WAPRN1684
WAPRN1936 WAPRN1942 WAPRN1945WAPRN1948WAPRN1954WAPRN1960WAPRN1966WAPRN1972WAPRN1975WAPRN1978WAPRN1984
537537537537592592620620648648
537537537537592592620620620648648
537537537537592592620620620648648
H / W
POWDERFABRICMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Trayless
Seiri Screen
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes Desk Mounted Seiri Screens are fully tackable.
Product Finishes see page 360
www.watsonfurniture.com | 367
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes Dual Sided Seiri Screen ships with 8 bins.
Seiri Bins fix magnetically to trays.
Desk Mounted Seiri Screens are fully tackable.
13 3613 4213 4513 4813 5413 6013 6613 7213 7813 84
16 3616 4216 4516 4816 5416 6016 6616 7216 7516 7816 84
19 3619 4219 4519 4819 5419 6019 6619 7219 7519 7819 84
WAPRD1336WAPRD1342WAPRD1345WAPRD1348WAPRD1354WAPRD1360WAPRD1366WAPRD1372WAPRD1378WAPRD1384
WAPRD1636WAPRD1642WAPRD1645WAPRD1648WAPRD1654WAPRD1660WAPRD1666WAPRD1672WAPRD1675WAPRD1678WAPRD1684
WAPRD1936WAPRD1942WAPRD1945WAPRD1948WAPRD1954WAPRD1960WAPRD1966WAPRD1972WAPRD1975WAPRD1978WAPRD1984
808808808808864864891891919919
808808808808864864891891891919919
808808808808864864891891891919919
H / W
POWDERFABRICMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Dual Sided
Seiri Screen Product
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Finishes see page 360
368 | www.watsonfurniture.com
13 3613 4213 4513 4813 5413 6013 6613 7213 7813 84
16 3616 4216 4516 4816 5416 6016 6616 7216 7516 7816 84
19 3619 4219 4519 4819 5419 6019 6619 7219 7519 7819 84
WAPRW1336WAPRW1342WAPRW1345WAPRW1348WAPRW1354WAPRW1360WAPRW1366WAPRW1372WAPRW1378WAPRW1384
WAPRW1636WAPRW1642WAPRW1645WAPRW1648WAPRW1654WAPRW1660WAPRW1666WAPRW1672WAPRW1675WAPRW1678WAPRW1684
WAPRW1936WAPRW1942WAPRW1945WAPRW1948WAPRW1954WAPRW1960WAPRW1966WAPRW1972WAPRW1975WAPRW1978WAPRW1984
WABIN
-
585585585585641641668668696696
585585585585641641668668668696696
585585585585641641668668668696696
107
H / W
POWDERFABRICMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Wall Mounted
Seiri Bin Set
Seiri Screen
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes Wall mounted Seiri Screens mount to the wall with supplied sheet metal cleats.
Wall Mounted Seiri Screen ships with 4 bins.
Seiri Bins fix magnetically to trays.
Wall Mounted Seiri Screens are fully tackable.
Product Finishes see page 360
www.watsonfurniture.com | 369
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
24 1230 1236 1242 1248 1254 1260 12
24 1830 1836 1842 1848 1854 1860 18
24 2430 2436 2442 2448 2454 2460 24
24 1830 1836 1842 1848 1854 1860 18
24 2430 2436 2442 2448 2454 2460 24
PPR-2412PPR-3012PPR-3612PPR-4212PPR-4812PPR-5412PPR-6012
PPR-2418PPR-3018PPR-3618PPR-4218PPR-4818PPR-5418PPR-6018
PPR-2424PPR-3024PPR-3624PPR-4224PPR-4824PPR-5424PPR-6024
PPC-2418PPC-3018PPC-3618PPC-4218PPC-4818PPC-5418PPC-6018
PPC-2424PPC-3024PPC-3624PPC-4224PPC-4824PPC-5424PPC-6024
331346359373387401413
353366379393407421434
366387401413427440454
393407421434448460474
413427440454468482496
W / H
POWDERFABRICMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Rectangular, 24”- 60”
FUSION Privacy
Center Arch, 24”- 60”
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes To accommodate mounting bracket fit, the total panel width is a uniform 41/2 inches shorter than the worksurface.
Please note, privacy screen bracket may interfere with M2 legs.
Product Finishes see page 360
370 | www.watsonfurniture.com www.watsonfurniture.com | 370
24 1830 1836 1842 1848 1854 1860 18
24 2430 2436 2442 2448 2454 2460 24
66 1272 1278 1284 12
66 1872 1878 1884 18
66 2472 2478 2484 24
66 1872 1878 1884 18
66 2472 2478 2484 24
PPS-2418PPS-3018PPS-3618PPS-4218PPS-4818PPS-5418PPS-6018
PPS-2424PPS-3024PPS-3624PPS-4224PPS-4824PPS-5424PPS-6024
PPRD-6612PPRD-7212PPRD-7812PPRD-8412
PPRD-6618PPRD-7218PPRD-7818PPRD-8418
PPRD-6624PPRD-7224PPRD-7824PPRD-8424
PPCD-6618PPCD-7218PPCD-7818PPCD-8418
PPCD-6624PPCD-7224PPCD-7824PPCD-8424
353366379393407421434
366387401413427440454
725739752766
744758772787
772800826853
826840853867
853880906934
W / H
POWDERFABRICMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Sloped, 24”- 60”
FUSION Privacy
Rectangular, 66”- 84”
Center Arch, 66”- 84”
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes To accommodate mounting bracket fit, the total panel width is a uniform 41/2 inches shorter than the worksurface.
Please note, privacy screen bracket may interfere with M2 legs.
Product Finishes see page 360
www.watsonfurniture.com | 371
66 1872 1878 1884 18
66 2472 2478 2484 24
PPSRD-6618PPSRD-7218PPSRD-7818PPSRD-8418
PPSRD-6624PPSRD-7224PPSRD-7824PPSRD-8424
744758772787
772800826853
W / H
POWDERFABRICMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Sloped/Rectangular, 24”- 60”
FUSION Privacy
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes To accommodate mounting bracket fit, the total panel width is a uniform 41/2 inches shorter than the worksurface.
Please note, privacy screen bracket may interfere with M2 legs.
Product Finishes see page 360
372 | www.watsonfurniture.com
MODEL NUMBER
13 2413 3013 3613 4213 4813 5413 6013 66
13 2413 3013 3613 4213 4813 5413 6013 66
13 2413 3013 3613 4213 4513 4813 5113 5413 5713 6013 6313 6613 6913 7213 7513 7813 81
WASTL1324WASTL1330WASTL1336WASTL1342WASTL1348WASTL1354WASTL1360WASTL1366
WAMOD1324WAMOD1330WAMOD1336WAMOD1342WAMOD1348WAMOD1354WAMOD1360WAMOD1366
SVMOD1324SVMOD1330SVMOD1336SVMOD1342SVMOD1345SVMOD1348SVMOD1351SVMOD1354SVMOD1357SVMOD1360SVMOD1363SVMOD1366SVMOD1369SVMOD1372SVMOD1375SVMOD1378SVMOD1381
Modesty Shield
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes Steel and SEVEN Modesty Shields are 16 gauge, powdercoated steel with fabric lining on the user side.
Acrylic Modesty Shield is frosted acrylic with powdercoated steel detail and mounting brackets.
SEVEN Modesty Shield mounts to utility beam with brackets. Actual width is 6 inches shorter than nominal dimension.
In some circumstances, the placement of the modesty shield may interfere with pre-installed grommets. It is recommended to use field installed grommets when specifying a modesty shield.
Product
277281286293298304309315
557557613613668668724724
190201213246251257263268279296307318329346357369379
POWDERPRICE
Steel
Acrylic
SEVEN(only intended for SEVEN desks)
H / W
Finishes see page 360
www.watsonfurniture.com | 373
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
-
WEIGHT POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Mobile Markerboard
Etch
Notes Proper care and simple daily maintenance will prolong markerboard life. The brand and color of marker may impact performance.
Additional sizing between 30 to 46 inches wide and 48 to 72 inches high available. Contact Watson customer service. Maximum width is 46 inches due to material constraints.
Product
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
20 30 60 WEM203060 1080 3920 36 60 WEM203660 1105 5020 42 60 WEM204260 1130 6220 46 60 WEM204660 1155 72
20 30 72 WEM203072 1150 5020 36 72 WEM203672 1175 6520 42 72 WEM204272 1200 7920 46 72 WEM204672 1225 90
2 3 4 WEMC020304 50 0.5
3 16 3 WEMS031603 25 1
2 1 3 WEMH020103 25 0.5
12 12 WEME1212 16 0.1
Magnetic Marker Cup
Magnetic Shelf
Magnetic Eraser Cloth
Magnetic Paper Hooks
D / W / H
Finishes see page 360
374 | www.watsonfurniture.com
45 3045 4545 6045 7545 90
40 3040 4540 6040 7540 90
45 3045 4545 6045 7545 90
29 4646 4692 46
29 4646 4692 46
MAWBD4530MAWBD4545MAWBD4560MAWBD4575MAWBD4590
MCAWBD4030MCAWBD4045MCAWBD4060MCAWBD4075MCAWBD4090
MCAWBD4530MCAWBD4545MCAWBD4560MCAWBD4575MCAWBD4590
MEW-2946MEW-4646MEW-9246
MEX-2946MEX-4646MEX-9246
---
---
502668779891
1002
557735857980
1102
557735857980
1102
474610
1014
434569975
H / W
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Markerboards
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes Whiteboards mount to the wall with supplied sheet metal cleats.
Whiteboard ships with two magnetic Seiri Bins.
Proper care and simple weekly maintenance will prolong markerboard life. The brand and color of marker may impact performance.
Echo Markerboardw/ metal presentation board holders
Miro Conference Whiteboardw/ magnetic rail
Miro Whiteboardw/ tray & bins
Echo Markerboard
Product Finishes see page 360
www.watsonfurniture.com | 375
20 2928 2936 29
40 2956 2972 29
ML5502029NML5502829NML5503629N
ML5504029NML5505629NML5507229N
M2SLEG
M2PLEG
390390390
446502557
140
279
D / H
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
MIRO Bridge Leg Standard
S
MIRO Shared Bridge Leg
M2 Single Leg
M2 Leg Pair
Support Tools
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Product
Notes MIRO leg depth must match worksurface depth.
MIRO Shared Bridge Leg is intended for pairing two tables of equal depth.
Finishes see page 360
376 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Support Tools
ZSAPERISE
ZSADERISE
ZSABRAKTS
ZSABRAKTM
MS570RISEN
112
85
112
112
112
POWDERPRICE
ZO Ped Support Riser
ZO Denza Support Riser
MODEL NUMBER
ZO Side Support Brackets for M2 Surfaces
ZO Side Support Bracketsfor Miro Surfaces
3 8 2
14 10 3
3 8 2
3 8 2
3 8 1
D / W / H
Screens Modesty Shields Whiteboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Product
MIRO Support Riser
Notes ZO Side Support Brackets allow ZO Side storage units to support worksurfaces. See page 100 for details.
When using Side Support Brackets or a ZO storage support cabinet, worksurface is non-adjustable at 291/2 inches high.
For Extended Corners or L shaped surfaces, use two ZO Denza Support Brackets.
Finishes see page 360
www.watsonfurniture.com | 377
MS552CPLTE
LSK-PLSK-PL
M2CPLWL
-
--
85
71203
362
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
MIRO & M2Connecting Plate*
StandardS
FUSION Connecting Plate w/ Leg
M2 Seam Kit
Support Tools
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes Connecting plate kits are recommended for leg clearance optimization and are available for order separately. Field installation only.
* Recovered Pewter finish.
Product
LSK-P
LSK-PL
Finishes see page 360
378 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Cable Management
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes MIRO metal grommet is 60mm.
FUSION & M2 plastic grommet is 21/2 inches.
Cable Channel is powdercoated steel and fixes to the leg magnetically.
Cable Channel Sizing
Table Height Cable Channel
17 High MACCH14 22 High MACCH14 29 High MACCH26 36 High MACCH33
Product
MAGRM
DAGR
MACCH14MACCH26MACCH33
DACK
57
29
738590
89
MODEL NUMBER PRICE
-
-
-
POWDER
FUSION & M2 Grommet
Cable Channel
MIRO Grommet
Cable Keeper
Finishes see page 360
www.watsonfurniture.com | 379
MACTR061529
DAV30DAV37
SVCCH16SVCCH17SVCCH21SVCCH24
SVHAR5
841
102122
85858585
35
29
16172124
MODEL NUMBER PRICE
MIRO ConferenceCable Tower
Cable Management
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes Cable Tower consists of two acrylic faces attached to powder coated steel sides. One acrylic face is attached by magnet for easy access to technology cables. Multiple zip-tie points are included for clean cable management.
Cable Tower is recommended for use on 48 and 60 inch wide tables. Cable Tower fits 29 high tables only. Cable Tower Footprint is 4 inches by 14 inches.
Cable Tower connects to surface with two table connection brackets and wing nuts. Cable Tower ships with 5 zip-ties.
Vertebrae can be positioned under the worksurface to allow for flexible integration of power and data components.
Cable Keeper pouches are constructed of rugged 600-denier, black, commercial-grade fabric and hang under the worksurface to organize excess power and data wiring.
Vertical Vertebrae
--
-
POWDER
Product
SEVEN Cable Harness Set of 5
SEVEN Vertical Cable Channel
H
Finishes see page 360
380 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
DALC
DAASDAAD
DASN
DADL
10
1620
5
8
MODEL NUMBER PRICE
Leg Clips
Alligator Clips
Snaps
Dual Lock
Cable Management
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Notes Leg Clips route cables down a desk leg.
Snaps provide additional cable management below the worksurface.
21/2 inch pieces of Dual Lock secure power blocks to the underside of the worksurface.
Product
www.watsonfurniture.com | 381
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage ToolsScreens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
MODEL NUMBER
DAKB
DAVKB
DAISE
DAISC
-
-
273
449
112
112
POWDERPRICE
FUSION Add-On Keyboard
FUSION Verve Add-On Keyboard
FUSION Impulse End Shroud
FUSION Impulse Corner Shroud
Desk Tools
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Product
Notes Add-on keyboards feature the same characteristics as the FUSION bi-level keyboard and are retractable along a 24 inch track. Location of the keyboard track may be impacted by obstacles beneath the worksur-face and/or worksurface depth.
FUSION Impulse bases may be visually enhanced by the addition of magnetically fixed, perforated steel shrouds. Impulse Powerlift bases do not accept decorative shrouds.
Finishes see page 360
382 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
DAWM
DACA
DACAL
DACS
ASDS
109
42
42
244
32
MODEL NUMBER PRICE
Wrist Rest/Mouse Pad
Desk Casters
Locking Desk Casters
Retractable CPU Holder
Shelf DividersSet of 5
Desk Tools
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Product
Notes Desk Casters are interchangeable with Glide Pads on the FUSION Extension Assembly.
Retractable CPU Holder incorporates a strap design that can be adjusted to fit most computer sizes. A slide track provides 5 inches of travel for ease of accessibility.
www.watsonfurniture.com | 383
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage ToolsScreens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
TCP
DADP
MADIN3
MADIN8
-
-
-
258
203
630
1453
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
CPU Trolley
Surface Mount Power
Desk Tools
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
MIRO Conference2-1 Drop-In Power
MIRO Conference5-3 Drop-In Power
Product
Notes CPU Trolley is an independent mobile unit used for housing technology.
Surface Mount Power is UL approved for direct mounting to any vertical or horizontal surface; 6 foot power cable and installation hardware is included. Not available for use with the Stretta Edge.
The 5-3 Power Drop-in ships with a pan that mounts to the underside of the table (below the drop-in) for additional cable management.
Finishes see page 360
384 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage ToolsScreens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
M2ASTR30M2ASTR36M2ASTR42M2ASTR48M2ASTR54M2ASTR60M2ASTR66M2ASTR72M2ASTR78M2ASTR84
M2AADS30M2AADS36M2AADS42M2AADS48
M2AADS54M2AADS60M2AADS66M2AADS72M2AADS78M2AADS84
M2AADB30M2AADB36M2AADB42M2AADB48
M2AADB54M2AADB60M2AADB66M2AADB72M2AADB78M2AADB84
279279279279407412419424546557
201201206206
334341346352474480
185185190196
318324329334457463
MODEL NUMBER PRICE
M2 Electric StarterTwo Circuit
M2 Electric AdderSide To Side
Desk Tools
M2 Electric AdderSide To Side, Two Circuit
M2 Electric AdderBack To Back
M2 Electric AdderBack To Back, Two Circuit
Product
30364248546066727884
30364248
546066727884
30364248
546066727884
L
www.watsonfurniture.com | 385
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage ToolsScreens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
WATLW-BKWATLW-WAWATLW-WL
MBAHA
453453453
1882
MODEL NUMBER PRICE
Wave Light
Desk Tools
BlackAluminum
White
24 32 29-45
Beamer Cart
---
SURFACE / EDGE
POWDER
---
D / W / H
Product
Notes Beamer Carts provide a mobile, height-adjustable platform for LCD projectors and a secondary platform for laptop computers.
Beamer Cart load capacity is 100 lbs above the wheels and 20 lbs outside the wheels on the secondary platform.
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Finishes see page 360
386 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage ToolsScreens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
24 830 836 8
22 34
WR24WR30WR36
WM2234
258258258
136
W / H
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Werkrail
Desk Tools
Wall Mountable Werkwall
Product
Notes Werkrail is desk mounted for hanging Werktools.
Werkrail construction consists of a high density, polyethylene rail supported by 1/8 inch steel brackets. Maximum load capacity is 15 lbs.
Finishes see page 360
www.watsonfurniture.com | 387
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage ToolsScreens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
4” Werkbin
2 8 7
3 4 4
3 6 4
4 13 9
WTWR
WTB4
WTB6
WTB13
47
56
61
89
D / W
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Werkrack
6” Werkbin
13” Werkbin
Storage Tools Product
Notes Werkracks can be ganged up to three deep for folders and papers.
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Finishes see page 360
388 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage ToolsScreens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Storage ToolsPRICE
ZO Pad
MODEL NUMBER FABRIC
ZSACUSH2015ZSACUSH2415ZSACUSH3015
ZSACUSH2020
ZSADOT
ZSADASH2015ZSADASH2415ZSADASH3015
ZSADASH2020
ZSABDO1612
686890
73
156
364364364
364
78
ZO Dot
---
-
-
Notes Available only in Charcoal, the ZO Pad includes a non-skid material applied to bottom of the pad. 15 x 20 and 15 x 30 ZO Pads are intended for use with ZO Peds. The 20 x 20 ZO Pad is intended for use with ZO Denzas.
ZO Dot cushion consists of a covered foam material on a wood base. The ZO Dot is available in Dark Crimson, Xanadu, Chocolate and Smoke. To view color swatches, go to www.watsondesking.com/resources/finishes/zo.htm.
ZO Box Drawer Organizer hangers are always black.
20 1524 1530 15
20 20
16 16
20 1524 1530 15
20 20
16 12
D / W
ZO Dash
Product
ZO Box Drawer Organizer
POWDER
---
-
-
---
-
Finishes see page 360
www.watsonfurniture.com | 389
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage ToolsScreens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Storage ToolsPOWDERPRICEMODEL NUMBER FORBO
ZO Stak Markerboard
ZSASTW1524ZSASTW1530ZSASTW1536ZSASTW1548
ZSASTW2712ZSASTW2724ZSASTW2730ZSASTW2736ZSASTW2748
ZSASTW3912ZSASTW3924ZSASTW3930 ZSASTW3936ZSASTW3948
ZSATRAY1512ZSATRAY2012
WSCWSD
----
-----
-----
--
146156173201
140185206229274
190251284312374
5757
190190
ZO Shelf Tray
----
-----
-----
--
Notes The ZO Shelf Tray self-aligns when placed onto a ZO Through Shelf.
Watson Seiri Bins can be purchased for use with the ZO Shelf Tray. See page 263 for more information.
The MIRO Mat is intended to protect MIRO horizontal, steel veneer surfaces.
The MIRO Mat is made with Forbo material and includes a magnetic back for a secure attachment to MIRO horizontal, metal veneers.
The MIRO Mat has been undersized 3/8 inches (from size listed) in both dimensions for the most appropriate surface fit to MIRO storage cabinets.
15 24 15 3015 3615 48
27 1227 2427 3027 3627 48
39 1239 2439 3039 3639 48
15 12 20 12
20 6020 75
H / W
Product
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Moto Seat Cushion
Finishes see page 360
390 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
14 1514 15
17 3817 38
3 14 11
3 30 11
WWMLWWMR
WWCLWWCR
WMRS
WMRD
8383
122122
69
102
W / H
D / W / H
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Moto Werkwall
Storage Tools
Cab Werkwall
LeftRight
LeftRight
Single Magazine Rack
Double Magazine Rack
Product
Notes Werkwalls attach to the sides of Motos and Cabs for hanging Werktools.
Magazine Racks have tabs that slide through slots in the back panels of Motos and Cabs.
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
Finishes see page 360
www.watsonfurniture.com | 391
Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools
FRAMES | Table of Contents
BasicsPanel DetailSupport & Design GuidelinesCorner Connections & End CoversHeight Logic with ZOFinishes
PanelsMonolithicSegmented
Connector Posts
Connectors
Power
Base Accessories
390390391392393394
395395397
401
402
404
407
392 | www.watsonfurniture.com
FRAMES | Panel Detail
Features & Benefits
Panels are available in three heights and six widths. Choose monolithic panels with laminate or fabric or segmented panels finished with a combination of fabric, laminate, or glass.
The metal frame on both the monolithic and segmented panels is painted with a highly-durable, scratch resistant powdercoat which ensures a long-lasting, quality finish.
Panels ship with straight connectors that work for same height applications.
Dimensions & Growth Allowances
Panels are 2 inches deep.
There is no panel creep within the panels; outside the workstation, dimensions grow by 2 inches for every connecting post.
When fastened to a wall, connectors add 11/4 inches of creep to the panel run.
Lock Plate
Metal Frame
Fabric or Laminate Covering
Rigid Tackable Inner Core within the Fabric Panel
6 Inch Raceway Channel for UL Listed Panel System
21/4 Inch Adjustable Glide
8-Wire Duplex Opening (if wired)
Removable, Hinged Raceway Cover for Power/Data Capabilities
Powdercoat Finish
Telecommunication Opening
Powdercoated Metal Top Cap
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
www.watsonfurniture.com | 393
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
FRAMES | Support and Design Guidelines
Example 1All panel runs must be supported at each end of the run and supported at least every 8 feet (maximum of 8 feet between supports). The minimum freestanding panel run is 36 inches.
Example 2When using a “T” configuration without other support, the return panels must be a minimum of 24 inches wide.
Example 3When using an “L” configuration without other support, each return panel must be a minimum of 42 inches wide. Return panels used without other support can be no more than 24 inches lower than the panel height in the unsupported run.
8’ Max
42” Min24” Min
8’ Max8’ Max
8’ Max
42” Min
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
394 | www.watsonfurniture.com
FRAMES | Corner Connections and End Covers
Order 2-way, 3-way or 4-way connector post to create desired panel configurations.
Post must be specified as Raceway or Non-Raceway.
Post can be used at same height or hi-lo connections.
For 2-way, 3-way and 4-way connections, specify post height as the height of the tallest panel in the connection.
For 2-way 120o connections, specify post height as the height of the shortest panel in the connection.
An End Cover must be specified for the panel end-of-run.
Connector Post 3-Way ConnectionConnector Post 2-Way Connection
W-PLCPTR66
66”
66”
W-PLCPLR66W-PLCPTR66
W-PLCPLR66
Connector Kit 3-Way Connection
Connector Kit 2-Way ConnectionConnector Post 4-Way Connection
W-PLCPXR66W-PLCPXR66 W-PLCPVR42
W-PLCPY
W-PLCPVR66
W-PLCPY
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
66”
42”
66”
66”
66”
42”
66”
66” 66”
66” 66”
66” 66”66”
66”
42”
42”
42”
www.watsonfurniture.com | 395
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
FRAMES | Height Logic with ZO Storage
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
ZO Denza Low, No Basewith ZO Stak Low
ZO Denza Low, No Basewith ZO Stak Mid
ZO Denza Low, No Basewith ZO Stak High
ZO Denza Low, ZO or Blade Basewith ZO Stak Low
ZO Denza Low, ZO or Blade Basewith ZO Stak Mid
ZO Denza Low, ZO or Blade Basewith ZO Stak High
ZO Denza Mid, No Basewith ZO Stak Low
ZO Denza Mid, No Basewith ZO Stak Mid
ZO Denza Mid, No Basewith ZO Stak High
ZO Denza Mid, ZO or Blade Basewith ZO Stak Low
ZO Denza Mid, ZO or Blade Basewith ZO Stak Mid
ZO Denza High with ZO Stak Low ZO Denza High with ZO Stak Mid ZO Denza High with ZO Stak High
42”
54”
66”
42”
54”
66”
42”
54”
66”
42”
54”
66”
42”
54”
66”
396 | www.watsonfurniture.com
FRAMES | Finishes
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
Powdercoat
W5 Brilliant White
CH Charcoal
GY Satin Gray
Premium Laminate IB Biltmore Cherry
LQ Colombian Walnut
IJ Rio
JL Williamsburg Cherry
Standard Laminate JN Asian Night
JS Asian Sand
EH Blond Echo
DZ Desert Zephyr
KM Kensington Maple
ZD Madagascar
EZ Misted Zephyr
MM Monticello Maple
RV River Cherry
ZA Shadow Zephyr
TW Tuscan Walnut
IZ Twilight Zephyr
Glass
ZG Clear
F3 Frosted
Textiles(Screens, ZO Dash) SPRITE COLLECTION
2V Harvest
7K Khaki
2I Linen
7Y Sky
2W Snow
DRIFT COLLECTION
0R Alabaster
0I Graphite
3K Mocha
9P Pebble
4T Slate
3J Storm
ANCHORAGE COLLECTION
9B Amber
9A Angora
6D Asteroid
9H Birch
9U Cumin
6X Fossil
9E Goose
9R Graphite
1G Green Apple
6H Henna
www.watsonfurniture.com | 397
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
42 2442 3042 3642 4242 4842 60
54 2454 3054 3654 4254 4854 60
66 2466 3066 3666 4266 4866 60
W-PLMR-4224F-PW-PLMR-4230F-PW-PLMR-4236F-PW-PLMR-4242F-PW-PLMR-4248F-PW-PLMR-4260F-P
W-PLMR-5424F-PW-PLMR-5430F-PW-PLMR-5436F-PW-PLMR-5442F-PW-PLMR-5448F-PW-PLMR-5460F-P
W-PLMR-6624F-PW-PLMR-6630F-PW-PLMR-6636F-PW-PLMR-6642F-PW-PLMR-6648F-PW-PLMR-6660F-P
409422437468488527
453469485518541585
485502520557582628
H / W
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Fabricwith Raceway
Monolothic Panel
+ 0 + 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
FABRIC OPTION
+ 25 + 25 + 27+ 28+ 30+ 34
+ 28+ 30+ 30+ 32+ 34+ 35
+ 28+ 30+ 32+ 34+ 35+ 41
Grade 2
22
Grade 3
33
+ 53+ 53+ 56+ 62+ 63+ 70
+ 60+ 62+ 63+ 69+ 72+ 77
+ 63+ 63+ 69+ 72+ 76+ 84
Grade 4
44
FABRICSIDE 1
FABRICSIDE 2
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
Notes Monolithic panels may be specified with same finish on both sides, or contrasted with different finishes on either side.
Raceway panels are UL labeled and include a 6 inch tall raceway channel.
Each Raceway Panel is made with two sets of vertical knockouts for electrical duplex outlets and data communication ports.
End covers are required for the end of every panel run.
Product Finishes see page 394
398 | www.watsonfurniture.com
42 2442 3042 3642 4242 48
54 2454 3054 3654 4254 48
66 2466 3066 3666 4266 48
W-PLMR-4224L-PW-PLMR-4230L-PW-PLMR-4236L-PW-PLMR-4242L-PW-PLMR-4248L-P
W-PLMR-5424L-PW-PLMR-5430L-PW-PLMR-5436L-PW-PLMR-5442L-PW-PLMR-5448L-P
W-PLMR-6624L-PW-PLMR-6630L-PW-PLMR-6636L-PW-PLMR-6642L-PW-PLMR-6648L-P
488502523559583
542561582620649582601623666697
H / W
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Laminatewith Raceway
Monolithic Panel
+ 0 + 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
LAMINATE OPTION
+ 21+ 21+ 23+ 25+ 23
+ 23+ 23+ 23+ 27+ 28
+ 23+ 25+ 28+ 27+ 32
StandardGG
PremiumPP
LAMINATESIDE 1
LAMINATESIDE 2
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
Notes Monolithic panels may be specified with same finish on either side, or contrasted with different finishes on either side.
Raceway panels are UL labeled and include 6 inch tall raceway channel.
Each Raceway panel has two sets of vertical knockouts for electrical duplex outlets and data communication ports.
End covers are required for the end of every panel run.
Product Finishes see page 394
www.watsonfurniture.com | 399
42 2442 3042 3642 4242 48
54 2454 3054 3654 4254 48
66 2466 3066 3666 4266 48
W-PLSDR-4224LF-PW-PLSDR-4230LF-PW-PLSDR-4236LF-PW-PLSDR-4242LF-PW-PLSDR-4248LF-P
W-PLSDR-5424LF-PW-PLSDR-5430LF-PW-PLSDR-5436LF-PW-PLSDR-5442LF-PW-PLSDR-5448LF-P
W-PLSDR-6624LF-PW-PLSDR-6630LF-PW-PLSDR-6636LF-PW-PLSDR-6642LF-PW-PLSDR-6648LF-P
596612639684713
663687710760794
711735766815855
H / W
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Desk HeightLaminate Lower/Fabric Upperwith Raceway
Segmented Panel
+ 0 + 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
LAMINATE OPTION
+ 10+ 10+ 10+ 11+ 13
+ 10+ 10+ 10+ 11+ 13
+ 10+ 10+ 10+ 11+ 13
StandardG
PremiumP
LAMINATE
FABRIC
+ 0 + 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
FABRIC OPTION
+ 13+ 14+ 14+ 14+ 15
+ 16+ 15+ 17+ 19+ 21
+ 19+ 21+ 21+ 23+ 27
Grade 22
Grade 33
+ 28+ 28+ 28+ 30+ 31
+ 34+ 35+ 36+ 39+ 42
+ 42+ 44+ 45+ 48+ 55
Grade 44
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
Notes Raceway panels are UL labeled and include a 6 inch tall raceway channel.
Each Raceway Panel has two sets of vertical knockouts for electrical duplex outlets and data communication ports.
End covers are required for the end of every panel run.
Product Finishes see page 394
30”
upper
lower
400 | www.watsonfurniture.com
54 2454 3054 3654 4254 48
66 2466 3066 3666 4266 48
W-PLSBR-5424LFG-PW-PLSBR-5430LFG-PW-PLSBR-5436LFG-PW-PLSBR-5442LFG-PW-PLSBR-5448LFG-P
W-PLSBR-6624LFG-PW-PLSBR-6630LFG-PW-PLSBR-6636LFG-PW-PLSBR-6642LFG-PW-PLSBR-6648LFG-P
749774804859898
804830864921965
H / W
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
12-inch BeltlineLaminate Lower/Fabric Beltline/Glass Upper, with Raceway
Segmented Panel
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
LAMINATE OPTION
+ 10+ 10+ 10+ 11+ 13
+ 10+ 10+ 10+ 11+ 13
StandardG
PremiumP
LAMINATE
FABRIC
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
FABRIC OPTION
+ 14+ 14+ 14+ 15+ 16
+ 14+ 14+ 14+ 15+ 16
Grade 22
Grade 33
+ 26+ 28+ 28+ 30+ 31
+ 26+ 28+ 28+ 30+ 31
Grade 44
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
GLASS OPTION
+ 34 + 36+ 38+ 40+ 42
+ 42 + 44+ 46+ 49+ 45
SmoothS
TexturedT
GLASS
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
Notes Glass panels are tempered.
Raceway panels are UL labeled and include a 6 inch tall raceway channel.
Each Raceway Panel has two sets of vertical knockouts for electrical duplex outlets and data communication ports.
End covers are required for the end of every panel run.
Product Finishes see page 394
12”
upper
beltline
30”
lower
www.watsonfurniture.com | 401
42 2442 3042 3642 4242 4842 60
54 2454 3054 3654 4254 4854 60
66 2466 3066 3666 4266 4866 60
W-PLSHR-4224FG-PW-PLSHR-4230FG-PW-PLSHR-4236FG-PW-PLSHR-4242FG-PW-PLSHR-4248FG-PW-PLSHR-4260FG-P
W-PLSHR-5424FG-PW-PLSHR-5430FG-PW-PLSHR-5436FG-PW-PLSHR-5442FG-PW-PLSHR-5448FG-PW-PLSHR-5460FG-P
W-PLSHR-6624FG-PW-PLSHR-6630FG-PW-PLSHR-6636FG-PW-PLSHR-6642FG-PW-PLSHR-6648FG-PW-PLSHR-6660FG-P
676697726779811846
753781808863901941
808836871930974
1019
H / W
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
12-inch HeaderFabric Lower/Glass Upperwith Raceway
Segmented Panel
+ 0 + 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
FABRIC OPTION
+ 11+ 11+ 12+ 13+ 13+ 13
+ 12+ 13+ 13+ 14+ 14+ 15
+ 13+ 13+ 14+ 14+ 15+ 16
Grade 22
Grade 33
FABRIC
GLASS
+ 23+ 23+ 25+ 26+ 28+ 28
+ 25+ 27+ 27+ 30+ 30+ 31
+ 26+ 27+ 28+ 30+ 31+ 32
GLASS OPTION
+ 0 + 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
Grade 44
SmoothS
+ 35+ 38+ 40+ 42+ 44+ 47
+ 41+ 38+ 40+ 42+ 44+ 47
+ 35+ 38+ 40+ 42+ 44+ 47
TexturedT
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
Notes Raceway panels are UL labeled and include a 6 inch tall raceway channel.
Each Raceway Panel has two sets of vertical knockouts for electrical duplex outlets and data communication ports.
End covers are required for the end of every panel run.
Product Finishes see page 394
12”
upper
lower
402 | www.watsonfurniture.com
42 2442 3042 3642 4242 48
54 2454 3054 3654 4254 48
66 2466 3066 3666 4266 48
W-PLSHR-4224LG-PW-PLSHR-4230LG-PW-PLSHR-4236LG-PW-PLSHR-4242LG-PW-PLSHR-4248LG-P
W-PLSHR-5424LG-PW-PLSHR-5430LG-PW-PLSHR-5436LG-PW-PLSHR-5442LG-PW-PLSHR-5448LG-P
W-PLSHR-6624LG-PW-PLSHR-6630LG-PW-PLSHR-6636LG-PW-PLSHR-6642LG-PW-PLSHR-6648LG-P
678698727780814
759786813871911
826852889948993
H / W
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
12-inch HeaderLaminate Lower/Glass Upperwith Raceway
Segmented Panel
+ 0 + 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
LAMINATE OPTION
+ 10+ 10+ 10+ 11+ 13
+ 15+ 16+ 17+ 18+ 20
+ 26+ 28+ 28+ 30+ 32
StandardG
PremiumP
LAMINATE
GLASS
+ 0 + 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0
GLASS OPTION
+ 38+ 38+ 40+ 42+ 44
+ 38+ 38+ 40+ 42+ 44
+ 38+ 38+ 40+ 44+ 44
SmoothS
TexturedT
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
Notes Glass panels use tempered glass.
Raceway panels are UL labeled and include a 6 inch tall raceway channel.
Each Raceway Panel has two sets of vertical knockouts for electrical duplex outlets and data communication ports.
End covers are required for the end of every panel run.
Product Finishes see page 394
12”
upper
lower
www.watsonfurniture.com | 403
425466
425466
425466
W-PLCPLR42W-PLCPLR54W-PLCPLR66
W-PLCPTR42W-PLCPTR54W-PLCPTR66
W-PLCPXR42W-PLCPXR54W-PLCPXR66
124141155
130144159
126143156
H
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
2-Way with Raceway
3-Way with Raceway
4-Way with Raceway
Connector Posts
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
Notes Connector posts ship with a post cap, panel to post connectors, I-Beam connectors, corner alignment bracket, post alignment bracket and raceway cover.
Specify post height based on tallest panel at connection.
The 2-Way post is intended for use in 90o applications only. For linear applications, call customer service.
Product Finishes see page 394
404 | www.watsonfurniture.com
-
425466
-
-
W-PLCPY
W-PLCPVR42W-PLCPVR54W-PLCPVR66
W-PLHL
W-PLEC1ER
112
939698
18
30
H
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
3-Way Connector Kit
2-Way Connector Kit120o (V-Connection) w/Raceway
Hi-Lo Panel Connector Kit
Connectors
End Cover w/Raceway
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
Notes Connector Kits ship with I-Beam connectors, alignment clips, and top lock bar.
Specify post height based on shortest panel at connection.
With two or three station 120o layouts, a panel mounted end panels, return panels, or stationary pedestals are required at the end of each workstation.
Hi-lo panel connector kits are only required for straight 180o panel connections.
End Covers ship with top cap, end cap, and panel end cover.
End Covers are required at the end of a panel run.
Product Finishes see page 394
www.watsonfurniture.com | 405
-
425466
W-PCE8
W-PLWC42W-PLWC54W-PLWC66
-
24
122134144
H
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Connector I-Beams
Adjustable Wall Connectors
Connectors
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
Notes Connector I-Beams are PVC plastic and used to connect panel to post, or panel to panel.
Adjustable wall connectors ship with outer channel with cap, inner channel, I-Beam connectors, and self tapping screws.
No wall attachment hardware is included.
Adjustable wall connectors add 11/16 inches of creep and adjusts up to an additional 7/8 inches. Specify height of panel mounting to wall.
Product Finishes see page 394
406 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Receptacle
End/Power Pole
W-EPF2
W-EPF3
W-EPFX
W-EP24W-EP30W-EP36W-EP42W-EP48W-EP60
W-EPS24W-EPS30W-EPS36W-EPS42W-EPS48W-EPS60
197
197
183
93101108112122134
108112122130141156
Type
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Power-In Wiring
Power In-Feed NY Junction Box
Power
Pass Through Harness
Single BlockPass Through Harness
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
Notes NY Junction Box provides special power-in wiring to meet New York City electrical code.
NY Junction Box intended for use in 30 inch wide panel; use in larger panels would require modification by a certified electrician at install.
Pass Through Harness allows power through panel raceway.
Single Block Pass Through Harness will allow the use of one outlet per panel side.
Product Finishes see page 394
www.watsonfurniture.com | 407
W-ED1W-ED2W-ED3W-ED4
W-ED3D
W-ECH1
W-PLPCP10
W-EH24W-EH30W-EH36W-EH42W-EH48W-EH60
3030303030
63
286
134147164171177189
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
Duplex Outlet
Chicago Outlet Box
Power
End of Run Power Pole 123 Inches High
Duplex Wiring Harness
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
Notes Duplex Outlets cannot be used with W-EP pass through wiring.
Duplex Outlets are available with three integrated circuits 1, 2, or 3, one isolated circuit 4, and one isolated circuit 3.
Each outlet is rated at 15 amps; each circuit has a 20 amp max capacity. Isolated circuits are designated with orange triangle.
Chicago Outlet Box is intended for hard-wiring by electrician to meet Chicago city codes. Chicago Outlet Box cannot be used back to back; it must be used one duplex per side, per panel.
End of Run Power Pole includes 2 inch by 2 inch pole (two pieces), bottom trim, connecting pins, top ceiling trim, and hardware. When using end of run power pole, a connector post is not needed. Pole spans from floor to ceiling.
End of run power pole can hold up to 30 CAT-5 or CAT-6 cables (up to 19 if power and data in same pole). End of run power cannot be used with 120o connections.
The Duplex Wiring Harness includes a built-in jumper. Please specify Duplex Wiring Harness length to correspond with panel width. All outlet placements on the Duplex Wiring Harness are 12 inches from the edge of the panel.
Product Finishes see page 394
408 | www.watsonfurniture.com
W-FP3RJ45
W-FP4RJ45
W-SIJRJ11W-SIJRJ45
W-SIJR456S
W-QPBLANK
16
16
263091
7
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
3-Port Faceplate
4-Port Faceplate
Power
Snap-In Jack
Blank Faceplate Insert
RJ11 Cat 3R45 Cat 5E
R45 Cat 6
TYPE
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
Notes Specify RJ11 for 4 to 6 wire applications and RJ45 for 6 to 8 wire applications.
Faceplates and jacks are only available in black.
Recepticles will be specified to match powder finish selected.
Product Finishes see page 394
www.watsonfurniture.com | 409
W-TBASE
W-AG4W-AG12
W-AGC4W-AGC12
- -
- -
35
1738
1526
POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE
T-Base Stabilizing Foot
Product Finishes see page 394
Adjustable Glides
Base Accessories
Adjustable Carpet Grippers
4 Pack12 Pack
4 Pack12 Pack
Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories
410 | www.watsonfurniture.com
Watson | Terms and Conditions
Terms of Sale This Price List and these Terms of Sale supercede all previous price lists and terms. These prices and terms are subject to change without notice.
PricesList prices include freight costs as specified below. No other charges are included in Watson’s list prices unless otherwise specified in writing.
Terms of PaymentTerms of payment will be established based on the credit rating and credit information provided by and for specific customers. Orders are invoiced at time of shipment. Standard payment terms are 50/50; 50% due at time of order and 50% due at time of shipment. Approved credit levels may be extended to net thirty (30) days.
Past due accounts will be charged the lesser of 1-1/2% per month or the highest rate permitted by law plus all collection costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses.
TaxesThe Customer shall pay all sales, use, excise and other taxes applicable to the sale. Resale and/or exemption certificates must be forwarded to Watson at the time of order.
Order AcceptanceAll orders must be submitted in writing. Watson does not accept an order until the order is verified complete by Watson, which will include price information and anticipated arrival date. The Order Confirmation is the final expression of the contract between the Customer and Watson.
Order Changes and CancellationsPurchase orders may not be changed or cancelled, in whole or in part, without prior written consent of Watson. Changes may affect delivery dates. Expenses incurred because of changes will be charged to Customer. In the event of cancellations, Customer will be liable for reasonable cancellation charges established by Watson. Orders for customized products and custom finishes hereinafter defined may not be cancelled.
ReturnsThe return of Products to Watson shall not be accepted.
Landed Freight ProgramOrder MinimumsOrder minimums have been determined to help us accurately compensate for our freight expenses on low-volume orders. Minimum order and freight charge rates for all territories have been specified below by zone.
Overseas and non-contiguous US shipments made to a prearranged departure port in any zone, will adhere to the defined order minimum and freight charges in that zone.
All shipments requiring cartoning are subject to an additional charge of 5% list. This charge applies when cartoning is requested by the customer for delivery in the contiguous US and Canada.
ZONE 1 King, Pierce, and Kitsap Counties, WANo freight charge. All prices are landed and Watson will pay freight.
ZONE 2 WA (outside King, Pierce, and Kitsap Counties), OR, and CAFor all orders less than $10,000 list, a freight charge of 5% list will be applied.
ZONE 3 Contiguous US (outside of WA, OR, and CA) and CanadaFor all orders less than $15,000 list, a freight charge of 5% list will be applied.
Shipping ProgramWatson employs an environmentally friendly shipping program that reduces costs and helps ensure furniture is delivered in the same condition as it left the factory. This careful handling may occasionally lengthen shipping times on LTL shipments.
At Watson’s discretion and if it is determined in the best interest of customers, alternative shipping methods may be used. Special requests including special shipping methods, delivery outside normal hours (8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through Friday), inside delivery, etc. shall be subject to an additional charge. Watson utilizes 53 foot trailers as standard. Accommodations requiring alternative trailer sizes shall be subject to an additional charge.
Freight Claims Watson assumes responsibility for seeking recourse against third-party freight carriers provided the following provisions are met: (i) any damage to delivered product must be noted on the Bill of Lading (BOL), (ii) Watson retains the rights to deny responsibility for any damage not noted on BOL, (iii) any damage or missing product must be reported to Watson immediately and any claim not made within 7 days of delivery may not be accepte, (iv) any items requiring replacement must be photo-documented and are subject to approval by Watson.
www.watsonfurniture.com | 411
Watson | Terms and Conditions (continued)
PackagingWorksurfaces and storage components are sent blanket wrapped. Frames are sent in cartons. The Customer may specify cartoning. When specifying cartoning for all items, add 5% of total list price.
StorageWatson may transfer Product to storage at the Customer’s risk and expense if the Customer is unable to take delivery of product as scheduled. Upon such transfer to storage, the Customer assumes risk of loss. Watson will invoice the Customer on a monthly basis for storage fees and the Customer will make payments in accordance with Watson’s standard payment terms.
Loss, Damage or DelayWatson shall not be liable for any loss, damage or delay resulting from forces beyond its reasonable control including fire, flood, strike or other labor difficulty, act of God, inability to obtain necessary labor, materials, or manufacturing facilities from usual sources, failure of suppliers to meet their contractual obligations, or due to any cause beyond its reasonable control.
In the event of any such delay, delivery will be postponed by such length of time as may be reasonably necessary to accommodate for the delay.
Customer’s Own Material (COM)Customers may request fabrics, surface materials, and powdercoats that are not standard to Watson’s finish offering according to the guidelines below (FRAMES not included).
Watson Customer Service will apprise customers of any possible impact on lead times resulting from the use of COM.
Watson shall not be responsible for the appearance or performance of any COM material and customer shall hold Watson harmless for any damages or losses arising out of, or related to, the use of the COM on the Product.
All requests for COM fabric must be tested and approved by Watson. An 8 inch by 8 inch sample swatch must be submitted to Watson for testing. Watson will notify customer of test results within 5 business days and provide written approval and a request form. Standard lead-time begins upon receipt of COM for production.
No price adjustments will be made for COM fabric.
Special Order Laminates Non-specialty laminates from suppliers that are not on our finish card will be available subject to a $500 list up-charge for recycling excess materials.
For requests concerning specialty laminates, please contact Customer Service, which will determine availability, schedule, and pricing.Evaluation of requests will take no longer than three business days.
WarrantyWatson warrants to the original Customer that the Products it manufactures are free of defects in craftsmanship and materials found during normal single shift usage of the products during the warranty period. Watson shall, upon prompt written notice, repair or replace, at its option and costs, the affected part or parts. All separate component parts not manufactured by Watson (keyboard mechanisms, electric and data devices, etc.) shall be covered by the original manufacturer’s warranty.
This warranty does not apply to: Damage caused by a carrier Normal wear and tear Defects caused by improper installation Third party materials applied to the products Products subjected to improper use and conditions Damage resulting from misuse, negligence, accident or alterations Etch Markerboard writing surfaces
Warranty PeriodLifetime: All components manufactured by WatsonThree Years: Motors and other electrical components.Two Years: Etch Markerboard writing surfacesAll Other Components not Manufactured by Watson – period covered by the original manufacturer’s warranty
EXCEPT AS STATED ABOVE, WATSON MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES AS TO ANY PRODUCT AND IN PARTICULAR MAKES NO WAR-RANTY OF FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PRODUCT EXCEPT FOR USE AS STANDARD OFFICE FURNITURE. PRODUCT REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT IS THE CUSTOMER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY AND ALL PRODUCT DEFECTS.
The remedies provided above are the Customer’s sole remedies for any failure of Watson to comply with its obligations regarding the workmanship of its products.
January 2014
26246 Twelve Trees Lane NW, Poulsbo, Washington 98370 | 800.426.1202 | www.watsonfurniture.com